QUALITY CATEGORY A & CATEGORY B FACTORY

Development Trends of Liquid Filling Machines   In today's rapidly evolving technological landscape and ever - changing market demands, liquid filling machines, as key equipment in the packaging industry, are showing significant development trends in multiple directions. These trends not only reflect the technological innovation needs of the industry itself but also closely align with society's pursuit of efficient, environmentally - friendly, and intelligent production. Technological Innovation Leading the Transformation Integration of Intelligence and Automation   Intelligence and automation are the core directions for the future development of liquid filling machines. By leveraging advanced sensor technology, sophisticated control systems, and efficient data - processing technologies, liquid filling machines can achieve comprehensive real - time monitoring of the entire filling process. The equipment can not only automatically detect common faults such as filling volume deviations and equipment component wear but also quickly pinpoint the root causes of problems through data analysis and promptly feedback detailed production data, providing strong support for enterprises' refined management.   Meanwhile, the introduction of advanced robotic technology enables a high - degree of automation in the entire production process, from the precise conveyance of materials, the meticulous execution of filling operations, to the perfect completion of capping procedures. This not only greatly reduces human intervention and effectively cuts labor costs but also significantly enhances the stability of product quality, ensuring that each batch of products meets high standards. High - Precision Filling as a Standard Feature   In an era of pursuing product quality, high - precision filling is an inevitable trend in the development of liquid filling machines. To achieve this goal, more and more filling machines are adopting advanced metering systems, such as high - precision flow meters and weighing sensors. These devices can accurately measure and control the liquid flow and weight, strictly limiting the filling volume error of each package to a minimal range. Whether it is a low - viscosity liquid or a high - viscosity paste, precise filling can be achieved, meeting consumers' strict requirements for product quality and enhancing the competitiveness of enterprises' products in the market. Digital and Informatization Upgrade   With the vigorous development of "Internet +" and Internet of Things (IoT) technologies, liquid filling machines are gradually entering a new stage of digital and informatization. Through IoT technology, filling machines can achieve seamless docking with enterprises' internal production management systems and upstream and downstream equipment. Enterprise managers can remotely monitor the operating status of the equipment and adjust equipment parameters in real - time anytime and anywhere through terminals such as mobile phones and computers, ensuring the efficient and stable operation of the production process. At the same time, a large amount of data generated during the operation of the equipment is collected, analyzed, and processed, providing rich data for enterprises to optimize production processes, predict equipment maintenance needs, and formulate scientific production plans, thus maximizing production efficiency. Optimization of Products and Production Modes Flexible Production to Adapt to Changing Demands   The diversification and personalization of market demands require liquid filling machines to have stronger flexible production capabilities. Future filling machines will be able to quickly and easily change filling heads and adjust filling parameters, easily adapting to different - sized, shaped, and - material packaging containers. Whether it is a small - caliber medicine bottle or a large - capacity beverage bottle, precise filling can be achieved.   Meanwhile, for liquid products with different viscosities and characteristics, such as volatile perfumes and high - viscosity sauces, the filling machine can also make intelligent adjustments to achieve efficient filling. This flexible production mode enables the production line to quickly switch between different products, meeting the needs of multi - variety and small - batch production and greatly improving enterprises' ability to respond to market changes. Customization to Meet Special Requirements   To meet the special needs of different customers, the customized service of liquid filling machines will become increasingly important. Enterprises can tailor - make customized filling machine products and solutions according to customers' specific requirements, such as special filling processes, unique functional requirements, and personalized appearance designs. Whether it is to meet the strict requirements of the pharmaceutical industry for aseptic filling or to adapt to the pursuit of exquisite packaging in the daily chemical industry, customized filling machines can provide accurate solutions for customers, helping enterprises stand out in the market competition. Environmental Protection and Sustainable Development Becoming the Mainstream Energy - Saving and Consumption Reduction to Cut Costs   Against the backdrop of the global advocacy of energy conservation and emission reduction, energy - saving is an important trend in the development of liquid filling machines. New - type filling machines will widely adopt energy - saving motors and reduce the energy consumption of the equipment during operation by optimizing the mechanical structure and operating parameters of the equipment. This not only helps enterprises reduce energy costs and improve economic efficiency but also reduces the negative impact on the environment, in line with the sustainable development concept of environmental protection and policy requirements. Wide Application of Environmentally - Friendly Materials   In the process of equipment manufacturing, more and more environmentally - friendly materials will be applied to liquid filling machines. Recyclable and biodegradable materials will gradually replace traditional non - sustainable materials, reducing the environmental pollution caused by the equipment during production and use. At the same time, some liquid filling machines will explore the use of renewable energy sources, such as solar and wind energy, to power the equipment, further reducing carbon emissions and achieving green production. Strengthening of Industry Collaboration Cross - Industry Integration to Expand the Market   The liquid filling machine industry will have a deeper cross - industry integration with downstream industries such as food, pharmaceuticals, and daily chemicals. Through close cooperation with these industries, filling machine enterprises can more accurately understand the special needs of different industries and jointly develop new products and technologies that suit industry characteristics. For example, collaborating with the pharmaceutical industry to develop aseptic filling technology and with the daily chemical industry to develop filling machines suitable for cosmetic packaging. This cross - industry integration not only helps to expand the application fields and market space of filling machines but also promotes the innovative development of the entire industrial chain. Industrial Chain Integration to Improve Efficiency   Strengthening industrial chain integration is also a development trend in the liquid filling machine industry. Filling machine enterprises will establish closer cooperative relationships with upstream and downstream enterprises, including raw material suppliers, parts manufacturers, and after - sales service providers. By realizing the integration of the entire industrial chain from raw material supply, parts manufacturing, filling machine production, to after - sales service, optimizing resource allocation, improving industrial synergy efficiency, reducing production costs, a complete and efficient industrial ecosystem will be formed, enhancing the competitiveness of the entire industry.   In conclusion, the development trends of liquid filling machines are advancing steadily towards intelligence, high - precision, environmental protection, personalization, and collaborative development. In the future, liquid filling machines will provide more high - quality and efficient solutions for the packaging of liquid products in various industries with more advanced technologies, more flexible production methods, and more environmentally - friendly concepts, driving the continuous progress of industrial production.  

An In - depth Analysis of Blister Packaging Machines   Blister packaging machines play a pivotal role in the packaging industry, ensuring the safe and attractive packaging of a wide range of products. This article will comprehensively introduce blister packaging machines from multiple aspects, including working principles, structural components, types, characteristics, and application fields. Working Principles Heating and Softening   Blister packaging machines primarily use heating plates, upper and lower heating tubes, and other heat - conduction devices to heat the PVC layer in the aluminum - plastic composite film rolls. This heating process softens the PVC layer, laying the foundation for the subsequent forming process. Such a heating method ensures uniform heating of the film material, thus guaranteeing the quality of blister forming. Heat - sealing and Vacuum Treatment   After the film material is softened, it is precisely conveyed to the forming position by a mechanical film - feeding system. At this point, the upper and lower heat - sealing arms quickly move to firmly hold the film material for heat - sealing. During the heat - sealing process, according to different packaging materials and product requirements, the heat - sealing pressure and time can be flexibly adjusted to ensure that the heat - sealing strength meets the requirements. At the same time, a neat and beautiful heat - sealing line is ensured. In addition, the packaging device quickly evacuates to create an environment that is oxygen - free, moisture - proof, and resistant to aging, providing reliable protection for the products. Filling, Sealing, and Cutting   After blister forming and vacuuming, products are accurately filled into the blisters. Whether they are capsules, tablets, or other products, precise filling can be achieved. 紧接着，the heat - sealing arms are activated again to seal the blisters and then cut them, dividing them into individual packaging units. This design ensures that each package has good sealing and integrity. Discharging and Cooling   The packaged products are smoothly transported to the designated position by an automatic conveying device. After that, through a cooling treatment, the sealing effect of the package is further stabilized, making the products safer and more reliable during subsequent storage and transportation. Structural Components Unwinding Unit   The main function of the unwinding unit is to fix the plastic film and aluminum foil rolls, ensuring a stable supply of packaging materials. It is equipped with pressing, braking, and axial position adjustment devices. These devices work together to ensure that the rolls remain stable during the unwinding process without loosening or shifting. Some advanced unwinding units are also equipped with a cursor - tracking device, which can accurately position the patterns and texts on the packaging materials, improving the aesthetics and accuracy of packaging. Heater   The heater is one of the key components of the blister packaging machine. It uses an electric heating method to quickly heat the plastic film hard sheet to a softened state for subsequent forming operations. The heating efficiency and temperature control accuracy of the heater directly affect the quality of blister forming and production efficiency. Forming Unit   The forming unit consists of a forming roll (plate), connecting valve plate, vacuum (compressed air) system, cooling water system, and other parts. When the plastic film sheet is heated and softened, under the action of vacuum (or compressed air), it is sucked (blown) into a smooth blister of the specified shape. The cooling water system cools the forming process to ensure the stability of the blister shape and improve the forming quality. Filling Unit   The function of the filling unit is to accurately fill tablets, capsules, and other products into the formed blisters. It usually uses a high - precision feeder, which can precisely control the filling amount according to the characteristics of the products and packaging requirements, ensuring that the number and weight of products in each blister meet the standards. Heat - sealing Unit   The heat - sealing unit is composed of an electric heating system, air pressure control, and mechanical tension devices. During the packaging process, the electric heating system quickly heats up to tightly seal the aluminum foil and the blister plastic film. The air pressure control and mechanical tension devices ensure uniform pressure and stable tension during the heat - sealing process, avoiding problems such as poor sealing and air bubbles. Clamping and Feeding Device   The clamping and feeding device is responsible for moving the packaging materials forward. Through precise mechanical transmission, it smoothly transports the packaging materials to each process position at a set speed and pitch, ensuring the continuity and stability of the entire packaging process. Printing Device   The printing device prints important information such as product batch numbers, production dates, and expiration dates on the packaged plates. It can also press tear lines for the convenience of consumers. The printing accuracy and clarity of the printing device are directly related to the traceability and ease of use of the products. Punching Unit   The punching unit is the last process link of the blister packaging machine. It consists of a main body, crankshaft, connecting rod, guide post, concave - convex mold, stripper (pressure) plate, and variable - frequency speed - regulation system. During the operation of the equipment, through the transmission of the crankshaft and connecting rod, the concave - convex mold punches the heat - sealed aluminum - plastic blister film, cutting it into plates of the specified size. The variable - frequency speed - regulation system can flexibly adjust the punching speed according to production needs, improving production efficiency. Transmission System   The main transmission part adopts an imported main motor and reducer, which is controlled by an inverter. This configuration can not only achieve stepless speed regulation to meet the needs of different production processes but also ensure a constant output torque, ensuring the stable and reliable operation of the equipment. The power drives the rotation of gears and sprockets through a combined braking clutch and reducer and cooperates with the pneumatic actuator to complete reciprocating motion, providing power support for the entire packaging process. Control System   The control system is the "brain" of the blister packaging machine. Currently, most use PLC or touch - screen control systems. Operators can easily set and adjust packaging parameters such as heating temperature, heat - sealing time, and packaging speed through the touch - screen. At the same time, the control system can also monitor the running status and production data of the equipment in real - time, such as the number of packages and fault alarms, realizing the automatic and intelligent control of the equipment. Once a fault occurs, the control system can quickly diagnose the problem and provide corresponding solutions, greatly improving the maintenance efficiency of the equipment. Types Classification by Structure   Roll - type: In roll - type blister packaging machines, components such as forming and heat - sealing adopt a roll structure. During the packaging process, the rolls continuously rotate to achieve the continuous transportation of packaging materials and the continuous progress of packaging operations. This type of packaging machine has high production efficiency and can meet the needs of large - scale production. For example, the DPH320H intelligent high - speed roll - plate aluminum - plastic/aluminum - aluminum blister packaging machine, with its high - efficiency production capacity and stable performance, is widely used in the pharmaceutical, food, and other industries. Flat - type: The forming and heat - sealing components of flat - type blister packaging machines are of a flat structure. Compared with roll - type machines, the flat - type structure is relatively simple, and operation and maintenance are more convenient. It is suitable for small - and medium - scale production enterprises and can meet diverse packaging needs. Models such as PPB - 80 and PPB - 140 blister packaging machines are favored in small pharmaceutical factories, health product factories, and other places due to their simple structure and easy operation. Classification by Heating Method   Internal Heating: In internal - heating blister packaging machines, the heating elements are located inside the equipment and directly heat the packaging materials. This heating method can make the packaging materials heat more evenly, resulting in better - quality blister forming. For example, the bile - type internal - heating blister packaging machine ensures uniform heating of the plastic film during the forming process through internal heating elements, thus guaranteeing the shape and dimensional accuracy of the blisters. External Heating: External - heating blister packaging machines heat the packaging materials through external heat sources. Although the heating speed is relatively slow, the temperature control is more precise, which can meet the packaging requirements with high - precision temperature control. In some industries with strict requirements for packaging quality and temperature control, such as high - end pharmaceutical packaging and food packaging, external - heating blister packaging machines have a wide range of applications. Characteristics Excellent Packaging Effect   Blister packaging machines can make the blisters firm, the plates straight and beautiful, and the packaging seal reliable. This good packaging effect can not only effectively protect products from external factors such as moisture, oxidation, and pollution but also enhance the appearance of products, increasing their competitiveness in the market. Wide Range of Applications   The equipment has strong versatility and can be used to package a variety of products. Whether they are drugs such as capsules, tablets, pills, and suppositories, or solid items such as milk tablets, candies, and small hardware, and even fluid objects such as honey, chocolate sauce, and seasonings, high - efficiency packaging can be achieved. This wide range of applications makes blister packaging machines of great value in different industries. High Degree of Automation   Blister packaging machines have a high degree of automation and can realize a series of packaging processes such as automatic feeding, forming, heat - sealing, batch number printing, and punching. The automated production mode greatly reduces manual operations, not only improving production efficiency but also reducing labor costs and the impact of human factors on packaging quality, ensuring the stability and consistency of packaging quality. Easy to Operate   Most blister packaging machines are equipped with a touch - screen operation interface. Operators can easily set and adjust packaging parameters through simple touch operations. At the same time, the equipment is also equipped with an intelligent fault - diagnosis system. Once a fault occurs, it can quickly and accurately locate the problem and provide corresponding solutions, greatly reducing the difficulty of operation and maintenance costs for operators. Saving Packaging Materials   Some advanced blister packaging machines have a border - less punching function. By optimizing the punching process, 4% - 6% of packaging materials can be saved. Some other devices use an interlaced blister non - strip waste cutting technology, which can further improve the utilization rate of packaging materials, achieve material savings, and reduce production costs. Application Fields Pharmaceutical Industry   In the pharmaceutical industry, blister packaging machines are commonly used equipment for drug packaging. They can ensure the safety and effectiveness of drugs during storage and transportation, preventing drugs from being affected by moisture, oxidation, and deterioration. Whether they are capsules, tablets, or oral liquids, they can be efficiently and reliably packaged by blister packaging machines, safeguarding the quality of drugs. Health Product Industry   The health product industry also widely uses blister packaging machines. For various health products, such as vitamin tablets, calcium tablets, and fish oil capsules, blister packaging can not only protect the quality of products but also enhance the appearance and grade of products. A good packaging image helps to increase the competitiveness of health products in the market and attract the attention of consumers. Food Industry   In the food industry, blister packaging machines can be used for the packaging of candies, chocolates, biscuits, and other foods. They can effectively prevent food from getting damp and deteriorating, extending the shelf life of food. At the same time, beautiful packaging can also improve the attractiveness of products and stimulate consumers' desire to buy. For example, some high - end chocolate brands use blister packaging machines for packaging to enhance the quality and market value of their products. Cosmetics Industry   The cosmetics industry also cannot do without blister packaging machines. For cosmetics such as lipsticks, perfumes, and facial creams, blister packaging can play a good protective role, preventing cosmetics from being contaminated and damaged. In addition, the packaging can also enhance the grade and quality of products, meeting consumers' high requirements for the appearance and quality of cosmetics.   In conclusion, blister packaging machines, with their unique working principles, perfect structural components, diverse types, remarkable characteristics, and wide application fields, occupy an important position in the packaging industry, providing efficient and reliable solutions for product packaging in various industries.  

Discover the Wonders of Fluid Bed Technology In the ever - evolving panorama of contemporary industrial production, fluid bed technology has emerged as a truly revolutionary force, fundamentally transforming the methods by which we process materials across an extensive spectrum of industries. Spanning from the precision - driven pharmaceutical domain to the diverse food production sector and the complex chemical manufacturing realm, the fluid bed has become an essential asset, presenting unrivaled efficiency, top - notch quality, and remarkable versatility. The Ingenious Working Principle At the core of the fluid bed lies a captivating operational mechanism. It functions by suspending solid particles within an upward - flowing current of gas. This gas, typically air or a specialized process gas, enters the system via a distributor plate situated at the base of the fluid bed chamber. As the gas courses through the plate, it disperses evenly and permeates the bed of particles. The particles, which can vary from minuscule powders to granular substances, begin to exhibit fluid - like behavior due to the force exerted by the gas. This fluid - like characteristic enables outstanding mixing and heat transfer. For example, in a fluid bed dryer, hot air is utilized to fluidize the moist particles. With the particles in constant motion, the heat from the air is rapidly transferred to them, efficiently evaporating the moisture. This process not only dries the particles but also guarantees uniform drying, preventing over - drying or under - drying in different regions of the material. Unrivaled Advantages 1. High Efficiency Fluid beds are celebrated for their rapid - paced processing capabilities. The intense mixing and high - velocity heat transfer rates imply that operations such as drying, granulation, and coating can be accomplished in a relatively short span. In a fluid bed granulation process, for instance, the continuous interaction between the binder spray and the fluidized powder particles leads to swift particle growth, substantially reducing the overall production time in comparison to traditional batch - type granulation techniques. 2. Exceptional Product Quality The uniform distribution of heat and mass transfer within a fluid bed results in products of consistent and superior quality. Whether it pertains to the size and shape of granules in the pharmaceutical industry or the flavor and texture of food products, fluid bed technology ensures that each batch adheres to the most stringent standards. In pharmaceutical applications, the meticulous control over the granulation process in a fluid bed facilitates the attainment of the desired particle size distribution, which is crucial for the proper dissolution and efficacy of drugs. 3. Energy - Saving Owing to its efficient heat transfer mechanisms, fluid bed technology is relatively energy - efficient. The direct contact between the gas and the particles enables the effective utilization of heat energy. In fluid bed dryers, less energy is squandered as the heat is directly transferred to the particles, minimizing heat losses to the surrounding environment. This not only curtails the operating costs but also renders the technology more environmentally friendly. 4. Versatility Fluid beds are extraordinarily versatile and can be adapted to a wide gamut of processes and materials. They can handle diverse types of powders, granules, and even certain irregularly - shaped particles. Moreover, the same fluid bed equipment can be employed for various operations, including drying, granulation, coating, and even chemical reactions. For example, in the chemical industry, fluid beds are utilized for catalytic reactions, where the fluidized catalyst particles offer a large surface area for the reaction to take place. Wide - ranging Applications 1. Pharmaceutical Industry In the pharmaceutical sector, fluid beds play a pivotal role in multiple processes. They are employed for granulation, which is indispensable for the production of tablets and capsules. The ability to precisely control the granulation process ensures that drug formulations possess the appropriate flow properties and compressibility. Fluid beds are also utilized for drying pharmaceutical products, eliminating moisture without degrading the active ingredients. Additionally, in the production of coated tablets, fluid bed coating technology is applied to deposit a thin, uniform layer of coating material, which can enhance the stability, taste, and appearance of the tablets. 2. Food Industry The food industry also reaps substantial benefits from fluid bed technology. Fluid bed dryers are used to dry fruits, vegetables, and grains, preserving their nutritional value and flavor. In the production of instant foods such as instant coffee and powdered milk, fluid bed granulation is utilized to create granules with excellent solubility and flowability. Furthermore, fluid bed coating can be used to add flavors, colors, or protective layers to food products, enhancing their market allure. 3. Chemical Industry In the chemical domain, fluid beds find application in a multitude of scenarios. They are employed for the drying and granulation of chemical powders, such as fertilizers and pigments. Fluid bed reactors are also commonly used for chemical reactions, particularly those involving gas - solid or solid - solid reactions. The fluidized state of the reactants provides a large surface area for the reaction, augmenting the reaction rate and improving the yield of the desired products. In conclusion, fluid bed technology is a true game - changer in the industrial sphere. Its distinctive working principle, combined with a plethora of advantages and broad - ranging applications, makes it an ideal choice for manufacturers seeking to enhance their production efficiency, elevate product quality, and cut costs. Whether you are in the pharmaceutical, food, or chemical industry, embracing fluid bed technology can unlock new opportunities for growth and innovation. Don't let the chance to revolutionize your production processes with this remarkable technology pass you by.  

V - type Mixer: The Ideal Choice for Efficient Mixing In the fast - paced realm of industrial production, the significance of achieving homogeneous mixing of diverse materials is immeasurable. Whether it's the pharmaceutical sector, where precision is crucial for patient health; the chemical industry, where accurate formulations drive product performance; or the food industry, where consistent taste and quality are non - negotiable, a reliable and high - performing mixer stands as the cornerstone of success. Today, we're excited to spotlight the V - type mixer, a game - changing piece of machinery that's redefining the mixing landscape. Unique Design for Unrivaled Mixing The V - type mixer owes its name to its distinctive V - shaped container, which lies at the core of its extraordinary functionality. This ingenious design sets the stage for a one - of - a - kind mixing dynamic. As the mixer commences rotation, materials are gracefully lifted and then cascade down in a manner that fosters a seamless and all - encompassing cross - blending effect. Different segments of the materials are perpetually interchanged, culminating in an astonishingly high degree of mixing uniformity. In fact, it can achieve an impressive mixing uniformity of up to 99%, leaving many traditional mixing apparatuses in the dust. Versatility Tailored to Diverse Requirements One of the most remarkable attributes of the V - type mixer is its unrivaled versatility. It can adeptly handle an extensive spectrum of materials, from the finest powders to granules of various sizes. In the pharmaceutical domain, it plays a pivotal role in precisely amalgamating diverse drug ingredients, guaranteeing the accurate dosage in every single pill. In the food industry, it's the secret weapon for blending seasonings, ensuring that each bite of the product offers an identical taste experience. Chemical manufacturers also depend on it to blend different chemical substances with meticulous evenness, which is fundamental for the stability and efficacy of their products. High - Efficiency and Energy - Conservation Engineered with cutting - edge technology, the V - type mixer not only delivers exceptional mixing prowess but also operates with remarkable efficiency. It boasts a relatively short mixing time, translating to a substantial boost in productivity for your enterprise. Simultaneously, it's energy - efficient, helping you slash production costs over the long haul. With proper operation and regular maintenance, this mixer can be a reliable workhorse for years, providing enduring value. User - centric and Hassle - free Maintenance We're acutely aware that in industrial environments, user - friendliness and ease of maintenance are of utmost importance. The V - type mixer is designed with the operator in mind. Its operation is intuitive, and the control panel is user - friendly, enabling operators to swiftly master the operation. Moreover, it's a breeze to clean and maintain. Regular cleaning is a breeze, effectively preventing material residue and cross - contamination, which is particularly critical in industries like food and pharmaceuticals. In conclusion, if you're on the hunt for a top - notch, efficient, and versatile mixer, your search ends with the V - type mixer. It's not just a piece of equipment; it's a catalyst for enhancing your production process and elevating the quality of your products. Reach out to us today to discover how this remarkable equipment can revolutionize your business.  

10 Easy Steps for Cleaning Your Tablet Press   Nothing can slow production down like equipment that malfunctions or stops working altogether. Performing regular, preventative maintenance of equipment is essential and helps keep pharmaceutical tablet presses functioning efficiently and smoothly.   Tablet presses that are not well maintained can cause a multitude of problems, creating defective products that are mal-formed, contaminated or contain improper dosages. One of the most important steps to maintaining your tablet press is keeping it clean. It’s also important to have systems in place to validate and document the cleanliness of the equipment.   10 Key Steps For Cleaning Tablet Presses:   1. Clean the Exterior: Wipe away all visible dirt on the exterior of the press and vacuum off any excess formulation. Do not use compressed air to blow off excess powders. Compressed air can trap powders in hidden housings, crevices and pockets causing problems down the line.   2. Visual Inspection: Examine the press to assess the condition of the parts. Look for signs of wear or damage on tablet punches and punch heads, and earmark any parts that need repair or replacement.   3. Prepare the Press for Cleaning: Carefully dismantle removable machine parts for thorough cleaning. Tooling, punch heads, feed frames, guards and plates can often be removed for cleaning purposes.   4. Use the Proper Equipment: Stiff nylon punch guide brushes and die seat cleaning tools help to access hidden areas of the press that might contain traces of debris. It’s important not to use any unnecessary force, since tablet presses are delicate and can be easily damaged if not carefully handled.   5. Choose the Right Cleaner: Your choice of cleaner will depend largely upon the soils that are on your press. Are you removing Oils? Gels? Starches? Enzymes? Use this chart to help match a cleaner to the soil. You’ll also want to consider the surface you are cleaning to be sure you are choosing a compatible cleaner.   6. Set Up a Proper Cleaning Method: In addition to using the right cleaning product, it’s also important to consider other variables to establish your cleaning protocol. All of the following should be considered:   a. Amount of Detergent b. Temperature c. Dwell time d. Cleaning method e. Type of water   7. Rinse: Thorough rinsing should follow the cleaning. Rinsing removes any excess detergent left on the item. For critical cleaning applications it is best to use deionized or distilled water, as rinsing with ordinary water may introduce new contaminates.   8. Validation: Cleaning validation helps identify if there is any remaining residue from soils and cleaners, and helps prevent contamination. Quantitative validation methods, available from most manufacturers, should be used for critical cleaning applications.   9. Disinfect: If required, disinfection should be done after the press is cleaned and soils are removed.   10. Dry Parts Thoroughly: Parts should be completely dried to prevent rusting, corrosion or discoloration.   Setting up an established cleaning routine for your tablet press will help keep it running smoothly and efficiently, and may even extend the serviceable life of your equipment. Regular cleaning will also help prevent regulatory issues and product problems. A few small steps spent on regular cleaning can be a giant leap toward savings and efficiency in the long run.   For more information on setting up a cleaning regimen and choosing the right cleaner for your application, visit International Products Corporation’s website or contact one of our technical specialists for assistance.

Different Types of Machinery for Uniform Coating in Pharmaceutical Industries The pharmaceutical industry has the need for important equipment. Tablets & bottled fluids are two of the most popular products. This industry has a major requirement for the coating machinery. The main purpose of coating is to mask the odour, taste and colour of the drug. Besides which, it is also beneficial in providing physical and chemically protection to the drug. The coating also serves the purpose of determining the effectiveness of the dosage. There are many types of tablet coating like the enteric-coated tablet, film-coated tablet, compression coating, and the sugar coated tablet. Sugar-coated tablet is one of the most popular ones and many of us may be familiar with it. It is commonly used for kids to absorb bitterness of the medicine, it is also useful for medicinal tablets that are very bitter. It is very efficient in absorbing the bad odour and bitter taste. This type of coating is created by evaporating syrup effectively creating a thick sugar layer and tends to be shiny and bright in colour.   Principle of the Tablet Coating Machine A tablet coating machine is very effective when it comes to coating the external surface of a tablet using a special thin film of the coating material. The basic principle of coating material is applied to a moving bed of tablets. It also makes use of hot air to remove solvents. The tablets are placed in a closed drum and rotated in an orbital manner by influence from a streamlined plate. The coating medium automatically sprays on tablets during this orbital motion in a method that avoids excess coating. Additionally angled baffles are fitted in the drums to aid in the process of mixing tablets. The benefit of using the baffles is that it lifts and turns tablets to ensure all tablets are fully exposed to the sprayed coating. It consists of a perforated bed; which is used to introduce hot air using inlet fans. The temperature and volume of the hot air is regulated and is meant to effectively dry the coating medium. Tablet coating machine includes coating pans, spraying guns as well as exhaust and heating pipes.   Theory of the Fluid Bed Processor A Fluid bed Processor helps with the process of coating, granulation, drug layering and drying of particulate material. The fluid bed coater is implemented in the pharmaceutical industry using a bottom-spray (Wurster) process that ensures uniform coating. It consists of a fluidized bed of solid particles that allows hot air to pass at high pressure via the air distribution plate of the container. The particles are placed in a fluidized state by lifting them from the bottom and suspending them in an air stream. Spray nozzles are used to spray the coating solution which is then dried with hot air. There are several types of sprays in a fluidized bed processor; top spray, bottom spray, tangential spray.   Efficiency of Fluid Bed Processor Fluid bed processor is a very efficient technology for the top spray method. The fact that the same equipment can be used for top spray granulation, bottom spray coating & drying is very beneficial. This method ensures uniform coating. This machine uses the latest technology to ensure the process is completed without any flaws to produce high-quality products for the pharmaceutical industry.

Embracing Precision with Capsule Filling Machines: Redefining Encapsulation Technology Capsule filling machines, the epitome of precision engineering, are revolutionizing the world of pharmaceutical encapsulation. These cutting-edge devices play a vital role in manufacturing high-quality capsules, ensuring accurate dosing and providing patients with a reliable and convenient form of medication. Capsule filling machines combine advanced technology and expertise to fill empty capsules with powdered or granulated ingredients. Through meticulous control of dosing, filling, and sealing processes, these machines ensure uniformity and precision in every capsule, enhancing the effectiveness of medication delivery. One of the key advantages of capsule filling machines is their versatility. These machines can handle various capsule sizes and types, accommodating different dosage requirements and formulations. The flexibility in capsule filling machines allows pharmaceutical manufacturers to deliver a wide range of medications, catering to diverse patient needs. The precision of capsule filling machines goes beyond accurate dosing. These machines ensure optimal capsule integrity and closure, preventing leaks or contamination. Advanced sealing mechanisms guarantee the capsules are securely sealed, protecting the medication inside and ensuring its potency throughout its shelf life. Capsule filling machines also offer enhanced efficiency in the manufacturing process. With automated feeding systems and real-time monitoring, these machines streamline the production workflow, reducing human error and increasing productivity. This efficiency translates into cost-effectiveness and a consistent supply of capsules, meeting the growing demands of the pharmaceutical industry. Furthermore, capsule filling machines adhere to stringent quality control measures. With precise control over dosing and filling parameters, these machines ensure the uniformity of each capsule, meeting the required specifications for weight, content, and disintegration time. The commitment to quality ensures that patients receive capsules of the highest standard. In addition to functionality, capsule filling machines contribute to the visual appeal of capsules. With customizable features like capsule color and logo printing, these machines help enhance the branding and recognition of pharmaceutical products, creating a positive patient experience. Embrace the precision and efficiency of capsule filling machines, where technology meets expertise to redefine the encapsulation process. Trust in the pharmaceutical manufacturers who harness the power of these machines, and experience the transformative impact they have on your health and well-being. From accurate dosing to reliable encapsulation, capsule filling machines shape a brighter future for medication delivery.

Unleashing the Power of Granulation: Elevating Medication Formulations Granulation, the cornerstone of solid dosage form manufacturing, holds the key to unlocking the full potential of medication formulations. By transforming a blend of powdered ingredients into uniform and compact granules, this process revolutionizes the way medicines are prepared, enhancing their effectiveness and patient experience. At its core, granulation is a harmonious blend of precision and innovation. Through a series of carefully orchestrated steps, powdered ingredients, including active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and excipients, are transformed into granules of consistent size and shape. This transformation ensures optimal drug dispersion, enabling uniform dosing and reliable drug release. One of the key advantages of granulation is its ability to enhance flow properties and compressibility. The granulation process imparts cohesiveness to the powder blend, improving its flowability and facilitating uniform tablet compression. This increased compressibility ensures tablets of consistent weight and hardness, essential for accurate dosing and easy swallowing. Moreover, granulation plays a vital role in improving drug stability. By creating a protective layer around the API particles, granules shield the active ingredients from environmental factors such as moisture and light, preserving their potency and extending the shelf life of the medication. This enhanced stability ensures that each dose maintains its therapeutic efficacy, providing patients with reliable and effective treatment. Granulation techniques also offer the potential to modify drug release profiles, enhancing therapeutic outcomes. By incorporating excipients with specific properties, such as retardants or dissolution enhancers, the release of the active ingredients can be tailored to meet specific patient needs. This controlled release mechanism ensures prolonged drug action, reducing dosing frequency, and improving patient compliance. In addition to functionality, granulation brings aesthetic benefits to medication formulations. Granules can be coated with protective layers or taste-masking agents, enhancing their appearance and improving patient acceptability. This coating not only enhances the tablet's visual appeal but also helps mask any unpleasant taste or odor, making medication intake a more pleasant experience for patients. Pharmaceutical manufacturers employ advanced technologies and rigorous quality control measures to ensure the highest standards in granulation. Cutting-edge equipment, such as high-speed granulators and fluid bed processors, enable efficient and precise granule production. Stringent quality checks throughout the process guarantee that each batch meets the required specifications, ensuring patient safety and satisfaction. Granulation empowers medication formulations, elevating them to new levels of uniformity, stability, and patient-centered care. Embrace the power of this process, where science and innovation converge, and experience the transformative impact it has on your health and well-being. Discover the world of granulation and unlock the potential of medication formulations that are precisely crafted to deliver optimal therapeutic outcomes. Trust in the expertise of pharmaceutical manufacturers who harness the power of granulation, and let the granules they create shape a healthier, more vibrant future for all. In addition to functionality, granulation brings aesthetic benefits to medication formulations. Granules can be coated with protective layers or taste-masking agents, enhancing their appearance and improving patient acceptability. This coating not only enhances the tablet's visual appeal but also helps mask any unpleasant taste or odor, making medication intake a more pleasant experience for patients. Pharmaceutical manufacturers employ advanced technologies and rigorous quality control measures to ensure the highest standards in granulation. Cutting-edge equipment, such as high-speed granulators and fluid bed processors, enable efficient and precise granule production. Stringent quality checks throughout the process guarantee that each batch meets the required specifications, ensuring patient safety and satisfaction. Granulation empowers medication formulations, elevating them to new levels of uniformity, stability, and patient-centered care. Embrace the power of this process, where science and innovation converge, and experience the transformative impact it has on your health and well-being. Discover the world of granulation and unlock the potential of medication formulations that are precisely crafted to deliver optimal therapeutic outcomes. Trust in the expertise of pharmaceutical manufacturers who harness the power of granulation, and let the granules they create shape a healthier, more vibrant future for all. Discover the world of granulation and unlock the potential of medication formulations that are precisely crafted to deliver optimal therapeutic outcomes. Trust in the expertise of pharmaceutical manufacturers who harness the power of granulation, and let the granules they create shape a healthier, more vibrant future for all.

Unlocking the Art of Capsule Manufacturing: Crafting Quality Encapsulation   Capsules, a popular and convenient dosage form, have revolutionized the way medications are administered. The process of capsule manufacturing involves meticulous attention to detail and precision engineering to ensure the production of high-quality capsules that deliver accurate and reliable dosing. At the heart of capsule manufacturing lies a series of intricate steps that transform powdered or granulated ingredients into encapsulated medications. Let's explore this fascinating process: Formulation Development: Before capsule production begins, extensive formulation development takes place. Pharmaceutical scientists carefully select and combine active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and excipients, considering factors such as stability, bioavailability, and patient acceptability. Powder Blending: Blending the API and excipients is the next crucial step. In this process, the powders are thoroughly mixed to ensure a homogenous distribution of the ingredients. This blending step guarantees uniformity within each capsule, enabling accurate dosing. Capsule Shell Preparation: The capsule shells, typically made from gelatin or vegetarian alternatives, are prepared separately. Gelatin capsules are derived from animal sources, while vegetarian capsules are composed of plant-based materials. The capsule shells are manufactured in a controlled environment to ensure cleanliness and quality. Filling and Closing: Once the capsule shells are ready, the filling and closing process begins. This step involves precise dosing of the blended powder into the capsule shells, ensuring the accurate amount of medication is contained in each capsule. Capsule filling machines, equipped with automated systems, carefully handle the dosing and closing operations, guaranteeing consistency and efficiency. Inspection and Quality Control: Quality control is paramount in capsule manufacturing. Every batch undergoes rigorous inspection to ensure adherence to strict standards. Capsules are examined for weight variation, uniformity, and closure integrity. Advanced technologies, such as machine vision systems, are employed to detect any defects and ensure the highest level of quality. Packaging and Labeling: Once the capsules pass inspection, they are carefully packaged to protect them from external factors such as light, moisture, and physical damage. Proper labeling on the packaging provides essential information about the medication, including dosage instructions, expiration dates, and safety warnings. The art of capsule manufacturing combines scientific expertise, advanced machinery, and stringent quality control measures to deliver capsules of exceptional quality. From precise formulation development to accurate dosing and meticulous inspection, every step is carefully orchestrated to ensure patient safety, efficacy, and convenience. Embrace the beauty and precision of capsule manufacturing, where science and art converge to create reliable and user-friendly medications. Trust in the expertise of pharmaceutical manufacturers who master this craft, and experience the transformative impact on your health and well-being. From accurate dosing to ease of administration, capsules continue to shape a brighter future for medication delivery.

Introducing Solid Dosage Forms: Revolutionizing Medicine Delivery   Solid dosage forms have emerged as a game-changer in the field of medicine, revolutionizing drug delivery and patient convenience. These pharmaceutical formulations, commonly known as tablets, capsules, or pills, are designed to be easily ingested and provide accurate dosing for effective treatment.   What makes solid dosage forms stand out is their simplicity and versatility. By compressing or encapsulating active ingredients and excipients into a solid form, these formulations offer several significant advantages. Firstly, they ensure precise dosing, allowing healthcare professionals to administer the required amount of medication with utmost accuracy, enhancing patient safety.   Moreover, solid dosage forms offer excellent stability, protecting the efficacy of the active ingredients throughout their shelf life. This stability makes them an ideal choice for drugs that are sensitive to environmental factors or require a longer shelf-life for distribution and storage.   Another remarkable feature of solid dosage forms is their ease of administration. Unlike other dosage forms that may require special handling or equipment, solid formulations can be conveniently swallowed, making them suitable for patients of all ages. Furthermore, they can be easily packaged and distributed, simplifying logistics and ensuring accessibility to a wide range of patients.   Solid dosage forms also enable efficient drug manufacturing processes. Advanced production technologies, such as high-speed tablet presses and automated encapsulation machines, ensure precise formulation and efficient production rates. These manufacturing capabilities streamline the production workflow, reducing costs and ensuring a consistent supply of medications.   In addition to their practical benefits, solid dosage forms offer numerous therapeutic advantages. They can be designed to release medication in a controlled manner, ensuring prolonged drug action and improved patient compliance. Formulations with modified release profiles allow for reduced dosing frequency, enhancing convenience and optimizing treatment outcomes.   With their versatility, stability, ease of administration, and therapeutic advantages, solid dosage forms have become the preferred choice for medication delivery. From over-the-counter drugs to life-saving treatments, these formulations continue to transform the healthcare landscape, providing patients with convenient, effective, and reliable medications.   Take advantage of the incredible benefits of solid dosage forms and experience a new era of pharmaceutical innovation. Embrace the revolution in drug delivery and discover the power of solid dosage forms in enhancing your health and well-being.

Capsule filling machines are critical pieces of equipment used in the pharmaceutical industry to fill capsules with medication. These machines are expensive to acquire and maintain, and their efficient operation is essential to ensure that the end product meets the required quality standards. Routine maintenance of capsule filling machines is, therefore, crucial to keep them in optimal working condition, reduce downtime, and minimize the risk of defects in the end product. Here are some tips on how to conduct routine maintenance on capsule filling machines.   1. Follow manufacturer’s instructions The first thing to do when conducting routine maintenance of capsule filling machines is to consult the manufacturer’s manual. The manual provides detailed instructions on how to maintain and service the machine. It also contains a list of recommended spare parts, lubricants, and other consumables that may be required during maintenance.   2. Conduct regular cleaning Cleaning the machine is an essential part of routine maintenance. Before cleaning, ensure that the machine is switched off and unplugged. Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe the exterior, and a soft brush to remove dust and debris from the interior parts. Use a mild detergent to clean the hopper, dosing disc, and other critical components. Rinse thoroughly with water and dry with a clean cloth. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive tools that may damage the machine.   3. Check for wear and tear Regular inspection of the machine is essential to detect any signs of wear and tear that may affect its performance. Check the belts, chains, and other moving parts for signs of wear and replace them as necessary. Inspect the bearings and lubricate them to ensure that they are running smoothly. Check for loose or damaged parts and tighten or replace them as needed.   4. Lubricate the machine Lubrication is an essential part of routine maintenance. It helps to reduce friction and wear, as well as prevent rust and corrosion. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions on the type of lubricant to use and the recommended intervals for lubrication. Apply the lubricant sparingly to avoid over-lubricating, which may attract dust and debris.   5. Conduct calibration Calibration is the process of ensuring that the machine is operating within the required specifications. Conduct routine checks of the machine’s dosing accuracy and adjust it as necessary. Use calibrated weights to check the accuracy of the dosing disc and adjust it to ensure that the weight of the filled capsules is within the required range. In conclusion, routine maintenance of capsule filling machines is critical to ensure that they are operating efficiently and producing high-quality end products. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions, conduct regular cleaning, check for wear and tear, lubricate the machine, and conduct calibration to keep the machine in optimal working condition. By doing so, you can extend the lifespan of the machine and reduce the risk of downtime and defects in the final product.

The Commonly Used Solid Dosage Forms Include Powder, Granule, Tablet, Capsule, Drop Pill, Film, Etc., Accounting For About 70% Of Pharmaceutical Preparations. The Common Characteristics Of Solid Preparations Are That Compared With Liquid Preparations, Solid Preparations Have Good Physical And Chemical Stability, Lower Production And Manufacturing Costs, And Are Easy To Take And Carry; The Pretreatment Of The Preparation Process Goes Through The Same Unit Operation To Ensure The Uniform Mixing And Accurate Dosage Of Drugs, And The Dosage Forms Are Closely Related; The Drug Can Be Absorbed Into The Blood Circulation Through The Physiological Membrane After Being Dissolved In The Body. Preparation Workshop Editing And Broadcasting   General Pharmaceutical, Food, Chemical And Other Enterprises Need Granulation Production. The Granulating Machinery And Equipment Shall Be Regularly Maintained, Especially The Granulating Oven, Boiling Dryer And Wet Machine, Which Are The Main Granulating Equipment. The Mechanical Equipment Shall Not Be Operated For More Than 18 Hours Every Day, Or It Will Cause The Risk Of Ethanol Dust Explosion For a Long Time. Some Pharmaceutical Plants Need To Work In Three Shifts. It Is Recommended That Each Shift Be Controlled Within 6 Hours, And 1 Hour Of Shutdown Equipment Shall Be Reserved During Shift Change.   According To International Standards, Pharmaceutical Factories Need To Stop Production For One Quarter Each Year For Maintenance Buffer Period, And The Annual Production Should Not Exceed Nine Months. The State Food And Drug Administration Has Become More And More Strict On Drugs, Especially Tablets, Capsules And Other Drugs. Since 2020, Most Of The Drugs Will Have a Validity Period Of About One Year. Therefore, Many Pharmaceutical Factories Stop Production After Storing Drugs For The First Quarter, Which Will Not Cause Any Loss And Further Increase The Security.   In Order To Ensure Safe Production And Protect The Company's Property From Loss And Personnel From Injury, Safe Operation And Troubleshooting Of Mechanical Equipment, Air-Conditioning Circulation, Power Distribution Room, Auxiliary Machine Room, Etc. Shall Be Achieved. Pharmaceutical Companies (Factories) Must Send Personnel To Be On Duty 24 Hours a Day. Preparation Process   In The Preparation Process Of Solid Dosage Forms, Drugs Are First Crushed And Sieved Before Being Processed Into Various Dosage Forms. If It Is Evenly Mixed With Other Components And Directly Sub Packed, The Powder Can Be Obtained; If The Uniformly Mixed Materials Are Granulated, Dried And Sub Packed, The Granules Can Be Obtained; If The Prepared Particles Are Compressed Into Shape, They Can Be Prepared Into Tablets; For Example, The Mixed Powder Or Particles Can Be Divided Into Capsules To Prepare Capsules. For Solid Preparations, The Mixing Degree, Fluidity And Filling Property Of Materials Are Very Important. For Example, Crushing, Sieving And Mixing Are The Main Unit Operations To Ensure The Content Uniformity Of Drugs. Almost All Solid Preparations Have To Go Through. The Good Fluidity And Filling Property Of Solid Materials Can Ensure The Accurate Dosage Of Products. The Addition Of Granulation Or Flow Aid Is One Of The Main Measures To Improve The Fluidity And Filling Property. Workflow   The Weighing Post Is An Important Link In The Pharmaceutical Process. The Weighing Post Needs To Sift Raw Materials And Excipients, And Then Weigh Them Separately Or Together. Now, Most Of The Materials Are Automatically Discharged And Weighed By The Batching Machine, Saving Manpower. A Few Raw Materials And Excipients Need To Be Weighed Manually. After Weighing, They Are Placed In The Temporary Storage Room And Distributed To The Granulating Post.   Granulation Preparation Is a Very Important Link In The Production Process. In The Past, The Old Process Was Mostly Operated Manually, Which Is Very Easy To Pollute Drugs And Also Has An Impact On Human Health. Now, The National Gmp Verification Uniformly Implements The New Process, The Raw Materials Are Isolated From People, And The Automatic Granulation Production Line Is Used. The Production Conforms To International Standards, Greatly Reducing Pollution, And Significantly Improving The Drug Quality.   1. Check Whether The Weighing Post Has The Site Clearance Certificate Issued By The Qa Personnel, And Whether The Scales, Pulverizers, Vibrating Screens, Weighing Batching Machines And Appliances Used Are Clean And Complete. Only When They Meet The Requirements Can The Batching Production Be Carried Out.   2. Check Whether The Granulating Post Has The Site Clearance Certificate Issued By Qa Personnel After The Production Of The Last Batch Of Drugs, And Whether The Dryer, Wet Process, Granulator, Granulator, Mixer And Appliances Used Are Clean And Complete. Only When They Meet The Requirements Can The Granulating Operation Be Carried Out.   3. Get The Materials Produced In The Current Batch At The Weighing Position   4. Wet Mixing Of Soft Materials   5. Granulation   6. Drying In Oven Or Boiling Machine   7. Whole Grain   8. After The Total Mixing, Put The Batch Of Particles Into The Container Hopper, And Weigh And Record Them And Send Them To The Intermediate Station (Sampling And Inspection).   9. Tableting, Coating And Packaging   The Granulation Process May Determine The Quality Of Tablets (Tablet Pressing And Coating May Also Determine The Quality Of Tablets). Strictly Implement One Batch Per Shift. It Is Strictly Prohibited To Produce a Total Mixed Batch With Multiple Batches Of Materials. It Is Prohibited To Produce Different Varieties Of Drugs In The Same Line. It Is Not Allowed To Violate The Gmp Regulations, Otherwise The Gmp Certificate Will Be Returned.

water treatment     Purified water   Q1：Raw water pretreatment process. A：Mechanical filtration, activated carbon, softener.   Q2：The role of the plate heat exchanger. A：Plate heat exchangers are used for sterilization of pretreatment systems.   Q3：What is the conductivity of primary reverse osmosis effluent and secondary reverse osmosis effluent? A：Usually the conductivity of primary reverse osmosis effluent is lower than 10, and the conductivity of secondary reverse osmosis effluent is lower than 4.   Q4：RO1500L/H, is this the input amount of sewage? A：Usually the output is written, not the input.   Q5：Is water pretreatment required before both primary and secondary reverse osmosis? A：Yes, water pretreatment is required before both primary reverse osmosis and secondary reverse osmosis.   Q6：The difference between the semi-automatic control system and the fully automatic control system of the water treatment system. A：The fully automatic control system has high performance, it can be controlled directly on the touch screen, and various indicators can be directly observed. The semi-automatic control system is that the operator manually controls the valve. 1. Fully automatic startup: (1). Before operation, it is necessary to ensure that the preparations for reverse osmosis have been completed, and the valves of the pretreatment system are in operation. (2).Primary reverse osmosis: open the primary pressure regulating valve 450, open the fresh water valve and the concentrated water valve, turn on the power switch, set the booster pump, primary high pressure pump and dosing pump switch to automatic, and press the operation mode button Set to Auto and the unit starts automatically. Adjust the primary pressure regulating valve and concentrated water valve to make the flow rate reach the rated value. (3). Secondary reverse osmosis: open the secondary pressure regulating valve at 450 degrees, open the fresh water valve and the concentrated water valve, turn on the power switch, set the secondary high pressure pump switch and the operation mode button to automatic, and the device will start automatically. Adjust the secondary pressure regulating valve and concentrated water valve to make the flow rate reach the rated value. 2. Manual boot: (1).Primary reverse osmosis: open the primary pressure regulating valve at 450 degrees, open the fresh water valve and the concentrated water valve, turn on the power switch, and set the booster pump, primary high pressure pump, dosing pump switch and operation mode button to manual, The device starts automatically. Adjust the primary pressure regulating valve and concentrate valve to make the flow rate reach the rated value. (2). Secondary reverse osmosis: open the secondary pressure regulating valve 450, open the fresh water valve and the concentrated water valve, turn on the power switch, set the secondary high pressure pump switch and the operation mode button to manual, and the device will start automatically. Adjust the secondary pressure regulating valve and concentrated water valve to make the flow rate reach the rated value. 3. Shutdown: (1). The switches of operation mode, booster pump, primary high pressure pump, secondary high pressure pump and dosing pump point to stop, and the switch of power supply points to close. (2). When the pretreatment control is manual, close the tap water inlet valve in front of the original water bucket. (3). When the pretreatment control is automatic control, it is better to close the raw water inlet valve before the primary pump. (4). If the pretreatment control is automatic control, the host power needs to be powered on for 24 hours, but the power switch on the panel can be turned off.   Q7：What is the maximum size of water treatment equipment? A：80 tons.   Q8：The process of primary water treatment. (Take the processing capacity of 500L per hour as an example) A：Raw water - pass the flocculant through raw water tank - sand filter - carbon filter - water softener - security filter - primary reverse osmosis.   Q9：The process of secondary water treatment. A：Raw water - pass the flocculant through raw water tank - sand filter - carbon filter - water softener - security filter - primary reverse osmosis - secondary reverse osmosis - EDI - precision filtration - pure water tank - precision filtration - ultraviolet - feed pump.   Q10：The role of Y-type filter in water treatment. A：Y-type filters can prevent backflow and filter particles, and are generally used for industrial steam filtration and coarse filtration of water.   Q11：When making shampoo and shower gel, what level of water treatment is recommended? A：Usually a primary reverse osmosis treatment is sufficient.   Q12：The difference between reverse osmosis and water treatment. A：Reverse osmosis is a part of water treatment.   Distilled water   Q1：What is the storage temperature? A：The storage temperature should be above 80°C or below 4°C.   Pure steam   Q1：How many degrees of water can be used for injection? A：The water can only be used for injection when it reaches 85°C.   Distribution system   Q1：What are the components of the distribution system? A：Storage tanks, pumps, UV, heat exchangers.

Separation and purification method (2)   1、separation (centrifugal machine)   Q1：What is a centrifugal pump? A：A centrifugal pump is a material transfer pump.   Q2：The role of the centrifuge. A：Centrifuges are used for solid-liquid separation and liquid-liquid separation, purifying extracts or concentrates. Separation by centrifugal machine belongs to physical purification.     2、Double effect concentration   Q1：Do extraction and concentration machines require heating equipment? A：As long as it is extracted by heating, heating equipment is required.   Q2：What is the concentration of alcohol after concentration? A：The concentration of alcohol after concentration is 10% lower than that of the original feed.   Q3：What is double effect concentration? A：First of all, "effect" means: heat exchange effect. Double effect means that there are two heat exchange effects. The first effect: the equipment is heated by an external heat source. Second effect: The heat energy generated by the first effect reheats the equipment.   Q4：What is the difference between a double effect concentrator and a spherical concentrator? A：The double-effect concentrator is basically used for equipment with water extraction and evaporation rate greater than 500kg/h. The spherical concentrator is to increase the concentration ratio. The spherical concentrator is carried out after the double-effect concentrator.   Q5：If the solvent is alcohol, is it recommended to use double-effect concentration or single-effect concentration? Where is the difference? A：Whether or not to use alcohol as a solvent depends on the solubility characteristics of the material. The energy utilization rate of double-effect concentration is higher. If the solvent is alcohol, it is recommended to use a double-effect condenser, and the alcohol volatilization rate is low.   Q6：What are the types and functions of concentrators? A：Concentrators are mainly divided into spherical concentrators, single-effect concentrators and double-effect concentrators. The single-effect concentrator is suitable for the recovery of industrial alcohol such as dairy products, and can be used for vacuum concentration of materials with small batches, many varieties and low heat sensitivity. The double-effect concentrator is suitable for the concentration of traditional Chinese medicine, western medicine, starch sugar, food and dairy products, etc. It is especially suitable for low-temperature vacuum concentration of heat-sensitive materials. The spherical concentrator is mainly composed of four parts: the main body of the concentration tank, the condenser, the vapor-liquid separator, and the liquid receiving barrel. Because the spherical concentrator adopts decompression concentration, the concentration time is short, and the effective components of heat-sensitive materials will not be destroyed.     3、Storage   Q1：The difference between single-layer storage tanks and double-layer storage tanks. A：The single-layer storage tank only plays the role of buffer storage. The double-layer storage tank has the function of keeping warm and cold.     4、Alcohol precipitation   Q1：The role of the external cooling system. A：It is cooled with alcohol to separate the wax and fat from the cannabis, and then filtered through the filter of the extraction tank.   Q2：The process and principle of alcohol precipitation. A：Principle: Impurities in cannabis are insoluble in a certain concentration of alcohol, and the precipitation of impurities is removed after adding an appropriate amount of alcohol to the water extract. Process: After cooling the concentrate, slowly add alcohol while stirring to reach the specified alcohol content. Sealed and refrigerated for 24 to 48 hours, filtered, recovered alcohol, washed with precipitation alcohol, and then obtained a refined solution.   Q3：What is the main function of the alcohol precipitation tank? A：The alcohol precipitation tank is used in the alcohol precipitation of traditional Chinese medicine, oral liquid, food and health products, etc. The alcohol precipitation tank is the key equipment in the alcohol precipitation process.

Separation and purification method (1)   1、separation (centrifugal machine)   Q1：In which step is the centrifugal machine mainly used? A：The centrifugal machine is mainly used to separate the wax in the extraction liquid after extraction.   Q2：What is the difference between a centrifugal machine and an oil-water separator? A：Centrifugal machine is to separate solid liquid or two liquids with different weights. Oil-water separators are statically separated, through stratification caused by the incompatibility of oil and water and the difference in density.   Q3：Under what circumstances is a centrifugal machine used for separation? A：Separation with a centrifugal machine depends on the specific requirements, and it is usually used for solid-liquid separation.   Q4：How many ways are there to remove wax from essential oils? A：Freeze filtration, molecular distillation.   Q5：How much is the loss of crude oil when the centrifuge removes wax? A：When using a centrifugal machine to remove wax, the loss of crude oil depends on the specific material. Usually liquid-liquid separation without cloth bags has high efficiency and low loss.   Q6：Is the separated material reused or used for other purposes? A：Depending on the production process, the separated materials are usually recycled and used for other purposes, and some are also incinerated and buried.   Q7：Does the centrifugal machine have to be equipped or according to customer requirements? A：According to customer requirements, centrifugal machines are basically required for purification and separation.     2、Chromatography   Q1：How does a chromatography column work? A：Principle of chromatographic column: Some of the materials passing through the chromatographic column are easily sucked by the chromatographic column, and the materials that are not sucked by the chromatographic column will flow through, so as to achieve the purpose of purifying the fluid.     3、Storage   Q1：How to match the storage tank, extraction tank and concentration tank? A：The storage tank is the same size as the extraction tank, and the concentration tank is half the size of the extraction tank.   Q2：What are the requirements for the conditions in the storage tank? A：Depending on the specific material, if the material will solidify when the temperature is low, the storage tank needs to be heated and insulated. If the material will settle, the storage tank needs to be stirred.   Q3：Is there a requirement for storage time? A：According to different materials, this is determined by different processes.

Filtration, Cleaning, Mixing and Dosing     Filtration and cleaning   Q1：Cleaning time and water consumption of LTSQX-1m³ double door cleaning machine. A：A single cycle cleaning step takes about 3 minutes, and the water consumption is 80L; cleaning with a cleaning agent takes about 8 minutes, and the water consumption is also 80L.   Q2：Cleaning cycle of LTSQX-1m³ double door cleaning machine. A：A cleaning cycle requires approximately 6-9 sub-steps.   Q3：The role of internal arc design in cleaning machine. A：Design automatic drainage slope, no dead angle, easy to clean.   Q4：How to check the cleaning effect? A：Cleaning effect coverage test: The riboflavin solution is sprayed on the item, and it is irradiated with a fluorescent lamp after cleaning. If it is not cleaned, fluorescence will appear.   Q5：How long does it usually take to clean and dry? A：Generally, it takes 60-90 minutes to clean and dry.   Q6：Why do two conductivity tests? A：One conductivity test is an online conductivity test, and the other conductivity test is an offline conductivity test. The two tests are verified to ensure the accuracy.   Q7：Is the discharge temperature of the cleaning machine controlled? A：The cleaning machine adopts a water admixing device, which can fully mix hot and cold water to meet the requirements of different users on the drainage temperature.   Q8：Can the cleaning machine be controlled remotely? A：The washing machine can provide an alternate Ethernet interface for the user to carry out remote control functions.   Q9：Data security. A：Operators and maintenance personnel cannot modify permanent data under any circumstances. (historical data, save files)   Q10：The difference between a medical cleaning machine and an ordinary cleaning machine. A：Medical cleaning machines have higher requirements, the ultrasonic frequency is higher than 20,000 Hz, and the material contact parts are required to meet S316, which needs to meet the medical disinfection standards.   Q11：How many ways does the cleaning machine have to open the door? A：There are two types, manual opening and automatic opening. Small models of cleaning machines can only be opened manually, and a larger cavity can support automatic opening.   Q12：How does the cleaning machine ensure the safety interlock? A：The program cannot start until the door is lowered to the normal sealing position and sealed. The procedure cannot be started if the sealing door is not closed. Once the program is up and running, the sealed door is locked and cannot be opened to ensure safe operation. When the program is not over or the temperature in the cabin exceeds the set value, the airtight door will be protected and cannot be opened to ensure the safety of equipment and personnel. Double doors (double-leaf equipment) are interlocked to ensure effective isolation between areas. Set the obstacle detection switch, the door will automatically stop running when encountering obstacles during the closing process.   Q13：Heating system of cleaning machine. A：The heating system of the cleaning machine can be set according to the program. At different stages, electric heating tubes or steam coils are used to heat the cleaning circulating water in the cabin, which can be heated up to 93°C and maintained to thermally sterilize the cleaning items.   Q14：Does the cleaning machine have a trolley? A：No, the cleaning machine with trolley needs to add extra cost.     Mixing and dosing   Q15：The difference between the upper stirring and the bottom magnetic stirring of the dosing tank. A：The power of the upper stirring is large, and it is not easy to clean. The magnetic stirring force is small and easy to clean.

Cleaning, Sterilization and Aseptic Filling   Cleaning and sterilization of rubber stoppers and aluminum caps.   Q1：What machines are suitable for cleaning and sterilizing rubber stoppers and aluminum caps? Will the pure steam sterilizer damage the rubber stopper and aluminum caps due to the high temperature? A：The cleaning and sterilization of aluminum caps are completed by two equipments, and the pure steam sterilizer for sterilization will not damage the product.   Aseptic filling   Q1：Does the filling of sterile preparations need to add a laminar flow hood or an isolator? A：This needs to be done according to specific requirements and the latest standards. CRABS is recommended, which is simply understood as a laminar flow hood with gloves.

Labeling machine Q1：How much information can be printed on the label? A：Ribbon coders can print up to 5 lines of characters.   Q2：What are the main types of coding machines? A：The coding machines mainly include ribbon coding machines, laser printer coding machines, ink jet coding machines, and thermal transfer machines.   Q3：The difference between ribbon coding machine and ink jet coding machine. A：Ribbon coding is more suitable for coding on the surface of plastic film, the equipment is more economical, but the aesthetics are limited.   Q4：What is Print centering photocell? A：Cursor matching, centered printing font and logo, 4 side seals, and 4 corners will have black cursor eyes.   Q5：How to detect if there is a label on the bottle? A：Camera Vision Inspection.   Q6：What can be used to detect the non-fluorescent white label of the white bottle? A：Camera Vision Inspection.   Q7：Types of electric eye recognition. A：Electric eye recognition is usually divided into three types, ordinary paper induction, reflective induction, and transparent label induction.

Extraction and concentration machine Q1：Is the oil extracted with alcohol or water? If alcohol extraction is used, will the final extracted oil contain alcohol impurities? A：The method of extracting oil depends on the specific process. The oil extracted by alcohol extraction will not contain any solvent because of the oil-water separator.   Q2：Does oil extraction require concentration equipment? A：If the oil is extracted by distillation, it is enough to add a condenser and an oil-water separation device to the extraction tank.   Q3：Method of oil extraction. A：There are dry steaming and wet cooking.   Q4：What equipment should be used for dry steaming and wet cooking? A：Dry steaming requires a pure steam generator, and steam is passed through the tank to heat the raw materials; For wet cooking, steam boilers or electric heating of heat transfer oil tanks and vacuum pumps are used.   Q5：Can water extraction and alcohol extraction share a system? A：Yes, but the condensing system of the concentrator will be different. Alcohol extraction requires a double condensation system to prevent alcohol volatilization and improve alcohol recovery.   Q6：Are flammable and explosive solvents not recommended for extraction? A：Flammable and explosive solvents can be used because the equipment has an explosion-proof system.   Q7：When there is flammable and explosive liquid, does the tank need to be equipped with an explosion-proof device? A：Yes, when there are flammable and explosive solvents, the tank needs to be equipped with an explosion-proof device.   Q8：What is the difference between a hot reflux extraction and concentration unit and an ordinary extraction and concentrator? A：Ordinary extraction concentrators require multiple doses of solvent. The hot reflux extraction and concentration unit only needs to put the solvent once, which is more convenient.   Q9：What is the role of rising film concentrator and falling film concentrator? A：Concentrators are designed to evaporate excess solvent or water. Falling film concentrators are energy efficient and less prone to clogging.   Q10：Compared with single-effect concentration, what are the advantages of double-effect concentration? A：Double-effect concentration can improve the steam utilization rate, and it is better to choose double-effect concentration when the output is relatively large.   Q11：What concentrators are used when extracting with different solvents? A：It is recommended to use a double-effect concentrator for water extraction, and a single-effect concentrator for wine extraction.   Q12：What kind of dryer is used to dry the materials discharged from different concentrators? A：It is recommended to use a spray dryer after double-effect concentration; It is recommended to use a vacuum dryer after single-effect concentration.   Q13：Is it possible to add ultrasonic extraction to the extraction and concentration equipment? A：Yes, ultrasonic extraction can be added to the extraction and concentration equipment.   Q14：Compared with supercritical extraction machines, what are the advantages of extraction and concentration machines? A：The equipment of the extraction and concentration machine is cheap, no pressure vessel, simple operation, fast extraction, and the product is more suitable for purification.   Q15：What is the process of CO2 extraction? A：CO2→extraction kettle→separation I→refining column→separation II→loop   Q16：What is the difference between ultrasonic extraction and supercritical extraction? A：The two extraction methods cannot be compared. 1. Ultrasonic extraction: Add an ultrasonic generator to the extraction to improve the extraction efficiency. 2. Supercritical extraction: CO₂ is pressurized and temperature-controlled to make it reach a supercritical state, and contact with the material in the extraction tank to efficiently extract oil and fat components. 3. Ultrasonic extraction is an auxiliary extraction function. Supercritical extraction is a high-pressure product with high cost and many operation steps.   Q17：In extraction and concentration equipment, what does ASME mean? A：ASME is a pressure vessel certification.   Q18：Can the extracted and concentrated material be directly dried? A：The extracted and concentrated material can be directly dried.   Q19：How many heating methods are there for extraction and concentration? A：Steam heating and electric heating.   Q20：What are the advantages and disadvantages of steam heating compared to electric heating? A：Steam heating is more environmentally friendly. But it needs to be equipped with a steam boiler and UV certification.   Q21：Is there a filter unit? How to separate the wax after extraction? A：Separation and filtration are usually performed with a Disc stack centrifuge.   Q22：The role of Filter. A：Filter impurities.   Q23：What is the function of the condenser on the extraction tank? A：The condenser on the extraction tank is to cool the evaporated solvent and recycle it for reuse.   Q24：What is the function of the condenser on the concentrator? A：Recover solvent, recycle and reuse.   Q25：What is the role of the vacuum pump? A：A vacuum pump is used to lower the temperature during extraction.   Q26：Can the chromatographic separation step be followed by extraction and before concentration? A：Yes, but it will waste more resin. Chromatographic separation is usually followed by concentration.   Q27：How many times do you need to extract a batch of oil tankers? A：Extract three times, 3 hours, 2 hours, and 1 hour respectively; the storage tank can be selected as the same size as the extraction tank, or the storage tank is three times the size of the extraction tank.   Q28：How much does the material and solvent ratio account for in the extraction tank? A：Materials and solvents account for 75-80% of the extraction tank.   Q29：Alcohol recovery device. A：The equipment has an alcohol recovery device, but the alcohol concentration will decrease. If you want to increase the alcohol concentration, you usually need to use an alcohol recovery tower or an alcohol dosing tank.   Q30：What should I do if the material produces a lot of foam during extraction and concentration? A：Defoam with vacuum pulses or electrodes.   Q31：What do you get after wintering? A：After winterization, an extract without wax and fat is obtained.   Q32：Can Stevia extraction be filtered only 4 times without adding other substances like alcohol? (normal filtration, microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration) A：No, stevia extraction requires the addition of decarburization and HPLC.   Q33：Can stevia crystallize after being extracted and concentrated? (Stevia crystals) A：Yes, but the impurities must be filtered first.   Q34：Curcumin extraction process. A：1. Curcumin is easily soluble in alkaline water. 2. Curcumin is also soluble in organic solvents, and organic solvents such as ethanol or acetone are commonly used to extract the crushed turmeric raw materials. The extract is separated by centrifugation or filtration, and the curcumin product is obtained through concentration, purification and drying. 3. Curcumin is most commonly extracted with 70% alcohol and then concentrated. If separation and purification are required, a resin column is required.   Q35：What equipment is used to extract curcumin? A：1. According to the extraction requirements, curcumin is usually extracted with a hot reflux unit. 2. Extractor, concentrator, resin column, crystallization tank, concentrator.   Q36：What is the oil after the initial concentration of cannabis extraction? A：Crude Oil is the initial concentration of cannabis extraction.   Q37：Does hemp extraction produce wax? A：Yes, but low temperature extraction can easily filter out the wax.   Q38：How to remove chlorophyll from cannabis extraction? A：Chlorophyll is rarely present when extracted with alcohol.   Q39：What equipment is used to remove THC during cannabis extraction and concentration? A：Extraction filter concentration unit. Strictly speaking, removal of THC is a filtration purification process.   Q40：What equipment is needed to directly dry the crude oil into powder, and can the essential oil be dried? A：It mainly depends on the specific process. Usually, the crude oil is dried with an emulsifier to mix materials such as gelatin and talc, and then spray-dried into microcapsules. The material in the essential oil stage cannot be dried because there is no moisture left.   Q41：What extraction equipment is used to extract mucus from a living body (snail)? A：This depends on the specific process, and the target extract is dissolved in a solvent or water for extraction.   Q42：Can the machine do sericin extraction? (sercin from silkworm) A：Depending on the specific process decision, our equipment boils or cools the material for extraction.

Cleaning, Coarse Crushing, Deslag, Fermentation And Storage   Cleaning Q1：Should I use a dryer after cleaning the natural medicinal herbal plant? A：Depending on the specific requirements, if the natural medicinal herbal plant is used for extraction and concentration, drying is not required. If the natural medicinal herbal plant is used as a decoction piece, it needs to be dried, and a hot air circulation dryer can be used.   Coarse Crushing Q1：Are there any requirements for the size of the material to be fed? A：Depending on the specific pulverizer, different pulverizers have different requirements for the size of the material.   Q2：The minimum size of the material after crushing. A：The material can be crushed to 80 mesh.   Deslag Q1：What is the main function of Slag pressing machine? A：Slag pressing machine is mainly used after extraction. The cannabis pomace is pressed to recover more of the extracted liquid.   Q2：Under what circumstances should a slag truck be allocated? A：When the equipment is large and the automation requirements are relatively high, a slag removal truck needs to be equipped.   Q3：How is the waste generally handled? A：Dry, incinerate, bury.   Fermentation and Storage Q1：UL certification. A：UL certification is the safety certification for electrical appliances in equipment in the United States and Canada.   Q2：How long does it take to ferment and store? A：The time of fermentation and storage depends on the process and the cultivation of different yeasts.    

Automatic liquid feeding   Q1：Do I need a buffer tank before filling, and how is it linked to the machine? A：The buffer tank has two functions, storing raw materials and stabilizing the filling pressure, which is very necessary for filling accuracy.   Q2：How to choose a centrifugal pump and a rotor pump? A：Rotor pumps are usually used for viscous materials, or materials that are prone to foaming are also rotated. The centrifugal pump is suitable for materials with good fluidity and not easy to foam.   Q3：Viscosity, is the paste material loading the same as water? A：For viscous materials, rotor pumps, gear pumps or flexible pumps are recommended, and centrifugal pumps can be used for water.   Q4：Comparison of advantages and disadvantages of piston pump and peristaltic pump. A：The filling accuracy of the peristaltic pump is not as good as the Piston pump Peristaltic pump accuracy: Filling accuracy: ≤±3%. Piston pump accuracy: Filling accuracy: ≤±1.5%. The advantages of the peristaltic pump: easy to clean, easy to adjust the volume (through the touch screen), the material does not touch the metal, it is especially suitable for batch production of a variety of materials, except for the tube, there are no vulnerable parts, and the structure is simple and easy to operate. Piston pumps are O-ring seals that need to be replaced regularly, with mechanical transmission to maintain, and cleaning to be disassembled. It has good accuracy and belongs to quantitative filling.

Q1：Metering pumps for ampoules filling and sealing machines. A：1. Piston syringe pump: not easy to clean and cheap. Filling accuracy: 10ml ±1%. 2. Peristaltic pump (mainstream pump): easy to clean, slightly more expensive, and the filling accuracy is the same as that of the piston syringe pump. 3. Ceramic pump.   Q2：Ampoule filling and sealing machine with 6 needles for injection? Or at least 8 needles? A：The vertical ampoule filling and sealing machine has 8 needles. Horizontal ampoule filling and sealing machines can have 6 or 8 needles.   Q3：What should be paid attention to in ALG series ampoule filling and sealing machine during the injection process of ampoules? A：The ALG ampoule filling and sealing machine needs a laminar flow hood during production, and the verification that needs to be done during the production process will be more troublesome than the vertical ampoule filling and sealing machine.   Q4：What equipment needs to be replaced if the plastic ampoules are filled with strong corrosive liquids? A：Filling acidic materials: The barrel needs to be enamel or attached with PTFE (Teflon). Filling strong alkali material: the barrel is covered with PTFE, and the filling head is changed to PTFE material

Q1：Under what circumstances should the machine be equipped with an explosion-proof device? A：The alcohol content of the material is ≥5%, and the machine should be equipped with an explosion-proof device.   Q2：The role of explosion-proof motors. A：The explosion-proof motor has the function of explosion-proof and high sealing performance.   Q3：Can semi-automatic liquid filling machines be equipped with explosion-proof devices? A：No, because it doesn't have a motor, just a solenoid valve.   Q4：Can the aluminum foil filling and sealing machine make disposable cups? A：It is necessary to know whether the aluminum foil used by the customer for sealing is in a roll or a sheet, which is directly related to the choice of the machine.   Q5：How to choose filling accuracy and pump? A：Determined according to the actual material situation. Usually peristaltic pumps are not suitable for viscous materials. The ceramic pump is suitable for filling materials below 20ml. Stainless steel piston pumps are suitable for viscous materials.   Q6：Can the pump for filling hand sanitizer be used to fill shampoo, shampoo oil? A：The pump for filling hand sanitizer can be used for filling shampoo and shampoo oil.   Q7：Does the peristaltic pump start filling from the bottom? A：All pumps can be filled from the bottom.   Q8：Does the viscosity of the liquid have an effect on the filling pump? A：Yes, the peristaltic pump has high precision and is suitable for materials with high fluidity. Materials with high viscosity can use ceramic pumps and stainless steel pumps, which are not easy to clean, but are also suitable.   Q9：Does the shape of the cap and the way it is capped have an effect on the speed? A：Yes, but it won't have much impact.   Q10：Can aluminum caps and plastic caps use the same capping head? A：The same machine can be used, but the capping head needs to be replaced.   Q11：Can the cap elevator be used for caps of different sizes? A：The cap elevator can be used for different sizes of caps without changing the mold.   Q12：The difference between linear rotating capping machine and linear screw capping machine. A：The linear rotating capping machine is easier to use than the linear screw capping machine. The linear rotating capping machine has a higher capping pass rate and the linear screw capping machine is faster.   Q13：Is the press capping machine only suitable for aluminum caps? A：Yes, the press capping machine is a machine for aluminum caps only.   Q14：What is the difference between rotating capping machine, screw capping machine and press capping machine? A：The rotating capping machine is usually used for screw caps, the screw capping machine is used for screw caps without anti-theft ring, and the press capping machine is used for metal caps. The screw capping machine simply twists the cap. The press capping machine is to force the cap on the bottle mouth. The press capping machine is generally used on plastic bottles, such as mineral water, lubricating oil, and edible oil. The screw capping machine is suitable for screw caps, no need to change the mold, but the torque adjustment range is limited. The capping machine can easily damage the surface of the cap. The rotating capping machine is generally used for iron caps, generally used in sauces, canned fruits and other places. The rotating capping machine needs to replace the mold, but the torque is easy to adjust, and it is not easy to damage the cover surface.   Q15：When filling vials, is it better to use one machine for stoppering and capping, or is it better to use two machines (one vial filling and stopper, and one vial capping machine)? A：Comply with FDA standard: one vial filling and stopper machine, one vial capping machine. Not FDA compliant: vial filling, stoppering and capping all-in-one, so all three functions are on the same machine.   Q16：When the empty vial sterilization channel is used for the FAT test, is a vial sample required? A：The vial sterilization channel is used for testing, and the vial sample is not required.   Q17：The difference between linear filling machine and bottled washing filling capping producing line. A：The linear filling machine is convenient to replace accessories, easy to disassemble, and more in line with GMP requirements, but it has greater requirements on the site. The bottled washing filling capping producing line is more suitable for high-speed filling of beverages, and the cost of replacing the mold is higher.   Q18：What drives the organic glass cover of the bottle washer? A：The organic glass cover of the bottle washer is pneumatically driven and controlled by a touch screen.   Q19：Why is the water temperature of the bottle washing machine below 60℃? A：1. In case of overturning the bottle, etc., it can be handled by hand; 2. Under normal circumstances, if pure water is passed in, it does not have to reach 60 degrees, and room temperature is also fine.   Q20：Which bottle is water wash and which bottle is air wash? A：The filling mineral water plastic bottle is washed with water, and there is water in it that can be directly filled. Glass bottles are suitable for both air washing and water washing. Plastic bottles for other purposes are best washed with air, because if the bottle is washed with water, it needs to be dried.   Q21：Are all filling needles removable for sterilization cleaning? A：The filling needles of stainless steel, silica gel and PTFE can be disassembled for sterilization and cleaning.   Q22：The level requirements for aseptic dosing of the workshop. A：The level of the workshop should reach C level or above.   Q23：What are the main steps of sterile preparation? A：Water treatment, dosing, weighing, filling and packaging.   Q24：How to sterilize the roll film liquid filling machine? A：The roll film liquid filling machine can be sterilized with a water bath, but not with steam. Use a rapid-cooling sterilizer or keep the pressure for cooling.   Q25：How do semi-automatic liquid filling machines and fully automatic liquid filling machines control the filling volume? A：Usually the semi-automatic liquid filling machine is pneumatic, and the filling amount is controlled by the formation of the cylinder. The automatic liquid filling machine controls the filling amount depending on what pump is used for filling. Different pumps have different adjustment and control methods, but the automatic liquid filling machine can be adjusted and controlled on the touch screen.   Q26：Which filling machine can fill oral liquid at a rate of 200-300 bottles per minute? A：Rotary filling machine or reciprocating filling machine.   Q27：Common faults of filling machines. A：The filling volume is inaccurate and the pump body is worn.   Q28：How to solve the overflow when filling? A：When the liquid splashes out during the filling process, adjust the filling speed. When there is liquid leakage during the filling process, pneumatic blow-off, pneumatic partition, and leakage devices can be used.   Q29：Can square and round bottles be run on the same liquid filler machine? A：Yes, square and round bottles can be run on the same liquid filler machine.   Q30：The role of the FFU laminar flow hood. A：The 100-level FFU laminar flow hood is an air purification equipment that can provide a local high clean environment. The product is compact in structure, easy to use, and can be hung or supported on the ground. The 100-level layer FFU laminar flow hood can be used alone, or can be used in multiple connections to form a strip-shaped clean area. The FFU laminar flow hood is a uniform flow layer, which is formed after passing the air through a high-efficiency filter at a certain wind speed, so that the clean air flows in a vertical unidirectional flow, thereby ensuring the cleanliness of the working area to meet the process requirements.   Q31：Is the motor of the filling machine connected to the conveyor belt with a chain or a V-belt? A：The motor of the filling machine and the conveyor belt are connected with a belt: low noise, easy to wear The motor of the filling machine and the conveyor belt are connected with a chain: there is noise.   Q32：The role of the S-curve track change device in the filling machine. A：It is used at the butt joint of the conveyor belt to ensure smooth bottle feeding without accumulating and pouring bottles.   Q33：Weighing calibration method after filling. A：Transparent bottles can be verified by liquid level detection, but the cost is high and the accuracy is average. It is usually done with a weighing machine.   Q34：Do I need to replace a more advanced touchscreen when adding an audit trail? Is it possible to add this function to all machines? A：When adding the audit trail function, it is necessary to replace the touch screen and add programs. All machines can have an audit trail.   Q35：Machine material: Is 316 material better than 304 material? A：No, there are differences between 316 materials at home and abroad. The ductility and toughness of 316 materials are not as good as 304 materials.

Q1：Is the cartoning machine equipped with emboss printing function? A：Cartoning machine can be equipped with emboss printing function.   Q2：Does the cartoning machine have the functions of remote control speed and emergency stop switch? A：Remote control refers to the control that the person is not next to the device, which needs to be connected to the network, and the cartoning machine can be equipped with the function of remote control speed, which requires additional costs.   Q3：How many blister boards can be loaded in one box of the automatic cartoning machine to ensure the original cartoning speed? A：The blister board of the automatic cartoning machine is no more than 6 boards.   Q4：The cartoning machine can pack boxes of different specifications. Is there a need to change the mold? How much is the mold? A：Generally, a machine has 1 set of molds. If there are multiple sets, the fee will be charged according to the actual situation.   Q5：The maximum box size of the cartoning machine. A：Most of the current cartoning machines can be customized.   Q6：What kind of feeder does the tube cartoning machine need to be equipped with? A：There is an extra charge for the cartoning machine with automatic tube unloader. Then you need to see which machine is connected to the feeder, vertical automatic cartoning machine or horizontal automatic cartoning machine, and the feeder is also different.

Emulsifier     Q1：The fluidity requirements of the emulsifier material. A：Materials with fluidity greater than 50000cp are suitable for planetary emulsifier. Our ordinary emulsifier is only suitable for materials with fluidity below 50000cp.   Q2：What is the maximum heating temperature of the emulsifier/stirring tank? A：The maximum heating temperature of the emulsifier can reach 110°C.   Q3：The difference between emulsification and homogenization. A：Homogenizing head: The same material is homogenized by high shear stirring paddles, so that the particle size of the material is uniform. Emulsifying head: For more than 2 kinds of materials, granules with different specifications need to be compatible, so the emulsifying head needs to be used.   Q4：Does the homogenizing emulsifier need to add water or other substances for emulsification during the emulsification process? A：According to different formulas, different materials will be added, including water, oil, pigments, pharmaceutical ingredients, etc.   Q5：How long does it take to homogenize and emulsify a batch? A：20-40 minutes, the specific time depends on the material.   Q6：Emulsifier with automatic turning function has hydraulic function? A：Yes, the emulsifying machine with automatic turning function has hydraulic function.   Q7：What does the emulsifier with CIP cleaning function mean? A：The emulsifying machine has added a cleaning ball valve.   Q8：How to connect the emulsifier and the tube filling machine? What is the cleaning method? A：Usually there will be a buffer tank between the two machines and will not be directly connected. Cleaning can use CIP cleaning or disassembly cleaning.   Q9：What is the difference between placing the motor of the emulsifier on the top and on the bottom? A：The emulsifying effect of the emulsifying machine with the motor at the bottom is better and the price is more expensive. But the emulsifier with the motor on top is easier to clean.   Q10：Does the residue on the stirring blade need to be collected manually after the homogenization and emulsification is completed? A：Yes, after the homogenization and emulsification is completed, the residue on the stirring blade needs to be collected manually.   Q11：The same model of emulsifier, the price difference between the upper homogenizer and the lower homogenizer. A：The price of the lower homogenizer is more expensive than that of the upper homogenizer, and the exact price depends on the configuration. The lower homogenizer should be equipped with an additional motor and mechanical seal.   Q12：Can the emulsifier make soy milk? (make frozen beans into a runny sauce) A：Yes, but the beans have to be crushed first and finer before making soymilk in an emulsifying machine.   Q13：Does the emulsifier need a chiller? A：Under normal circumstances, the emulsifier does not need to be equipped with a chiller. Generally, cold water is passed into the jacket to cool the temperature of the material after emulsification, which is convenient for filling. However, the jacket is in rapid thermal expansion and contraction for a long time, which may affect the sealing of the weld. . It is recommended that the customer purchase another cooling turnover bucket, or directly use tap water for cooling. Depending on the specific requirements, some materials cannot be cooled, and they are too viscous after cooling, which is not conducive to filling.   Q14：We need to understand the customer's requirements for sterile mixing tanks. A：1. Capacity requirements. 2. Whether with CIP & SIP system. 3. The sterile mixing tank is used for mixing between liquid and liquid, or between solid and liquid. 4. Whether the color removal function is required. (The liquid after dispensing may be colored, and it is colorless for injection.) 5. Whether the carbon removal function is required. 6. Whether sterile filtration is required. 7. Whether the sterile mixing tanks are initial mixing or final mixing. (Initial mixing is also called thick mixing, and subsequent dilution is required. Final mixing is also called thin mixing, which is simply used for filling. ) 8. Whether automatic weighing function is required. 9. Whether heating/cooling function is required. 10. Stirring speed.  

Clean room     Q1：The thickness of the wall of the return air wall. A：The wall thickness of the return air wall is 100mm.   Q2：How many ways are there to return air? A：Return air wall and return air column.   Q3：What are the advantages and disadvantages of hand-made panels and machine-made panels in the clean room? A：1. Plate type: The mechanism purification plate has a single plate type, and the manual plate has 8 or 9 different plate types to meet the needs of different projects. 2. Core material: Various core materials can be filled in the manual purification board. 3. Appearance: The appearance of the manual purification board is finer than that of the mechanical purification board. 4. Strength: The strength of the machine-made purification board is relatively low, and the manual purification board has a higher strength. It is made by hand and has a keel inside, which is stronger than the ordinary machine-made board. 5. Fire protection: With the continuous improvement of fire protection requirements, it is difficult for mechanism panels to meet engineering needs, and the market is gradually degrading, replaced by manual panels that can reach the corresponding fire resistance limit. 6. Price: The price of the mechanism purification board is not very high because it is produced by machine, and the price of manual purification board is relatively high. Because it is made by hand, the process is more complicated than the machine-made board, and the processing speed is slow, so the cost is higher.   Q4：Why does each room in the clean room need a return air column? A：The return air column plays the role of duct ventilation in the sealed space.   Q5：The level of clean room required for tablet presses and blister packaging machines. A：Tablet pressing machine: D grade Blister packing machine: D grade    

bag packing machine     Q1：Film type for liquid packaging bags. A：PET/ALU/PE.   Q2：Can a fully automatic connection be used to transition from an emulsifying machine to a packaging machine? Do you add a dosing pump? A：A fully automatic connection from the emulsifier to the packaging machine can be achieved, requiring the use of a transfer pump, usually a centrifugal pump or a rotary pump.   Q3：Light inspection machine: What are the advantages of having more colors of lights? A：It means that the light inspection machine can detect different things, as well as detect bottles of different colors.   Q4：How much does it cost to add a heat seal to a zipper bag? A：The standard bag packing machine comes with a heat seal at the end, no additional cost is required, but depending on the bag structure, the open bag structure may require additional cost. After filling the material, the zipper bag is sealed by heat sealing, and the zipper strip cannot be closed by machine.   Q5：The advantages of horizontal bagging packaging machine. A：1. The size adjustment range of the horizontal bag feeding and packaging machine is wide, especially when making large bags, it can be customized. RotaTop-200 rotary bag packaging machine and RotaTop-300 rotary bag packaging machine, the maximum bag width is only 200mm and 300mm. 2. The horizontal bag packing machine runs horizontally, which is faster and can produce two bags at one time when the size is appropriate. Rotary bag packing machine speed is stable at 35 to 40pouches/min due to centrifugal force. In addition, when filling large doses of materials, the speed will be slower. 3. All transmission mechanisms and mechanical structures of the horizontal bag packing machine are behind the machine. It is easier to clean and more in line with the requirements of cleaner production. The mechanical transmission of the rotary bag packing machine is below the machine. When producing powder or liquid, in case of leakage, the machine is not easy to clean and easy to corrode. 4. The bag width of the rotary bag packing machine can be adjusted with one key. The horizontal bag packing machine needs manual adjustment.   Q6：The filling range and price of the rotary pump. A：The rotary pump is the conveying carrier, which has nothing to do with the filling volume, and the conveying range can reach 5-1200m³/h.

Tube filling and sealing machine is a high-tech product which successfully developed and designed by adopting advanced technology from abroad and strictly meet GMP requirement. PLC controller and color touch screen are applied and made it possible for programmable control of the machine. It can perform the filling for ointment, cream jellies or viscosity material, sealing or tail folding, batch number embossing (include manufacture date) automatically. It’s ideal equipment for aluminum tube filling and sealing for cosmetic, pharmacy, foodstuff and bond industries.     Q1：Can the tube filling machine be able to fill different tubes on one machine? A：Yes, the tube filling machine can fill tubes of different sizes on one machine.   Q2：How to realize the filling volume of the tube filling machine from 5ml to 500ml? A：To ensure the filling accuracy, you need to add 2 sets of canned pumps.   Q3：Tube filling and sealing machine: There are 70g and 150g plastic tubes, do I need to change the mold for different filling quantities? Is this filling volume controlled by touch screen? A：LTRG-60P tube filling machine is mechanical control (manual control). LTRG-80P tube filling machine is automatic control (touch screen control). For 70g and 150g tubes, when the tube length is different and the diameter is the same, there is no need to change the membrane. When the diameter changes, the mold must be replaced.   Q4：What is the longest length that can be made for the LTRG 30 and 60 tube filling machines? A：The standard length of LTRG-30 tube filling machine is 200mm, the longest can be 225mm. The standard length of LTRG-60 tube filling machine is 210mm, which can be extended to 240mm.   Q5：How many heating methods does LTRG-30 tube filling and sealing machine have? A：LTRG-30 tube filling and sealing machine is divided into external heating, internal heating and ultrasonic.   Q6：How many heating methods does LTRG-60, 80, 110 tube filling and sealing machine have? A：Internal heating and ultrasonic.   Q7：What is the difference between the internal heating and external heating of the tube filling machine? A：The inner heating seal has better appearance, because the seal is performed from the inside of the tube.   Q8：With the new TubPro-60 filling machine, can the tube end style be changed during sealing? A: It can be changeable, additional costs are required.   Q9：Can the motor be replaced by Siemens for the new type TubPro-60 tube filling machine? A：The main motor can be replaced with a stepper motor and a servo motor.   Q10：Does the tube filling machine have the function of automatic feeding empty tube? A：Yes, tube filling machine can automatically send empty tubes.   Q11：Tube filling and sealing machine: In addition to the difference in filling materials, what are the advantages of ultrasonic sealing compared with heat sealing? A：Unless the material is special, there is no way to use ultrasound.   Q12：What is the heat sealing temperature? What is the ultrasonic sealing temperature? A：The heat sealing temperature is generally about 400 degrees for the heater, and the temperature at the end of the sealing is about 200-300 degrees. Ultrasound sealing is generally about 40 degrees.   Q13：Generally speaking, is ultrasonic sealing recommended for flammable materials? A：Yes, ultrasonic sealing can be applied to some materials that cannot be heated.   Q14：What is the function of the chiller in the tube filling machine? Where is the production batch number? A：The chiller is used to cool the internal heating device. The production lot number is in the heat sealing position.   Q15：Can the filling volume of the new TubPro-60 tube filling and sealing machine be adjusted by HMI? A：The touch screen can be adjusted, but additional costs are required, servo system needs to be added, and the following mechanical transmission also needs to be adjusted.   Q16：The new TubPro-60 tube filling and sealing machine , what are the materials of the material contact part and non-contact part of the machine? A：The material contact part of the machine is SS 316, and the non-contact part is SS 304. The material will be certified before shipment.   Q17：For the new TubPro-60 tube filling and sealing machine, how many tube samples do customers need to send over for mold or test machine? A：Only 5 samples are enough to make the mold, and the test machine needs at least 300.   Q18：The new TubPro-60 tube filling and sealing machine, does the machine need an additional chiller? Or does the machine come with it? A：A chiller is needed to make plastic pipes.   Q19：How to use aluminum tube instead of plastic tube in the tube filling machine? A：By replacing the sealing device.   Q20：Introduction of 12 stations of tube filling machine. A：Station 12: Falling pipe, pressing pipe (pressing pipe into mold cup) 1: Benchmarking 2: Vacuum and blow (add nitrogen) 3: Automatic filling 4: Plastic pipe/composite pipe heating 5: Plastic tube/composite tube sealing (print batch number) (aluminum tube saddlefold needs to be replaced at this station) 6-8: Folding and sealing of aluminum tube (single-side folding) 9: Aluminum tube printing batch number 10: Plastic pipe trimming 11: Out of the tube   Q21：The tube filling machine needs to be equipped with Audit Trial. What exactly does the audit trail track? A：The audit trail is that the operation of each step required by the drug needs to be recorded.   Q22：How does the tube filling and sealing machine prevent air from entering the tube? A：1. Nitrogen can be used to remove the air in the tube from the station before filling the material. 2. There is a gas head on the top of the filling head to blow off the material, and nitrogen can also be passed (Fill with nitrogen after filling the material).   Q23：Can the tube filling machine fill 1-3ML? Can glue be filled? Does it need to be heated and stirred? A：the tube filling machin can be filled with 1-3 ml, and the filling glue does not need to be heated.   Q24：Tube filling and sealing machine: There are several forms of the effect of pressing the aluminum tube. A：3 types.   Q25：How many stations does the LTRG-60 tube filling and sealing machine have, and how many stations does the LTRG-80 tube filling and sealing machine have? A：LTRG-60 tube filling machine has 9 stations and LTRG-80 tube filling machine has 12 stations.   Q26：What is the default material of the tube filling and sealing machine LTRG-60 and LTRG-80? A：The material contact part is 316L, the other part is 304L   Q27：For LTRG-60 tube filling and sealing machine, what is the default barrel for fine filling? A：60L, single layer 316L material, if jacket, heating and stirring functions are required, additional costs are required.

Q1：The difference between vibration sifter and tablet dedust machine. A：The vibrating sifter is used for powder screening, and the tablet dedust machine is used for tablet cleaning.   Q2：The tablet dedust machine is divided into up-spin and down-spin? What is the difference? A：Top spin: the material goes in from the bottom and goes out from the top. Down spin: the material comes in from the top and comes out from the bottom. The top spinning speed is fast, the price is more expensive.   Q3：The function of vibration sifter. A：Through the sieve of different meshes, particles of different sizes are sorted and classified to prepare for tableting.   Q4：Can the vibration sifter have only one outlet? A：No, the purpose of the machine is to classify different particles. Making one outlet cannot achieve this purpose. At least two outlets are required.   Q5：How to divide the mesh of the tablet dedust machine? Can a machine have two mesh sizes? A：Tablet dedust does not divide the mesh number, and the channel is spiral.   Q6：Is there a hopper on the tablet dedust machine? Can it be customized? A：Generally, the feed port of the tablet dedust machine is set directly upstream of the equipment discharge port, and the fixed problem of the customized hopper needs to be considered.   Q7：What are the maximum and minimum meshes that the tablet dedust machine can withstand? A：The maximum mesh number of ordinary sieves is 200, and the minimum is unlimited.   Q8：Is the speed of the gold inspection machine constant? A：Constant speed means that the speed is set to a certain speed and cannot be changed. This speed is calculated based on the output. Set the speed of the whole machine as a fixed speed in meters per minute. If the speed is adjusted, the speed-adjustable frequency converter needs to be added, which will increase the cost.   Q9：Apart from Fe, NOFe, Sus304, are there other metals detected by the gold inspection machine? A：Copper, aluminum, etc.   Q10：Golden inspection machine mentioned: 52 kinds of products can be stored and recorded, is it equivalent to having a traceability function? A：No, the testing standards of different products are different. The testing standards of 52 different products can be saved. This time, when testing product A, set the testing standards of product A. Next time testing product A, you can test if you find this record.   Q11：Gold inspection machine: Just need the diameter and height of the largest bottle, or do you still need the diameter and height of the smallest bottle? The higher the detection height and width, the lower the sensitivity. For the same machine, for example, the current detection is 200 (width) * 200 (height). Within this range, is the gold inspection machine more effective in detecting large bottles than in small boxes? A：In the same detection range, the detection effect is the same, and the size of the bottle is the same. unless the characteristics of the product are different, the detection effect is different. Conventionally, the largest and smallest bottle sizes need to be provided, because we will consider which model is more suitable. The detection accuracy of the metal inspection machine is determined by the size of the detection channel opening, the larger the opening, the worse the effect. 1. The maximum diameter of the bottle is 100mm and the height is 180mm. The minimum diameter is 60mm and the height is 80mm. 2. There are 2 types of options: One: You can choose a gold inspection machine suitable for all sizes to inspect all bottles. Two: You can choose two types of gold inspection machines to inspect bottles of different sizes. 3. Those who do not require high detection accuracy and do not want to spend more money can choose to use a general-purpose gold inspection machine. 4. The universal gold inspection machine detects all bottles, which will reduce the accuracy of detecting small bottles. If you want high accuracy, you can also choose a gold inspection machine with better effect. As long as the products in all bottles are the same, the detection results will be similar.   Q12：What is the difference between a vertical colloid mill and a split colloid mill? A：Split colloid mill, the heat generated during work does not interfere with each other, which is convenient for long-time work. Vertical colloid mills are suitable for low-volume, experimental factories, but the heat generated by the motor and the heat generated by the gear will cross each other, which is easy to cause the motor to generate heat.   Q13：What is the difference between a vertical colloid mill and a split colloid mill? A：Split colloid mill, the heat generated during work does not interfere with each other, which is convenient for long-time work. Vertical colloid mills are suitable for low-volume, experimental factories, but the heat generated by the motor and the heat generated by the gear will cross each other, which is easy to cause the motor to generate heat. The vertical type is recommended for handling general fluid materials, and the split type can be used for handling fluids and colloids or materials with viscosity or consistency.   Q14：What is the difference between single cooling colloid mill and double cooling colloid mill? A：There is no difference in mechanical performance, and the methods of use and operation are different. Single cooling is easy to maintain, double cooling is difficult to maintain. Single cooling is an improvement on the basis of dual cooling.

Q1：Does the dry granulator also need a binder? A：The dry granulator does not require a binder during the granulation process.   Q2：What are the wearing parts of the dry granulator? A：Depending on the model, usually O-rings, PTFE scrapers, etc.   Q3：Can the dry granulator complete drying and granulation? A：The dry granulator is to directly compress the dry powder into granules without drying function.   Q4：What is the largest particle diameter that can be achieved with a dry granulator for dry powder? A：It can be up to 0.3mm, and it can also be 0.5mm, but it is not guaranteed. If it is bigger, wet materials must be used.   Q5：Is dry granulation easier than wet granulation? Pressing directly after granulation without drying? A：Yes.Dry granulation can directly make the powder into granules without adding any additives, making it easier to control the production process and material composition.   Q6：Under what circumstances need dry granulation and wet granulation? A：Products that are sensitive to temperature and humidity are suitable for dry granulation. Dry granulation is suitable for granulating raw materials that cannot be added with a binder, and it is also suitable for powders with low humidity. However, wet granulation can obtain particles with better fluidity and graininess. Dry granulation is not as stable as wet granulation. Formula granules are generally used in the dry process.   Q7：The temperature and speed of the wet mixing granulator are all controlled by the touch screen and PLC? A：The temperature is controlled by the jacket for cooling, and all others are controlled by the touch screen.   Q8：Is it necessary to add swing granulation after wet mixing granulation? A：Some Chinese medicine ingredients are very viscous, and the auxiliary materials containing sugars are easy to become "lumps" when granulating, so rocking granulation must be added.   Q9：Do we need cone mill after wet granulation? A：Yes, the particles after wet granulation need to be cone milled   Q10：Why is wet granulation divided into high position and low position? Is it the height limit of the site? What are the advantages and disadvantages of high and low positions? A：This mainly depends on the size of the workshop and the production process. high position wet granulation is more suitable for connection.   Q11：What are the feeding methods for granulation? A：The granulation feeding method is divided into vertical and horizontal feeding.   Q12：How long does it take for a batch of granulator to mix? A：Dry granulation is continuous and there is no concept of batch. The wet mixing granulator usually takes 15-20 minutes.   Q13：Does it need to be dried after granulation? A：Yes. Because the binder or water is added during the previous mixing, it needs to be dried after granulation, which can be dried in a fluidized bed or in an oven.   Q14：How many kilograms of materials are suitable for in-wall solid preparations Below 100kg.   Q15：Cocoa granulator, two methods: A：1. Adopt wet mixing granulator, swing granulation and fluidized bed drying to make the granules uniform and full. 2. Adopting one-step granulator, saving cost and floor space, but the granules are loose and different in size. 3. The raw material must be powder   Q16：Closed granulation line A：It is divided into wall type and separate online type. Wall type: Only the main unit is indoors, and the wall of the main unit is stainless steel, which is more hygienic and tidy, and more convenient to use. However, there are certain requirements for the height of the plant, and it is necessary to know its output and the height of the plant. Separate online type: It is connected with a vacuum system. The whole machine of the shear mixer is in the workshop, and it is not as easy to clean as the wall. There are no special requirements for the plant.   Q17：How to control the size of the particles? A：Change the sieve of the granulator.   Q18：What are the requirements for the plant in the closed granulation line? A：There are requirements for the layout and height of the plant.   Q19：What is the difference between the equipment used for closed granulation line and split granulation line? A：The structure is different. The closed granulation line can be better used for the production of anti-cancer drugs because of better CIP and isolation.   Q20：Can the granulating function of the fluidized bed replace the swing granulator? A：No, this is a completely different process, and the products made are also different.   Q21：Under what circumstances is it recommended to use a swing granulator? A：1. Use cone mill after wet mixing and granulation 2. Granulation after groove type mixing 3. Tablet recycling and grinding. Economical granulation method.   Q22：How to control the powder mesh of the universal pulverizer? A：80-120 mesh, according to the sieve aperture.   Q23：Under what circumstances does the shredder need a cloth bag? A：When there is a lot of dust.   Q24：Production process of sulfide fertilizer A：Spray drying (liquid into powder)——wet mixing——extrusion granulation——fluidized bed drying   Q25：What granulation is used for sulfide fertilizer A：There are 3 methods of granulation: 1. Swing granulation: the particles are looser, the size of the particles is uniform, and the price is cheap. 2. Rotary granulation/centrifugal granulation: the same as swing granulation, the price is also similar 3. Screw extrusion granulation: the granules are compact and cylindrical, and may also have a strip shape, which is not very uniform, and the production unit is larger.   Q26：Can the spheronization machine control the diameter of the pill? A：Yes, the spheronizer can control the diameter of the pellets by controlling the diameter of the extrusion.  

The blister packing machine is suitable for packing of all kinds of liquid and solid in large & medium pharmaceutical factory, health medicine factory, hospital preparation lab, food industry, electronic industry, hardware industry, etc. It can protect the material from steam or dust, improve product packing degree, and increase the additional value. The machine is used to produce large quality and single product.   Q1：What is the packaging material specification of the flat type blister packing machine? A：DPP-88 blister packing machine packaging film ≤120mm. DPP-140 blister packing machine packaging film ≤170mm. DPP-250 blister packing machine packaging film ≤280mm.   Q2：What is the thickness range of aluminum foil and PVC film for blister packing machine? A：Between 250UM-350UM for PVC Film, 20-35microns for aluminum foil are all ok for working on blister packing machine.     Q3：What is the maximum forming area of the blister packing machine? What is the depth? A：The depth of DPP-88 is within 12MM, DPP-140 is 20MM, and DPP-250 is 35MM. If the forming area beyond our standard size, we can customize the machine for you.   Q4：What is the weight of a roll of PVC film and aluminum foil film on the DPP-88 blister packing machine? A：One roll of PVC is 20kgs, and one roll of aluminum foil is 15kgs.   Q5：For blister packing machine, how much space is reserved around the steel letters on the blister board? A：At least 1.5 mm on each side and at least 2 mm on the top and bottom.   Q6：What is the deepest forming thickness of the blister packing machine? A：35mm for standard model blister packing machine.     Q7：The blister packing machine is first made of aluminum and plastic, and then made of alu/alu in the later period. Can it be realized by adding devices? A：It can be achieved by adding alu alu feeder, and also by changing alu alu mould.   Q8：What is the difference between the effect of using a chiller and a water pump in a blister packing machine? A：The effect of using a chiller is better, and the small device DPP-88 can be used with a water pump for water circulation for cooling down the mould.   Q9：What is the difference between blister packing machine material PTP and cold formed aluminum? A：Cold formed aluminum is used for forming alu alu, and PTP is the aluminum foil to seal with alu alu or alu pvc.   Q10：What is the reason for the loss of materials in the liquid blister packing machine? A：1. The sealing is not tight. 2. The edge distance is too narrow. 3. The reason for the material itself (pinholes).   Q11：How does the material feed into the blister automatically on blister packing machine? A：In the case of aluminum plastic, it is a disk brush feeder, and a special feeder for aluminum and aluminum.   Q12：Can blister packing machine molds be purchased separately? A：Yes, it can be divided into upper mold/lower mold, heat-sealed upper mold/lower mold, and punching.   Q13：In addition to packing aluminum foil + PVC, the blister packing machine can also work with paper + PET? A：PET (forming)+paper, but the paper must have a PE layer or a heat seal glue layer, so that it can be sealed by our blister packing machine.   Q14：Does DPP-120 aluminum plastic packing machine have Precut? A：Precut means tearing line, it can be done, and it needs to increase by more than 1,000 yuan.   Q15：Blister packing machine: What are the sample requirements for alu alu feeders? A：2-3KG. 1. Make sure that the tablet is not an effervescent tablet, otherwise it will be too brittle, and it will break if it cannot be added with a feeder. 2. If there is a coating on the outside of the tablet, it must be coated. 3. If the tablets are not easy to send, you can send them in the shape of a tablet with flour.   Q16：What is the mechanical inspection of the blister packing machine? A：Use the principle of mechanical tableting to automatically identify and eliminate the lack of drugs (capsules, tablets, etc.). Unable to check liquids materials.   Q17：What is the visual inspection of blister packing machine? A：Using the principle of image recognition and detection (camera system), it can automatically identify the memory of the lack of medicine and eliminate 100% of the waste products, and can connect to the display to increase the video display monitoring function.

Q1：What are the advantages of the horizontal bag packing machine? A：It is fast, clean, and runs more stable.   Q2：DXD series vertical packaging machine, bag maker, when packing things of different weight, but the back seal specification used is in the range of Bag width: 80~200mm, Bag length: 80~300mm, does the bag former need to be replaced? A：It needs to be replaced, and one set of molds is used for one bag width. The bag length for Vertical Forming sealing machine can be adjusted by touch screen without changing any bag former.   Q3：What is the maximum film width of DXD-80? A：Max. Film width for DXD-80 Vertical Forming Sealing Sachet packing machine can be 200mm.   Q4：Does the DXD900 powder four-side sealing packaging machine have its own easy cutting line function (perforation line)? A：Yes, just install the blade on the horizontal seal roller, the four sides sealing sachet packing machine can do perforation line.   Q5：Vertical packaging machine: powder screw, granule measuring cup, granule and powder mixture should use measuring cup for feeding? A：Yes, the granule should use measuring cup for packaging, and the adjustable range of the machine is 10% up and down. If the granule filling volume exceeds 10% up and down, two machines are needed. The screw for powder can be changed by changing the screw head.   Q6：What is the packaging accuracy of the powder packaging machine (DXD-80F, DXD-350F)? A：Usually the accuracy is +/-3%.   Q7：Powder four-side sealing pouch packaging machine: Can you provide packaging materials? A：We can recommend you the film manufacturer who we cooperate all the time.   Q8：How many times can the powder packaging machine with 4 lanes, 6lanes and 8 lanes be discharged in one minute? How many bags can the multi lane packaging machine produce in a minute? A：Need to know the specific machine, and then determine according to the actual filling quantity and material properties. Then we can calculate the production capacity for you.   Q9：Multi-lane four-side sealing packaging machines have the same bag specifications, but can I share a set of measuring cups for packing things of different weights? Do I need to change the mold? A：A set of measuring cups can be shared without changing molds for Multi lane packaging machine.   Q10：Can the multi-lane four-side sealing packaging machine be controlled by the touch screen to adjust the weight of the measuring cup? Or manual adjustment? A：Manual adjustment.   Q11：Packing machine: What are the disadvantages of filling mung bean-sized particles with screw feeding? A：The particles are too large, blocking the feeding port, and the feeding volume and metering are not accurate.   Q12：Tea bag packaging machine: Can bags of different shapes (round, triangle, rectangle) be made with one machine? A：According to the size, the mold should be replaced.   Q13：How to add different materials to one bag with one machine? It means I have different materials in one bag, but we need to do feeding at the same time. Which machine comes with this function? A：Depending on the specific materials, the equipment has three free stations and can add up to three different materials. If there are more materials, you can use a chain bucket feeder. Our HorizonTop-Series and RotaTop-Series machine can do multiple material feeding function.   Q14：Pillow type packing machine can only do back side sealing? The bag size is different, can it be adjusted? A：It can only be used as a back side seal, and the size of the bag can be adjusted by changing the former.

Capsule filling machine   Q1：Can the ProCap-2 double-head semi-automatic capsule filling machine be made of 316L? A：The capsule plate can only be made of aluminum. If the others are replaced with stainless steel 316L, the price will be increased by 3000 yuan.   Q2：JTJ-A semi-automatic capsule filling machine, can the language of the touch screen be French? Do I need to add money? A：The language of the touch screen can be changed to French without any additional money. If the touch screen is added, an additional 2,000 yuan is required.   Q3：Two JTJ-H machines share one air compressor or two machines need to be equipped with two air compressors. How big is the air compressor? A：One JTJ-H machine is equipped with an air compressor of 50L or 100L. Two machines are placed in two places, so two air compressors should be equipped. Air compressors are recommended to be purchased locally.   Q4：Is the vacuum pump of the semi-automatic capsule filling machine an oil-free vacuum pump? A：No.   Q5：Does the semi-automatic capsule filling machine have the function of compressing products? There are flakes in the customer's materials. A：Feeding by screw, with extrusion function.   Q6：What is the difference between semi-automatic capsule filling machine JTJ-A and DTJ-V? A：1. All the molds of JTJ-A are stainless steel except for the capsule plate. DTJ-V are all copper. 2. The operating platform of JTJ-A is formed at one time, which is more convenient to clean. 3. JTJ-A speed control has three sowing capsules, powder adding screw and powder adding turntable. DTJ-V has only two powder adding screws and powder adding turntable.   Q7：The vacuum pump of the double-head semi-automatic capsule filling machine leaks oil and heats up. Why? A：The cloth bag is blocked, the voltage is unstable, and the seal is not good.   Q8：Is there a Duns report for the double-head semi-automatic capsule filling machine? A：Duns report is actually Duns number. If there are no special requirements, we can make a simple version for 3000 yuan, and the business version requires 16800 yuan. Duns & Bradstreet’s 9-digit code will be sent to us directly by Duns & Bradstreet.   Q9：Does the capsule filling machine need a water chiller? A：If it is a water ring vacuum pump, water is required for sealing. But we will distribute the water tank to protect the vacuum pump from damage caused by overheating.   Q10：What kinds of material transfers are available for the automatic capsule filling machine? Is the price the same? A：The automatic capsule filling machine has an empty capsule feeder and a powder feeder, and the price is similar.   Q11：Can the automatic capsule filling machine NJP-1200C make #000 capsules? A：Yes, you need to add money for number 000, 8000 yuan.   Q12：Is the touch screen configuration of the automatic capsule filling machine njp1200c by default Siemens? Is the machine updated? A：The standard configuration of the fully automatic capsule filling machine is Siemens. NJP1200C is upgraded to 1200D. The upper part of the discharge port of C is mechanically ejected. The lower part of the mechanical structure uses an old-fashioned external cam and a water circulation vacuum pump. The D-type discharge port is natural Flip, cam structure in the lower part, dry vacuum pump.   Q13：Does the automatic capsule filling machine have its own cleaning function? How is it usually cleaned? A：There is no automatic cleaning, and WIP can be done in a fully enclosed condition.   Q14：Does the automatic capsule filling machine use air washing or water washing to clean the capsule tray? A：Air wash first, then water wash.   Q15：How is the accuracy of the automatic capsule filling machine NJP #5 capsule filling small pellets? A：#5 Capsules, small pellets are not easy to add. They are too small. Generally, it depends on the size of the small pellets. The accuracy is generally ±5%.   Q16：Capsule filling machine, is there any solution for materials with poor powder fluidity? A：Screws and scrapers can be used in the feeder.   Q17：Can the capsule filling machine fill small pills? A：Yes, the speed will be 40% slower relative to powder.   Q18：How to solve the problem of powder leakage in the capsule filling machine? A：First, find out the reason for the leakage: 1. The reason for the capsule shell. 2. The suction of the vacuum pump is not enough, adjust the vacuum pump. 3. The powder is too viscous, causing the upper and lower modules to stick to the powder, and the upper and lower modules need to be cleaned in time. 4. There is a gap between the upper and lower modules, use the debugging rod to re-calibrate. 5. The thickness of the dose tray is less than the filling volume, and the filling volume needs to be adjusted or the thickness of the dose tray needs to be increased.   Q19：If the capsule filling machine adds pellets, do we need to change the pellet feeder according to the size of the capsule? A：The Pellet Feeder pellet feeder means that the capsule is filled with small balls and cannot be split. The feeding head is different according to the size of the capsule. The 4# and 5# capsules are too small to be made.   Q20：Is the vacuum pump of the automatic capsule filling machine an oil-free vacuum pump? How much does it cost to change to an oil-free vacuum pump? No, add 5000 yuan for replacement.   Q21：Can this capsule filling machine fill a capsule by weight? (Can this capsule filling machine fill a capsule by weight? How to operate?) A：No, it is determined according to the thickness of the dose disc and the depth of the filling rod.   Q22：What is the actual output per minute of NJP-1200? A：Powder: 1200 grains per minute. Pellets: 800 pills per minute.   Q23：Will changing the mold of NJP1200D affect the use status and life of the machine? No, but novices may have difficulty installing molds.   Q24：NJP-1200C automatic capsule filling machine, when it is turned on, the alarm light of the machine keeps flashing, and then it sounds an alarm. The display shows "phase order protectioin". A：Item line protection! The electric connection is wrong, just change any two live wires.   Q25：NJP-1200C fully automatic matching vacuum cleaner, how long does it take to change the bag inside? A：The cloth bag depends on the situation. If the dust is large, some customers will wash and dry it at night and use it the next day. If the dust is not too large, you can wash it for a few more days.   Q26：NJP-1200C fully automatic matching vacuum cleaner, the machine is running, but it does not have the function of vacuuming, and the workshop is full of powder. A：First, replace the w2 and v2 connectors. Second, enter manual mode and turn on the vacuum cleaner. Third, try to see if you are inhaling in the vacuuming mouth. If it is inhaling, the vacuum cleaner is working properly.   Q27：If the output of the soft gelatin machine is doubled, will the plastic tank and the rotating cage also be doubled? A：Yes, both the plastic tank and the rotating cage need to be enlarged.   Q28：Regarding the soft capsule material, is it possible to provide vegetable glue? A：Yes.   Q29：It takes a day to dry soft capsules. Can a drying machine save time? What machine is it? A：You can use a dehumidifying rotating cage to save drying time, about 8-10 hours.   Q30：The material of the soft capsule is omega3, can it be prepared by molecular distillation? A：Cod liver oil is usually first supercritically extracted and then molecularly distilled   Q31：What is the role of glycerin in soft capsules? A：lubricating.   Q32：How long does it take for the soft capsules to be dried in a rotating cage? (Fixed pre-drying) A：It usually takes 6-8 hours.   Q33：How long does it take for the trays of soft capsules to dry? (finally dry) A：It usually takes 18-24 hours.   Q34：What is the role of colloid mill in soft capsule machine? A：The colloid mill is mainly used to produce products with particles. If the particles are too large, the syringe will be blocked, so it will be placed on the colloid mill to grind the particles and then on the machine for production.   Q35：Can the glue preparation of the soft capsule machine be made into vegetable (vegetarian) soft glue? What is the difference in the process? A：The production process of vegetable gum soft capsule and gelatin soft capsule is different, and the gelatinization process is also different. The price of the host itself will be about 60,000 yuan more expensive than the original one.   Q36：The comparative advantages of gelatin and HPMC capsules. Are HPMC capsules also called vegetarian capsules or halal capsules? A：HPMC is a vegetable capsule, and all those without pig skin glue are halal capsules.   Q37：Is the paintball making machine the same as the ordinary soft capsule machine? A：The same, but the customer needs to provide the production process.   Q38：Which capsule has a capacity of less than 0.5ml? A：#1 capsule.   Q39：Can the capsule plate of the semi-automatic double-head capsule machine be customized to be larger? A：No.   Q40：Will the size of the capsule affect the number of holes in the capsule plate? A：Yes, No. 00 and No. 0 are 360 grains per plate, and No. 1-5 are 420 grains per plate.   Q41：Will the capsule plate be anodized? A：Our capsule tray is Oxidized hardness treatment and will not be oxidized again when used.   Q42：The capsule plate is made of aluminum and generally does not rust. Why is it anodized? What will happen after treatment? A：After oxidation, the hardness is higher and scratches are less likely to occur.   Q43：Type of vacuum pump A：Vacuum pumps include water ring vacuum pumps (standard for NJP), oil-free vacuum pumps (that is, Horiwang), and oil vacuum pumps (standard for semi-automatic).   Q44：How often does the vacuum pump change its oil and what kind of oil? A：The first oil change was three months later, and every six months thereafter. Use vacuum pump oil, or gasoline if not available. (But it easily affects the service life.)   Q45：The difference between dry pump and water ring pump A：The water circulation pump needs a water tank, which is noisy. The dry pump does not need to add oil, is small in size, low in noise, and easy to maintain.   Q46：Can the glue tank be placed directly next to the pill press (host), and the glue can be injected directly into the host? A：It is not recommended in principle of GMP, and it has no effect on production.   Q47：What is the general value of the gap between the measuring plate and the copper plate? Take traditional Chinese medicine and Western medicine as examples. A：The general Chinese medicine is 15 silk, and the small western medicine is generally 7 silk   Q48：Can different materials be loaded on one machine and weighed separately? A：According to the material situation, it can be designed to fill two different materials on the same equipment.   Q49：How to realize aluminum tube into plastic tube on one machine? A：In addition to changing molds, corresponding workstations must be added.   Q50：What is the function of the vertical polishing machine? A：The powder on the polishing capsule is conveyed from bottom to top, which will polish more cleanly, and has the function of shaving.   Q51：Does the capsule polishing machine include the vacuum cleaner price? Or do I need to bring my own vacuum cleaner? A：The vacuum cleaner is included. It's just plastic, the household one. If it continues to run for more than 6 hours, it is recommended to buy an industrial vacuum cleaner.   Q52：Is the sorting function of the capsule polishing machine the same as the waste rejection function? A：The same.

Tablet pressing machine   Q1：Can the punch be made of titanium for all different kinds of Tablet Press Machine? A：The punch material can be customized according to client requirement for tablet press machine, but the charges will be increased for sure.   Q2：Under what circumstances does the tablet pressing machine need to increase the cost? A：Normally we divide tablet press machine into different series, ZP-Series, ZPT-Series, GZP-Series and non-standard FZP-Series. ZP-Series is our standard tablet press machine which can do Max. 25mm diameter. ZPT-Series is our improved type tablet press machine which comes with automatic lubrication system and all features the same to high speed tablet press machine, just with slower rotation speed than high speed tablet press machine. GZP-Series is our high speed tablet press machine which can do Max. 110rpm/min with Max. 25mm diameter. FZP-Series is our non-standard tablet press machine which can be customized according to client requirement, especially when you have bigger tablet size which exceed our 25mm diameter.   Q3：The difference between the European standard B punch and the European standard D punch in the tablet pressing machine. A：European standard: IPT D-type punch refers to the diameter of the punch rod: 25.35mm, the middle mold: 38.1mm, B-type punch refers to the punch diameter: 19mm, the middle mold: 30.16mm, BB type punch refers to the punch diameter: 19mm, the middle mold: 24mm, Therefore, after confirming the die type, the tablet diameter is determined. In other words, after confirming the maximum sheet diameter, the type of die can be confirmed.   Q4：How many sets of molds can be changed at most for a tablet press machine? A：Change as much as you want within the size range.   Q5：What is the Customization mold requirements? A：The pattern should not be too complicated, without sharp corners, because the more corners, the more difficult it is to process. Then the angular tool can't get in and can't process it.   Q6：How often does the corrosive material of tablet pressing machine change molds? A：It is not easy to calculate. Usually, the mold must be disassembled and the turntable must be cleaned after each batch. If you are using corrosive material for tablet press,we will use different material for the punch and for the turret. So before you order tablet press machine, you’d better to tell us what material you are going to press.   Q7：Can the turntable of the tablet press machine be disassembled and cleaned? A：It can be disassembled, and the turntable can be replaced by a high-speed machine as a whole.   Q8：What is the maximum thickness of ZP-420 series tablet press machine? A：The standard is 6mm. Increasing the thickness will increase the extra cost. If it is more than 12mm, add 2,000USD. The extra cost of no more than 12mm will not increase much.   Q9：Can the tablet press machine press pellets? Diameter 2mm A：Yes, the tablet press machine can do this function.   Q10：What is the maximum tablet size of the tablet press machine? A：Determined according to the specific model. The standard European standard type D is 25 mm in diameter. If there are special requirements, we need to customize for you.   Q11：How to ensure the uniform size of each tablet? A：Material fluidity, feeder form, material composition, pressure, ambient temperature and humidity, all above conditions are very critical for tablet press machine.   Q12：Can the thickness of the tablet be controlled within the range of the tablet pressing machine? For example, thickness 3-4MM A：Yes, the better the fluidity of the material, the better the uniformity, depending on the material, it is usually about 0.1 mm.   Q13：What are the advantages of hydraulic tablet pressing machine in terms of performance and stability? A：The hydraulic tablet press is relatively easy to adjust the pressure, but there is a risk of oil leakage. Now our GZP-Series and ZPT-Series can equip with automatic pressure adjustment system without hydraulic system.   Q14：What is the difference between ZPS-8 and ZP-series tablet pressing machine? A：ZPS is a European standard D-type punch with pre-pressure, main pressure and pressure sensing system. Standard touch screen control.   Q15：What is a pre-compression system and what is the difference between a dual-compression single-out system? A：Pre-compression is mainly used to remove powder and air to prevent uneven tablet weight. After the powder is pre-pressed, it reaches the main pressure. After the main pressure, the tablet reaches the target tablet weight and hardness. The size of the main pressure can be controlled through the touch screen. The main difference between pre-compression and double-pressure single-out is that there is only one feeding port for pre-compression, and two for double-pressure single-out.   Q16：What type of tablet pressing machine has a pre-pressing system? A：GZP-Series High-speed Tablet press machines are equipped with pre-compression, sub-high-speed machine ZP-540, low-speed machine ZP-420 double pressure single output.   Q17：To compress double-layer tablets, the output is small and medium, which models can be selected? Can ordinary ZP series do it? A：Ordinary ZP can do it, but at least two feeding hoppers are needed to make double layers, We also call it Bi-Layer Tablet Press Machine.   Q18：Can the color ratio of the tablet pressing machine be allocated as required? A：Yes, it can be adjusted manually within the effective filling range of the equipment.     Q19：What is the actual tablet pressing speed of TDP1.5, 5, 6 tablet pressing machine, or you call it Single Punch Tablet Press Machine? A：Single Punch Tablet press machine production capacity calculation, Type 1.5: 4500 tablets/hour. Type 5: 4000 pieces/hour. Type 6: 2500 tablets/hour.   Q20：Does the single-punch tablet press machine need regular maintenance? How to maintain? A：Single punch tablet press machine Need lubrication and cleaning process after each production batch.   Q21：The tablet size is 5mm, can the single-punch tablet press machine press aluminum powder? A：This depends on the size and output. For a single-punch tablet machine, only the high-pressure model TDP-6 can be recommended.   Q22：What should I do if there is a lot of powder coming out of the tablet pressing machine? A：The material is made into particles with less powder to solve this problem. The equipment itself cannot solve this problem, or add a sieving machine at the back.   Q23：What machine is needed to polish the tablets? A：Usually a SP-Series or GSP-Series Tablet De-dust machine is needed.   Q24：What is the dust collector of the tablet pressing machine? A：The dust collector, also called the powder remover, is used to remove and collect the excess powder that falls outside when the powder is pressed. Single-color tablet press machine requires 1 dust collector, 2-color tablet press machine requires 2 dust collectors, and 3-color tablet press machine requires 3 dust collectors.   Q25：What are the difference between Central oil lubrication system and Automatic Circulation Lubrication system for tablet press machine? A：Centralized lubrication system: This requires an oil pump, which needs to be manually pressed before each batch production. Automatic circulation lubrication system: After this equipment is turned on, it will automatically circulate lubrication. The automatic circulation lubricating system is a fully enclosed system, with less oil loss in the circulation, and the production will not leak oil.     Q26：Does the automatic circulation lubrication system have to be equipped with ZPT punch? A：ZP mold punch cannot be used, and the punch height of the die is not enough. But this lubrication system Can be equipped with ZPT and IPT molds.   Q27：Can the internal structure (skeleton) of the tablet press machine be color-changed? A：The color can be changed, and yellow is a warning color.   Q28：What does the sticky-punch in the tablet press machine means? A：Because the material is too sticky, some powder will remain in the die during the tableting process, and the surface of the tablet will not be smooth. At this time, an additional powder blowing machine must be equipped for tablet better output.   Q29：How to prevent the material from sticking? A：Normally the client requires to change the granulation formulation or use a powder blowing machine for better tablet output.   Q30：The specific purpose of the metal detector? Why is it needed? If we don’t need it will it have any effect? A：It is mainly used to detect metal residues in materials, because some machines may produce rust during production, and iron filings are mixed in the materials, so a metal detector machine is required. GMP regulations require the detection of metal residues.   Q31：After the tablet is compressed, the hardness is not enough. What should I do if I press it lightly with my fingers? A：First adjust the pre-pressure, main pressure and rotation speed, etc. of the tablet press machine, and then if it fails, you can only look for the particles, such as the particles are too dry, the moisture is too small, the adhesive viscosity is not enough, and so on.   Q32： What is The reason for the difference in the weight variation of the tablets after the compression? A：This is generally because the fluidity of the particles is not very good, or it may be that the passage of the feeder is blocked, resulting in uneven feeding.   Q33：Under what circumstances will vacuum feeding be used in the tablet press machine? what is the price? A：Usually large-volume tablet presses need to use a feeder. For models above ZP-31D, the price of a feeder is 3,000USD.   Q34：What is the vacuum feeder of the tablet pressing machine? A：Vacuum feeder is an automatic feeding device installed on the tablet press machine. Single-color tableting requires 1 vacuum feeder, 2-color tableting requires 2 vacuum feeders, and 3-color tableting requires 3 Vacuum feeder.   Q35：What is The role of gravity feeding? A：Relying on the self-fluidity of the material to fill the middle die cavity for tablet compression, the fluidity of the material is required to be good.   Q36：When to use closed forced feeding and when to use open type force feeder? A：Usually, the closed type is used for high-speed tablet press machine, and the open type is used for low-speed tablet press machine.   Q37：What kind of materials need to be added forcibly? A：The fluidity is poor, the diameter of the tablet is large, and the tablet press machine speed is fast.   Q38：What is the function and working principle of forced feeding in tablet pressing machine? A：There is a rotating scraper in the forced feeder to help the material be filled into the middle die, which is suitable for materials with poor fluidity and can also make the material filling more uniform.   Q39：What is the difference between the requirements of the tablet press machine of the nutraceutical product factory and the pharmaceutical factory? A：Pharmaceutical factories have higher requirements for weight, so high-speed tablet pressing machines are equipped with automatic sampling and automatic pressure detection systems.   Q40：What are the Effervescent tablet press machine requirements? A：Depending on the viscosity of the material, magnesium stearate is generally added, the surface will be smoother, but the finished product will dissolve slowly in water.   Q41：Is there any other solution for effervescent tablets besides adding a powder blowing machine? A：According to the characteristics of the material, control the temperature (17°C) and humidity (17%), produce for 2-3 hours, and clean up once.   Q42：How to solve the sticking problem of effervescent tablets? A：Two solutions: blowing magnesium stearate on the mold, and the lower mold automatically rotates when the material is discharged to prevent sticking.   Q43：How does the tablet pressing machine technically increase the pressure? A：The stroke of the moving pressure roller.   Q44：Which parts of the tablet pressing machine need to be replaced with 316L material? A：Turntable, feed hopper, discharge port.   Q45：Does ordinary tablet pressing machine have inspection function? A：No, only high-speed tablet presses have this function.   Q46：What is the maximum speed of the tablet pressing machine? A：Depending on the specific material, the low speed is 25rpm, the sub-high speed is 35-45rpm, and the high speed is 80-120rpm.   Q47：ZP-5D tablet pressing machine, can you provide valication documents and in what language? A：Available, English version.   Q48：There are requirements for tablet hardness, how to test it? A：There are requirements for hardness, and pharmaceuticals factories have the most stringent requirements, and hardness testers are usually used for sampling and testing.   Q49：If the material is very sticky and magnesium stearate needs to be added, how much can be added at most? A：National regulations do not exceed 1%.   Q50：Salt cubes: 50g, 25g, 15g, what are their sizes? A：30*20mm(50g), 30*16mm(25g), 25mm diameter*8mm(15g).

Labeling Machine   Q1：The difference between a servo motor and a stepper motor. A：The servo motor is more stable. But when the labeling speed is below 50 bottles, there is no difference.   Q2：Can the labeling machine be connected to the existing blister packaging machine? A：Yes， labeling machine can be connected with blister packing machine.   Q3：What kind of bottle is the maximum speed of MT-200 automatic labeling machine? A：Usually it is a bottle with a diameter of below 200mm can be worked on MT-200 automatic labeling machine.   Q4：Different bottles are used in the same labeling machine, do I need to change the mold? A：There is no need to change the mold, just adjust it according to the size of the bottle. But if the bottle height changed, it may require to change Label Rolling station, so before you order labeling machine, you’d better to tell your bottle size range.   Q5：Can round bottle labeling and square bottle labeling be on the same automatic labeling machine? A：Yes, you can use round bottle and square bottle on the same labeling machine, but you need to figure it out before you order labeling machine, because we need to add some parts on the labeling machine to work with both bottle shape.   Q6：When the label width changes, do I need to replace the label/pressing roller? A：Yes, you need to change the label roller, which is usually made according to the largest label at the beginning.   Q7：If the label size exceeds the machine size of MT-200, which labeling machine is used? A：It depends on the specific size, and the labeling machine can be made according to specific requirements.   Q8：How many samples are needed for the labeling machine while we need to test the machine? A：At least 20 bottles are required for one type of bottle. The label sample needs to be at least one roll.   Q9：How to locate the round bottle labeling? A：Use photoelectric eye and servo for positioning the labeling.   Q10：What is the main purpose of the coding machine? A：Used to print drug tracking codes: barcodes, QR codes, etc. It has the traceability function of pharmaceutical production. Of course, you can also print batch number for the coding machine as well on labeling machine.   Q11：Can the labeling machine put two labels on one side of the bottle? A：Yes. The labeling machine has this function.   Q12：If the label paper of the round bottle is not self-adhesive and has no stickiness, can I use the model MT-200 labeling machine? A：Cannot be used. The MT-200 labeling machine is only suitable for self-adhesive label paper. If the label paper is not sticky, you can choose a paste labeling machine (also called a cold glue labeling machine).   Q13：Is there a labeling machine or printer that prints a QR code on the label? A：Can use laser, thermal transfer, inkjet printer.

Counting machine   Q1：Why does the LTMC-A counting machine requires bottle height and cap diameter to be manufactured? Can it be adjusted? A：The height is adjustable, and the feed nozzle is made according to the diameter of the bottle cap. The diameter of the bottle cap is different, and the feeding nozzle is different. The size of the feeding nozzle does not exceed 3, and the feeding nozzle can be provided free of charge, which is convenient for customers to replace.   Q2：What is the difference between electric and pneumatic semi-automatic desktop capping machine? A：Electric capping machine caps plastic caps, pneumatic capping machine can cap aluminum caps, and the height can be customized.   Q3：The difference between screw capping machine and crimping machine. A：The screw capping machine is suitable for plastic screw caps, and the capping machine is usually suitable for flip-off caps and aluminum caps.   Q4：What are the countable products of the counting machine? Can soft capsules be counted? A：The material is not larger than 40mm, and the equipment can be counted for our automatic capsule counting machine.   Q5：The more the channel, the faster the speed or the more counted? A：The more channels, the faster the speed.   Q6：How accurate is the electronic counting machine to count capsules? A：100% while counting capsules into bottles.   Q7：How to clean and clean the electronic counting machine? A：Usually, like medicinal powder, you can clean it with a vacuum cleaner and wipe it with a damp cloth dipped in alcohol.   Q8：The electromagnetic induction aluminum foil sealing machine is divided into water cooling and air cooling? How to distinguish? A：Water cooling is more expensive than air cooling, and water cooling requires a water tank. But water cooling is better to use on production line for 24 hours working. So if you are buying the counting production line, we suggest you to use water cooling aluminum induction sealing machine.   Q9：What are the Factors affecting the production speed of the counting machine. A：Material Size, Counting quantity per bottle, different counting machine model,etc. You can tell us your counting quantity and your desired production capacity per month, we can figure out which is the best counting machine model for your production.   Q10：The classification of unscrambler bottles and the advantages and disadvantages of each category. A：The rotary semi-automatic bottle unscrambler needs to put the bottles manually, which is suitable for slow equipment and glass bottles. Normally we call this machine as Automatic Bottle Turn Table. This machine is suitable for both plastic bottle and glass bottle. The automatic bottle unscrambler has high-speed, which need to change the mold, and the speed is relatively fast, but it is only suitable for plastic bottles.   Q11：In the bottle unscrambler, if the diameter of the bottle is different, do I need to change the turntable inside? A：Bottles with a diameter similar to 1cm may not need to be replaced, and if they differ too much, the mold turntable needs to be replaced. So you need to tell us your different bottle size before you order the machine.   Q12：Is there a function that can automatically detect the quantity in each bottle? If not, what method can be used to check. A：It is not possible to detect how many pcs in each bottle, But only the weight of the contents inside, so as if you want to check if the count is correct, our machine comes with automatic detection and rejection system, but normally the client will also add one Weight Checker after counting machine for checking the total weight of the count, the accuracy can reach to +/-0.4gram.     Q13：Inside the counting machine: Are photoelectric sensors and counting photoelectric heads increased according to the number of counting channels? A：The photoelectric sensor is the counting main board. The 12-channel counting machine has only one counting photoelectric main board. There are 12 photoelectric detection areas on the main board. In common, 12 silos are used for blanking. Each silo has 8 photoelectric eyes. Detect objects from different angles and count them.   Q14：The number set in the counting machine is 60 tablets. Will it be counted less? A：There will be no shortage, because the sensor counts the number of particles. If the target value is not reached, the vibrator will not stop, and the alarm will alarm when the number is too large or shortage happens. If it comes with wrong count, the machine will reject the wrong count bottle.     Q15：How to realize the automatic rejection function of the high-speed counting machine Model CountPro-Series? A：Counting the particles through the photoelectric eye detects whether the quantity dropped into the bottle is accurate, and automatically rejects the wrong bottle.     Q16：How many liters is the 8-channel hopper of the new high-speed counting machine? Can it be replaced with a larger one? A：Can be customized according to requirements, the standard one on the counting machine is 40L.       Q17：Is the height of the conveyor belt of the high-speed counting machine adjustable? A：Yes, The standard adjustable range is 850±50mm. If you have different requirement on the conveyor belt heigh of capsule counting machine, you can tell us and we can customize for you.   Q18：What is the difference between transparency threshold and transparency factor? A：Adjust when the threshold length changes, and adjust the transparency coefficient when soft capsules are used.   Q19：What is the difference between deceleration vibration parameters and vibrator parameters? A：The deceleration parameter refers to the frequency at which the vibrator needs to slow down after the first bottle count. The vibrator parameter is the vibration frequency.     Q20：Soft candy counting machine, the capacity is 30-60 tablets, the output: 30 bottles per minute, which one is better, CountPro-8 and LTEC-16? A：CountPro-8 is the best, because soft candy often produces powdered sugar, the machine has the functions of automatic powder blowing and automatic adjustment of the light source, and the count is more accurate. If LTEC-16 is used, it is also possible, but the photocells need to be cleaned regularly during production, and production needs to be stopped and cleaned again.     Q21：Does the 8-channel counting machine add a lifting function, does it need to confirm the specifications of the bottle? Can the height from the feeding port to the conveyor belt be lifted and lowered? In addition, what is the diameter of the feed opening under normal conditions? A：The 8-channel counting machine has a lifting function, and the bottle size must be confirmed. The standard diameter is 35mm. You need to confirm three points, bottle mouth, height, and bottle diameter.   Q22：CountPro-2 double-head automatic capsule counting machine, the capsule specifications are different, do I need to change the mould? A：Yes, the mould needs to be changed. Like the LTMC-A, the mould needs to be changed. This model of the counting machine is specially used for counting hard gelatin capsules.   Q23：If There are 2 products (capsules and tablets) for the automatic electronic counting machine. Does it require to change mould while we change product? A：There is no need to change the mold. If your bottle mouth size has a different size, just need to replace the filling nozzle of counting machine.   Q24：CountPro high-speed counting machine series, What is the work running time at full capacity before over heating the machine? A：Our CountPro-Series High Speed Counting Mahcine can run for 24 hours.

Cartoning machine Q1：For the semi-automatic cartoning machine of ZH-50S, where is the mold to be changed when changing the mold? A：Replace the mold on the turntable of Semi Automatic Cartoning Machine while the box width and length changed.   Q2：For ZH-50s, the length and width of the box are the same, but the height is different. Can the same mold be used? A：Yes, if width and length are the same, just the box height changed, you don’t need to change the mould of the Cartoner Machine.   Q3：Can the ZH-50 Cartoning Machine with automatic bottle feeding mechanism to be equipped with blister plates and small bags as well? A：Yes, but the feeder needs to be replaced while you feeding different material on automatic cartoner machine.   Q4：Can the ZH-50S cartoning machine automatically put the stand-up pouch into the box? A：Yes, it is necessary to equip the feeder station with automatic function.   Q5：Can the ZH-50 semi-automatic cartoning machine automatically feed small bags of particles (similar to Banlangen packaging)? A: Yes. Semi automatic cartoning machine can equip one automatic feeder to feed small bags.   Q6：What information does the leaflet inserter required? A：We need to know the leaflet Specification size, especially width, length and grammage of the paper.   Q7：Can the semi-automatic cartoning machine realize automatic feeding and adding leaflet paper? A：Yes, you need to buy automatic leaflet feeder and automatic material feeder on our Cartoning machine, then the cartoning machine can work automatically.   Q8：What is the width adjustment range of the bottle feeding conveyor belt of the semi-automatic cartoning machine? A：This is determined according to the bottle size, Normally the machine can works with Max. Bottle diameter at 100mm for ZH-50 Automatic Cartoner Machine.   Q9：What is the maximum range of carton box for the semi-automatic cartoning machine? A：ZH-50 is divided into ordinary type and enlarged type. Ordinary type: length + width ≤ 160mm, special size is designed separately. Enlarged size: the length and width of the diagonal line shall not exceed 156mm, but the special size shall be designed separately.   Q10：If the material is not loaded successfully on the semi-automatic cartoning machine, does it alarm? A：Depending on the type of material, it is generally automatically filled bottles, leaflet, and paper cards that can be detected at the shaving waste detection station, and the missing packaging will be rejected but the machine will not alarm.   Q11：How much does the semi-automatic cartoning machine if we add multi weighing head? A：Add the price according to the specific model of the multi weighing head.   Q12：Which packaging speed is faster, ZH-100 or ZH-120. What is the normal operating speed? A：The speed is the same, they are just different structure Automatic Cartoning Machine with same production capacity.   Q13：What is the difference between the vertical cartoning machine and the horizontal cartoning machine? A：The adjustable range of the vertical cartoning machine is smaller than that of the horizontal type. If the size is large, it is easy to use the horizontal cartoner machine. But the vertical cartoner machine is more space-saving.   Q14：How many samples are needed for the automatic cartoning machine for testing purpose? A：At least 500 are needed for running a cartoning test.   Q15：How long does it take for the cartoning machine to change a set of molds? A：It depends on the size of the box, usually 2-3 hours.   Q16：Is there a detector on the cartoning machine to detect whether the materials are loaded accurately? A：According to the design of the material type, most cartoning machines can detect whether the material is in place.   Q17：The maximum size of the cartoning machine? A：The size range of the cartoning machine can be said only by looking at the appearance of the box, because now the cartoning machine can be customized non-standard, just depend on your box size.   Q18：What is the general thickness of the box for the cartoning machine? A：The best is 300-350g/m². If It is too thin and cannot be opened fast, and too thick is also difficult to open.   Q19：If the width does not change and the height of the box changes, what needs to be adjusted? A：Just adjust the poles of the three-station sealing box downwards.   Q20：What does the GSM of the box mean? A：It means GSM, Gram per square meter, which means weight of the carton.   Q21：How many sizes can be adjusted on the same machine at most? A：As long as it is within the range, it's ok.   Q22：How to pack food in a box if you need 3 products in a box? A：It depends on what the product is and the size of the product. We can design the cartoning machine according to your specific requirement.   Q23：Classification of leaflet folding machines A：Single fold, double fold, four fold.   Q24：Where is the metal detection machine used? A：Metal detection is used to detect metal particles in materials, normally it should be set before cartoning machine.

Dryer   Q1：What materials are suitable for spray drying? A：Fluid materials that do not contain oil. It is recommended that the alcohol content should also be as low as possible.   Q2：How much alcohol content in spray drying needs to be equipped with explosion-proof devices? A：5% or more.   Q3：If spray drying can use pneumatic instead of electric, what device is needed? A：An air compressor is required, and the spray dryer originally needs an air compressor.   Q4：How is the diameter of spray drying machine chamber affected? A：Material moisture content, fluidity, drying temperature.   Q5：What are the main factors affecting the price of spray drying machine? A：1. The material can withstand temperature 2. Material flowability 3. Spray Drying Tower diameter 4. Dedusting function 5. Spray Dryer structure material 6. Heating Source   Q6：Can spray drying machine continue to be fed for several hours? A：It can run for 24 hours, as long as the material is not sticky and does not block the atomizing head.   Q7：What is the relationship between the inlet air temperature of spray drying machine and the price? A：Based on same product and same production capacity, The higher the inlet air temperature, the lower the equipment price.   Q8：What is the cause of some impurities in the spray-dried powder? A：The material is impure or the drying tower and piping system is impure.     Q9：Can the spray dryer handle CaCl2 solution? A：Yes.   Q10：Spray drying machine has an atomizing head and a spray gun. Is there only one to install? How to choose it? A：The spray gun and the atomizing head are the same thing, one machine with one atomizer only.   Q11：Where does spray dryer usually collect powder? Is it possible to quickly sample without stopping the machine? A：The machine is usually equipped with a sampling port, and the sampling port can be directly sampled without stopping the machine.   Q12：What does LPG use to adjust the inlet air temperature? A：LPG is a heating source, we will equip an Heating device for controlling heating, and the temperature is controlled by PLC.   Q13：What device does LPG use to keep the inlet air temperature stable? A：Fan and temperature controlling system   Q14：Why can't LPG dry oily liquids? A：After the material is atomized, the oil will envelop the water, causing the water to fail to evaporate quickly, so oil-containing materials are not suitable for spray drying.   Q15：The difference between vacuum belt dryer and ordinary dryer. A：Vacuum belt drying is continuous drying and has the function of crushing and granulating. Vacuum Belt dryer can run 24hours*7days without stop, it saves lots of energy and labor.   Q16：What are the main differences between herbal medicine extract spray drying equipment and ordinary spray drying equipment? A：The main difference between them is the feeding method and the atomizing head. For materials with high viscosity, screw pumps are basically used, and a larger atomizing head is used.   Q17：What are the dust removal methods of centrifugal spray drying machine? A：Mostly we are using Water curtain dust removal and cloth bag dust removal.   Q18：The centrifugal spray dryer Model LPG-50 needs to be used for the entire production line of milk powder. Is there any other machine needed? A：1. Homogenizer (usually a high-pressure homogenizer) 2. Pasteurizer 3. Thickener (usually using falling film concentration) 4. Spray drying 5. Packaging equipment   Q19：In addition to electric heating and steam heating, is there any other heating method for centrifugal spray drying? A：Electric heating, steam heating, natural gas heating. Steam heating requires a boiler, if it is a large-capacity machine, it is recommended to use steam for heating   Q20：What materials are used for centrifugal spray drying and pressure spray drying? A：Centrifugal spray is suitable for dilute materials, and pressure spray is suitable for viscous materials or large particles.   Q21：Is the herbal extract spray dryer and centrifugal spray dryer the same? A：The appearance is similar, the former has more air sweeping devices and cooling devices than the latter.   Q22：The difference between pressure spray dryer and centrifugal spray dryer materials A：1. Homogeneous emulsified materials (oil-containing) can use pressure spray dryer, which requires higher output. 2. For oil-free materials, centrifugal spray dryers can be used, which requires lower output.   Q23：What is the difference between vacuum drying, hot air circulation drying, and microwave drying? A：Vacuum drying: low temperature, low pressure, slow drying speed, material color and composition are not easy to change, suitable for fluids. Hot air circulation drying: cheap and not easy to be explosion-proof. Microwave vacuum drying: low temperature and low pressure, fast drying speed, suitable for solid drying.   Q24：Advantages and disadvantages of microwave dryers A：Start heating from the inside, the drying speed is fast, but it is not suitable for drying materials with high sugar content (the materials will be saccharified at high temperature, and the effect is not good)   Q25：What are the heat sources of the hot air circulation drying oven? What are the heat sources recommended by CT-C-IV? A：Steam, electricity, natural gas. It is recommended to use electricity.   Q26：What is the cold trap(condenser) of the freeze dryer? What is the role? Will freeze dryers have this thing? A：The Condenser is when the front compartment of the freeze dryer heats up and starts to evaporate water vapor. A cold well is needed to absorb the water vapor in the rear compartment of the machine, otherwise the vacuum pump will be damaged if it is discharged with the pipeline.   Q27：What is the role of plugging and pressurization in the freeze dryer? A：Used for automatic capping of vials.   Q28：What is the role of the compensation plate in the freeze dryer? A：Keep the upper and lower temperatures of the items in each layer consistent.   Q29：Does the freeze dryer need special maintenance? A：Monitor the vacuum degree, the amount of refrigerant, and the tightness of the pipeline at any time.   Q30：What is the normal Freeze-drying time for one batch? A：Quick freezing for 4-8 hours. Lyophilize for 16-20 hours.   Q31：How does the freeze dryer defrost? A：Fill the Condenser with hot water, and use spraying and soaking methods to melt away the ice and frost attached to the cold well.   Q32：What is the water replenishment amount of the freeze dryer? A：The ability of condenser to capture water vapor.   Q33：Is the number of trays of the freeze dryer fixed? A：It can be customized according to the requirements, the larger is less, the smaller is more.   Q34：What is the difference between a freeze dryer integrated machine and a separate machine? A：The all-in-one machine is frozen and freeze-dried in one chamber. Recommended all-in-one machine for general pharmaceutical industry and small output.   Q35：How many vacuum pumps are there on a freeze dryer? A：2 pcs.   Q36：What are the advantages of separating the condenser from the freeze-drying chamber in the freeze-drying machine? A：Prevent the moisture on the condenser from returning to the product.   Q37：What material is the ply of the front compartment of the freeze dryer? What are the functions? A：Laminate stainless steel for heat transfer.   Q38：How to store the dried things in the lyophilizer so as not to be affected by moisture? A：Pack as soon as possible within 1 hour.   Q39：Factors affecting the quality of freeze dryer A：1. Vacuum degree (determined by vacuum pump) 2. Freezing speed (determined by the compressor) 3. Whether it will leak (mechanical design) 4. Water catching capacity (cold well)   Q40：What is the difference between a machine with and without pre-freezing? A：Generally speaking, the freeze-drying effect of the machine with pre-freezing is better, and the product will be more complete. In terms of price, the price of the machine without pre-freezing will be lower.   Q41：Is pre-freezing a step before drying? A：Pre-freezing is a step before lyophilization.   Q42：What equipment does a lyophilizer include? A：Refrigeration system, drying system, vacuum system, circulation system, cavity, board, control system and computer.   Q43：Is the shelf life of freeze-dried products related to the machine? A：It has a small relationship with the machine, and is mainly related to the process and the way of preservation.   Q44：What is WIP cleaning system ? A：Washing in place.   Q45：Can the finished product of Fluid Bed dryer be reprocessed directly on the capsule filling machine or tablet press? A：According to the process. Most of the process, Yes.   Q46：FL, GFG, and FLP are all drying equipment, is there any difference between them? A：FL is more used for granulation drying, GFG is only used for drying, FLP can be used for coating, granulation and pelletizing.   Q47：When the dryer is operating, will the outside machine also have a high temperature? A：The outside machine will not be hot, but the heating section will be very hot.   Q48：How does the suspension dry into powder? A：According to the actual material, the suspension is usually a chemical drug, which is basically dried from a fluidized bed.   Q49：Will the drying temperature of the fluidized bed also affect the price of the machine? A：Basically it will not affect the price, and the heating source will affect the price.   Q50：What is the heat source of the fluidized bed? A：Either steam heating or electric heating can be used.     Q51：Principle of pulsation (same as pulsation dust removal) A：Blow back with compressed air. In the vacuum state of the box, compressed air is introduced to break the vacuum state and form air pressure.   Q52：What type of dryer is usually needed to make dried fruits and what are the characteristics? A：Normal vacuum drying, hot air circulation drying, freeze dryer   Q53：What kind of dryer is suitable for instant coffee? A：Vacuum belt dryers and freeze dryers, spray dryers, mainly depends on the final size and the desired effect.   Q54：To make fruit puree into fruit powder, can it be made with a centrifugal spray dryer? A：No, you can use a pressure spray dryer, or a vacuum belt dryer if the temperature is required.   Q55：How long does it take to freeze-dry a batch of fruit juice to powder? A：24-30 hours, depending on the sugar content, the higher the sugar content, the longer the consumption time.

Coating machine   Q1：What is the role of the dehumidifier in the tablet film coating machine? A：For Inlet air Cool down and dehumidify.   Q2：The Tablet Film coating machine is generally not in contact with alcohol? A：Basically some film requires Alcohol as solvent for tablet coating.   Q3：The role of the syrup pump in tablet film coating machine. A：One pump for two purposes, it is suitable for both film coating and sugar coating.   Q4：How long is the process of one batch on Tablet Film Coating? A：The working time of the coating machine is also different according to the actual output and medicinal formula, basically 2-4 hours per batch.   Q5：Is a changeable drum coating machine necessarily better than a non-changeable drum coating machine? why? A：Changing the barrel can realize coating with different feeding amounts. When the amount of material is small, the coating pan will become smaller and the coating effect will be better.   Q6：Can the BG-Series high-efficiency tablet film coating machine use powder for coating? A：No. But the raw material of tablet film is in powder form, it should be prepared with solvent or water or other liquid material first to spray on to tablet surface and dry.   Q7：What is the difference between a high-efficiency coating machine and an ordinary tablet coating pan? A：The disadvantage of ordinary coating pan has a long time, large dust, and poor coating effect (uneven).   Q8：Can the simple coating machine (BYC-Series) control the temperature? A：Yes, it can control the inlet air temperature and the temperature of the coating pan.   Q9：Can the simple coating machine(BYC-Series) use hot air and cold air? A：Yes.   Q10：The main difference between a simple coating machine(BYC-Series) and a high-efficiency coating machine (BG-Series) A：1. The high-efficiency coating machine is carried out in a closed system with negative pressure, and there will be no dust flying. 2. The high-efficiency coating machine is equipped with an air inlet fan and a suction fan. The suction will suck the coating powder onto the surface of the tablet, ensuring the coating effect and will not cause waste of materials. 3. The high-efficiency coating machine has a formula storage function to ensure that different batches can quickly read the formula without resetting. 4. The high-efficiency coating machine is equipped with an automatic air valve control system to automatically control the temperature and air volume. 5. The high-efficiency coating machine has a By pass function, which can realize the non-stop function of feeding and discharging, ensuring the consistency of production parameters of each batch, and does not need to reheat, which can be more energy-saving.   Q11：What is the approximate temperature in the coating pan? A：40-60 degrees Celsius, this needs to be based on actual needs.   Q12：How often does the coating machine filter change? A：According to the use of the machine, it is recommended to replace it once a year for the first and second stages. (Usually, the primary and secondary filters can be cleaned three to four times.) The high-efficiency filter has a longer lifespan and can be replaced if it is broken.   Q13：What are the properties of the coating powder? A：The coating powder is usually composed of talc, HPMC, pigment and other materials, and the ingredients of the coating powder can also be proportioned according to specific needs.   Q14：How much coating powder do I need for a kilogram of tablets? A：This mainly depends on how much weight you want to gain, how thick the film or sugar coating is.   Q15：How long is the coating time for a batch? What are the factors affected? A：2-4 hours, this needs to be based on weight gain, temperature and humidity.   Q16：What is the difference between the non-perforated pan and the perforated pan of the coating machine? A：The non-porous pot is more suitable for pellets.   Q17：What is the difference between a non-porous coating machine and a porous coating machine? Is there a difference in materials? A：The non-porous coating machine is generally used to produce sugar-coated small particles or tablets below 3mm, and the porous coating machine mainly produces products above 3mm.   Q18：What is included in the air inlet filter? A：The air inlet filter is divided into three levels: primary filter, secondary filter, and high efficiency filter (HEPA Filter).   Q19：The difference between film and sugar coating, weight gain. A：Film, the general weight gain is 3%; Sugar coating, weight gain 20-50%; For sugar coating, change the spray gun to a dropper nozzle.   Q20：How long is the coating time for a batch of tablets? A：2-4 hours.   Q21：What is the function of Auto Air Valve System in the coating machine? A：When feeding the material for the first time, the fan can be heated while feeding, and the dust that may exist in the pipeline can be removed, saving time and cleaning. After the production is completed, there is no need to stop the machine when discharging and re-feeding the second batch of materials, and there is no need to wait for all parameters and other parameters to be reset and re-arrival before feeding, which saves time and labor.   Q22：What is bypass? A：When the coating of a batch of materials is completed, there is no need to restart the machine, adjust the temperature, set technical parameters, and then put the next batch of materials.   Q23：Curve printing: The temperature curve is displayed on the touch screen. Need to print and connect the machine with USB? A：This should be called Curve display, temperature curve, yes, it can be printed or read by USB. If you want to print, you need to have a printer or a paper recorder.   Q24：What is a hot air sensor? A：The temperature sensor controls the heating temperature of the air.   Q25：What is Infrared temperature? A：The far-infrared tablet surface temperature measurement, it can prevent the material from changing due to the high temperature of the tablet, and the coating process can be designed more accurately.   Q26：What is the weighing system? A：Automatic weighing system for coating solvent preparation purpose.   Q27：Function of Three auto valve. A：Automatic control of air volume and By pass function.

How to improve the production efficiency of the labeling machine and reduce the cost? In the pharmaceutical industry, the labeling machine is a very common packaging equipment, whose main function is to label the products to meet the market's packaging requirements for pharmaceutical products. According to different adhesive coating methods, labeling machines can be divided into: self-adhesive labeling machine, paste labeling machine (adhesive labeling machine, glue labeling machine) and hot melt adhesive labeling machine; According to different types of products, it can be divided into: linear labeling machine, rotary labeling machine, etc.; according to the realization of different labeling functions, it can be divided into: flat labeling machine, side labeling machine and circumferential labeling machine; In addition, according to the degree of automation, it can be divided into: automatic, automatic, semi-automatic and manual labeling machines.   The application range of different types of labeling machines is different. For example, the flat type labeling machine realizes the labeling and filming on the upper plane and the upper arc surface of the workpiece, such as boxes, books, plastic shells, etc.; round bottle labeling machines mainly Achieve labeling or filming on the circumferential surface of cylindrical and conical products, such as glass medicine bottles, plastic bottles, etc.; side labeling machines mainly realize labeling or filming on the side plane and side arc surface of the workpiece, such as cosmetic flat Bottles, square boxes, etc. 　　 Regardless of the labeling machine, the user spends a lot of money to purchase it to improve production efficiency, reduce costs, and reduce the error rate of manual labeling. However, in actual operation, users not only need to master the correct use method, but also need to understand the maintenance skills of the labeling machine in order to maintain the long-term stable operation of the equipment, make the equipment more effective, and delay the service life of the equipment. Two aspects were introduced by the manufacturer's technicians.   　　On the one hand, users must pay attention to cleaning when maintaining the labeling machine. Since the labeling machine is easy to inhale dust during operation, it is necessary to clean the dust on the labeling machine regularly. 　　 If the user is not using the labeling machine temporarily, he should unplug the power supply and cover it with a dust-proof cloth to prevent dust from falling on the labeling machine. In addition, the high temperature belt of the labeling machine also needs to be decontaminated regularly, so as to better ensure the high-quality operation of the labeling machine.   　　 For some labeling machines that are malfunctioning, the cleaning work needs to pay more attention to details. For example, when a user uses an automatic labeling machine, if the automatic labeling machine is not perpendicular to the desktop, it means that the coding effect is very poor. In addition, it is recommended to use the cleaning box to clean the machine when cleaning, to clean the ink in the pipe and the nozzle, otherwise the ink will block the nozzle; if there is a leakage phenomenon during the printing process, it is necessary to check whether the inkjet printer has an eye Damaged, and clean the sensor head, adjust the sensor’s sensitivity point, check the sensor’s installation and fixation conditions, adjust the sensor’s installation position, and eliminate the influence of the surface color of the object on the sensor’s induction. 　　 On the other hand, the labeling machine needs maintenance after working for a period of time, especially remember to apply lubricating oil. It is understood that there are many parts in the labeling machine, such as gears, bearings and gearboxes. These parts are very easy to rust or wear after being used for a period of time. The lubricating oil can ensure the smoothness of all parts of the labeling machine. The technician pointed out that under normal circumstances, the labeling machine should be lubricated after working continuously for more than 48 hours. 　　 The life extension of any equipment is inseparable from careful maintenance. The labeling machine should be regularly maintained after it has been in operation for a certain period of time, so as to ensure that the labeling machine operates well, and at the same time, it can extend the life of the labeling machine and ensure that the labeling machine can operate normally.

Q1：Will the mixing and stirring of the container leave residual materials? A：There will be no residue, unless the material is very sticky and the equipment is forced to stir.   Q2：Does the powder mixer have requirements for the fluidity of the material? A：Yes, sometimes it is necessary to choose a mixer based on fluidity, but for our pharmaceuticals, this impact is relatively small.   Q3：Are all the mixers changeable barrels? A：Single-arm V-type mixer, with square cone less than 20L or less, can change barrels.   Q4：What is the thickness of stainless steel of the mixer? A：2.5MM.   Q5：How many different materials can the mixer mix at most? A：There is no requirement for material type and quantity while it doesn’t beyond Max. Loading capacity.   Q6：When different forms of substances need to be added during the mixing process, does the machine additionally add a hopper? A：unnecessary, You can load it into the mixer directly.   Q7：What material is suitable for the 3D mixer? A：Suitable for materials with poor fluidity and difficult to mix, Of course you should load dry material.   Q8：What is the Advantages of 3D mixer or 3D Blender? A：1. Short mixing time and high efficiency. 2. The mixed preparation is stable and does not cause delamination and segregation. 3. There is no dead corner in the mixing, which can effectively ensure the quality of the mixture.   Q9：How many minutes does it take for a 3D mixer to mix at a time? Can pellets be mixed? A：10-20 minutes, you can mix the pellets.   Q10：Are Horizontal Mixer, 3D Mixer and other mixers originally equipped with a stirrer? A：Neither of these two machines can be equipped with agitation.   Q11：What is the difference between a double cone mixer and a 3D mixer? A：The mixing effect of the 3D mixer is better, But the double cone mixer is cheaper.   Q12：What kind of material is suitable for the double cone mixer? What are the characteristics of the machine? A：Dry powder, small particles, compared with the V-type mixer, no dead ends, more convenient cleaning.   Q13：What are the advantages of the lifting Bin Blender over the v-type mixer and the 3D mixer? A：V-type mixer is also a kind of 3D mixer! The material runs in 3D dimension while mixing works. Lifting Bin Blender: The mixing uniformity is high, the hopper is movable, which greatly facilitates loading, mixing, discharging and cleaning; it can be organically connected with the front and rear process equipment to form an assembly line to avoid cross-contamination caused by repeated material transfer. The V-type mixer can With forced stirring, the mixing is more uniform, and it is inconvenient to clean compared to the V-type mixer.   Q14：What is the difference between a Z mixer or Groove Type Mixer and a double cone mixer? A：Mix different dry powders, Z type Mixer can dry powder or granules with liquid form as well, But Double Cone Mixer can mix dry powder form only.   Q15：In addition to the difference in appearance, are there other differences between the Z Type mixer or Groove Type Mixer and the V-type mixer? A：The Z Type mixer has a large feeding ratio, But poor mixing effect compare to V Type Blender. Z Type Mixer is usually used for mixing wet materials and mixing products with similar material ratios.   Q16：What is The difference between ribbon Blender and double cone Blender? A：Advantages of ribbon mixer: 1. The area is small, the barrel does not rotate, so it is safer to use while you have operators roaming in workshop. 2 . Add ingredients (if you need to add different ingredients in time), Ribbon Blender is convenient 2. For mixing materials with a little viscous and a little water content, or materials to be mixed with additives, the uniformity of the mixing is better than that of the double cone mixer. Disadvantages of ribbon mixer: 1. There are many spiral ribbons, large pieces of material may be broken into small particles. 2. There are dead corners and it is inconvenient to clean compares to Double Blender. 3. If you are mixing dry powder, it is recommended to use a double cone mixer. The reason is that there are no dead ends and easy to clean.   Q17：What is the Advantages and disadvantages of double cone mixer and V-type mixer? A：The double cone mixer can achieve more than 2000L, and the V-type mixer can only achieve Max. 2000L mixing Volume. The double-cone mixer is easy to clean, has no dead ends, and the feed port is larger than that of the V-type mixer.   Q18：What is the maximum and minimum weight and the maximum and minimum volume of VH-100 or VH-500? A：The maximum volume of the mixer is 60%, and the minimum volume is 15%. The weight depends on the proportion of the customer's material, Or you can call it density of powder is required while doing weight calculation.   Q19：Can the V-type mixer mix wet powder, and does it have a heating and drying function? A：No, there is no drying function, not recommend to mix wet material.   Q20：Why is the V-type mixer asymmetric for the left and right mixing arm? A：The asymmetry formed by the unequal length of the two cylinders of the mixer is used for mixing. When the mixer moves, due to the difference in potential energy, the material changes from differentiation to combination. Due to the difference in potential energy, a lateral force is generated to promote the horizontal transfer of the material.   Q21：In addition to mixing dry materials, can the wet materials be mixed with the V-type mixer? A：No, only dry powder.   Q22：Can the V-type mixer be equipped with a stirring rod? How much additional cost does it need to increase? A：Yes, forced mixing, the price of 500L, about 1,000-3000 US dollars, it depends on what kind of Stir and motor you want to add.   Q23：What should I do if the 100L mixer does not easy to move to different workshop? A：You can add wheels to the bottom of the machine for 50USD each.    

Q1：What is the biggest difference between powder packaging machine and granule packaging machine? A：The powder packaging machine uses screw feeding, which is suitable for powder with poor fluidity, such as milk powder. The granule packaging machine uses a measuring cup for feeding, which is suitable for materials with good fluidity, similar to sugar or coffee.   Q2：Does the machine need to stop working when filling the vacuum feeder? No need to stop, it is automatic feeding.   Q3：Can the automatic powder loader be added later? A：It can be added later, the automatic powder feeding needs to know the connection size of the hopper.   Q4：Will the powder block the filling port when the powder is packaged by the vertical packaging machine? A：When the material is too viscous, it is easy to absorb moisture, there is a risk of clogging if the equipment is stopped for a long time

Supporting equipment for pill production--- Vibrating Sieving Machine Pills refer to the pill made of fine powder of decoction pieces with water as the binder. The preparation process requires batching, crushing, sieving, mixing, drying, packaging, etc. After the pill is made successfully, the classification of the pill needs to be processed by the supporting equipment for pill production-the vibrating pill sieving machine, to screen out the pills of different purposes and different levels, and to remove the continuous pill and residual pill. The principle of the vibrating sieving pill machine is to use a vibrating motor to excite the source of vibration power, so that the material is thrown on the screen while making a linear motion, and the material enters the inlet of the screening machine evenly from the feeder and passes through the multi-layer screen. Produces various specifications of oversize and undersize material, and discharges them from their respective outlets. 　　 It is understood that the vibrating sieving pill machine will not cause pollution during the drug production process, and it is the standard choice for material screening and grading in the pharmaceutical industry. Because GMP has very high requirements for the material and selection of medical production equipment, the medical vibrating sieving equipment needs to be built in strict accordance with GMP requirements to ensure the quality and safety of the screened drugs. For example, in material selection, the vibrating sieving equipment used for pills must be made of stainless steel 304 or even 316, and no impurities are allowed in the parts that contact the material. The equipment must be carefully cleaned with alcohol before leaving the factory. The internal polishing of the equipment must be smooth, and the inside and outside of the whole machine must be polished. , No black spots, no burrs; in terms of accessories, rubber accessories must meet medical-grade sanitary standards (silica gel), and medical screening equipment must pass GMP production standards. 　　 In recent years, in response to strict GMP standards, some manufacturers of vibrating pill sieving machines have continuously improved and upgraded their equipment to meet the requirements for pill sieving. At present, the vibrating screen pill machine has been widely used in scientific research units, laboratories, inspection rooms, etc. in the pharmaceutical and other industries for the inspection, screening, classification, particle size analysis, and debris content analysis of solids, powders, slurry materials and other materials. It is worth mentioning that although the vibrating sieving pill machine can basically meet the needs of the pharmaceutical industry, many users often encounter some problems during use, which may be the quality problems of the equipment itself, or the equipment has been used. A series of adverse reactions caused over time. For enterprises, when choosing vibrating sieving pill machine equipment, they should look for the supplier’s qualification and brand. In addition, in the process of using the equipment, the operators need to pay attention to maintenance on the one hand; on the other hand, for the stability of production and operation, the operators also need to master some common failure methods of the equipment. 　　 For example, the material may be discharged too fast or not discharged on the sieve, or the material may jump too high on the sieve. Don't worry when this kind of situation occurs. The technician pointed out that in fact this is not a fault of the vibrating screen, and the phase angle of the motor in the vibrating sieving pill machine is not adjusted well. In this regard, the operator can adjust the angle between the upper and lower ends of the vibrating sieving motor, so that the material can be discharged on the screen faster or slower. In general, the larger the angle, the longer the material stays on the screen surface, and vice versa. In addition, the weight of the vibrating motor can also change the height of the material jumping on the surface of the screen. 　　 The maintenance of the vibrating sieving pill machine is also very necessary, which is related to the life of the equipment. When maintaining the vibrating siever, the operator should feed the material along the screen surface in the direction of material movement, and control the material to be evenly distributed on the entire plug surface without overloading. At the same time, it is necessary to regularly check the fever of the main bearing, and it should not be too high; check whether the linear vibrating sieving equipment is stable, if there is abnormal vibration, impact, or shaking of the fixed frame, it should be adjusted properly after shutdown.

Intelligent Tablet Film Coating machine plays a great role in covering up the bad smell of medicine   With the improvement of medical demand, the production of medicine is increasing. Some medicine are easy to produce pungent and unpleasant taste in the production process, which makes it difficult for patients to take medicine.     In order to help patients take medicine, many pharmaceutical companies use tablet film coating machines. The author learned that the tablet film coating machine can be used to improve the appearance, facilitate identification, cover up bad smell, facilitate patient swallowing, reduce gastrointestinal reaction, control drug release, and change drug release curve.   At the same time, the tablet film coating machine can also keep away from moisture, light and air, so as to increase the stability of medicine. Compared with sugar coating, it has the characteristics of short production cycle, less materials and strong moisture resistance. The film coating process can be divided into water-soluble coating process and organic solvent coating process according to different solvents.   According to relevant experts, after the tablet film coating machine is started, the domestic tablets make complex movement in the stainless steel coating pot under the action of gravity and friction.     After the film coating auxiliary materials are evenly sprayed on the surface of the tablets, the tablets are dried by the hot air sent into the coating pot. In this way, the coating film on the surface of the tablets is uniform after multiple cycles, and then coloring and polishing are carried out to make the tablets more beautiful and convenient for preservation and differentiation.   "The advanced tablet film coating machine has the advantages of convenient operation, beautiful appearance and convenient cleaning. The coating pot is made of stainless steel meeting the requirements of GMP; the internal and external surfaces of the coating pot are polished and bright, without dead corners, sharp corners, scaling, easy cleaning and pollution," said the tablet film coating machine manufacturer.   At present, tablet film coating machine mainly has three different coating methods., Fluidization Granulation coating method, Rotary Tablet Film Coating method and Tablet Inner Core Coating., .   As for the principle of fluidized coating granulation, some manufacturers said that it is basically similar to the principle of fluidized granulation. The fluidization coating method is mainly to place the chip core in the fluidized bed, introduce the air flow, suspend the chip core in the coating chamber by the power of the rapidly rising air flow, and turn it up and down in the fluidization (tablet film) state.     Then spray the solution or suspension of the coating material into the fluidized bed in an atomized state, so that a layer of coating material is evenly distributed on the surface of the chip core, and dry it with hot air, so as to coat repeatedly until the specified requirements are met.     Second, rotary coating method. Rotary coating method, also known as pot coating method, is a classic and widely used coating method, which can be used for sugar coating, film coating and enteric coating, including ordinary rotary coating method and buried tube coating method.     Third, suppression coating method. The press coating method generally adopts the combination of two tablet presses to implement press coating, which is to connect the two rotary tablet presses with a single transmission shaft.   Specifically, when coating, first press the material into a tablet core with one tablet press, and then transfer the tablet core to the die hole of another tablet press by the transfer device. In the transfer process, the fine powder outside the tablet is removed by the suction pump.   Before the chip core reaches the second tablet press, part of the coating material has been filled in the die hole as the bottom layer, then the chip core is placed on it, and then the coating material is added to fill the die hole for the second time to press into coated tablets.       The manufacturer said: "the pressing coating method can avoid the adverse effects of moisture and high temperature on medicine. The production process is short, the degree of automation is high and the working conditions are good, but the precision of tablet pressing machinery is high."

Analysis of Factors Affecting Drying Rate of Vacuum Freeze Dryer   The freeze-drying process is a complex heat and mass transfer process, involving refrigeration, vacuum, electronics, chemistry, cryogenic medicine and other disciplines, with high technical content and complex freeze drying processes. In the traditional Chinese medicine, food and other industries, the vacuum freeze dryer is one of the most popular equipment.     From the structural point of view, the vacuum freeze dryer is a combination of refrigeration system, vacuum system, heat recirculation system, and drying system, thereby introducing a new type of cabinet, which can make more efficient use of the material storage space in the cabinet. Perform freeze vacuum drying. At present, the vacuum freeze dryer is suitable for drying various materials such as raw materials, Chinese herbal medicines, pharmaceutical intermediates, and food.   According to the industry, when the vacuum freeze dryer is working, the drying rate is a point of great concern to users. However, in actual operation, it is often found that the drying rate is not satisfactory. So, what are the factors that affect the drying rate of the vacuum freeze dryer?     Material pre-freezing rate   It is understood that the pre-freezing of materials is the first thing the freeze dryer needs to do when it is working. Pre-freezing can be divided into quick freezing and slow freezing. The size of crystals formed during freezing greatly affects the overall drying rate and the dissolution rate of the dried product.   Specifically, the process of quick freezing and slow freezing has the following differences: the ice crystals produced by quick freezing are smaller, and the ice crystals produced by slow freezing are larger. Large ice crystals are conducive to sublimation, while small ice crystals are not conducive to sublimation. Fast freezing leads to low sublimation rate and fast desorption rate; slow freezing leads to fast sublimation rate and slow resolution rate.   Therefore, the industry pointed out that the speed of pre-freezing must be accurately grasped according to the materials.     The pressure in the freeze drying chamber   According to the industry, the pressure in the drying chamber will directly affect the rate of heat and mass transfer (water vapor). Among them, in terms of mass transfer, the lower the pressure, the better, and for heat transfer, the higher the pressure, the better.   Since the mass transfer rate is mainly determined by the temperature and pressure of the sublimation interface and the surface of the drying layer, to increase the escape rate of water vapor in the drying layer, there are generally two operations: increase the temperature of the sublimation interface to make the interface water vapor The pressure increases. Or increase the vacuum of the drying chamber and reduce the vapor pressure on the surface of the drying layer.     Material form   It is reported that in the freeze drying process, the form of freeze dried materials is usually divided into solid and liquid. The bulk density of the solid and the component density of the liquid both affect the freezing time of the material.   Wet weight load   It is understood that when materials are lyophilized, there is a certain ratio of surface area to material thickness after being packed into containers. When drying, the dry wet weight load per unit area of the tray is an important factor in determining the drying time.   In general, the thinner the thickness of the material accumulation, the faster the heat and mass transfer speed, and the shorter the drying time. However, if the material is thin, there will be less material dried per batch per unit freeze-dried area, which will be disadvantageous to increase the unit freeze dried area and the output per unit time. Therefore, comprehensive considerations need to be made according to the materials.     At present, there are many kinds of vacuum freeze drying equipment on the market, and many times manufacturers have updated and upgraded their automatic control in order to improve the drying efficiency. Some equipment manufacturers said that the new type of freeze drying equipment has changed the tedious operation in the past drying process, prevented material pollution, and realized the automation of drying and sublimation. The relevant person in charge said, “This model has shelf heating and programmable functions, can memorize the freeze drying curve, and comes with a u-disk extraction function, which makes it easier to observe the freeze drying process of the material."

Do you know? Daily, monthly and annual maintenance content of purified water equipment   Purified water can be used as raw material production, separation and purification, finished product production, cleaning and washing water, and it is widely used in biopharmaceutical, medical equipment and other industries. In recent years, with the rapid development of the pharmaceutical industry and stricter quality standards, in order to meet the corresponding water quality standards in the pharmaceutical industry, pharmaceutical factories usually need to use purified water equipment to prepare purified water, thereby improving the production water environment and enhancing competitiveness.   It is worth mentioning that after the purified water equipment is put into use, users should operate the water purification equipment in accordance with the specifications and scientifically. At the same time, maintenance work is also required to ensure the continuous and stable operation of the system and the water production standards, and to extend the service life of the water purification equipment. It is understood that according to the different maintenance cycles, the maintenance of purified water treatment equipment can be divided into daily maintenance, monthly maintenance, and annual maintenance. Let's look at it together.     Daily maintenance   The daily maintenance of purified water equipment mainly includes pre-start, post-start and post-stop inspections. Each of these tasks is very important. In order to ensure the long-term stability of the system and the safety of water production, production factory should pay more attention to them.   For example, before starting up, you need to check whether the power supply is normal, whether the compressed air supply pressure, the raw water supply pressure, etc. are within the normal range, whether the equipment valves are in a normal state, whether the air pipes and water pipes are leaking, and whether the fasteners such as clamps and bolts are firm, etc.     After starting up, you need to confirm whether the main control program is running normally, the running conditions of the water pump, the water pressure of each operating pressure gauge, and whether the product water quality inspection meets the requirements, and whether there are abnormal noises in the pipelines, pumps, and valves.   If the purified water is shut down, you need to clean the equipment, confirm that the automatic valves return to the initial state, drain the remaining water in the storage tank and pipeline, and ensure that the main power, air, water and steam valves are all closed.     Monthly maintenance   The main content of monthly maintenance of purified water treatment equipment includes three aspects. First, the salt tank, chemical tank cleaning and water storage tank are cleaned regularly. The industry pointed out that, especially the purified water tank, production factory should clean and disinfect after monthly or quarterly shutdowns to prevent the growth of microorganisms; second, regularly replace the purified water treatment equipment precision filter PP filter element, respirator filter element and other consumables in the filter, so as not to affect the water quality; third, regularly check or inspect the measuring instrument, if the instrument is found to be damaged or the deviation exceeds the standard, it should be replaced in time. So calibration for Water Purification system measuring instrument is required.     Annual maintenance   The annual maintenance of purified water treatment equipment mainly includes four aspects. First, replace the consumables of the multi-media filter, softener, and activated carbon filter; second, check the protective cover of the electric control part, check the terminal block, check the waterproof seal of the electric box, replace the filter cotton of the electric box fan, and Dust removal inside the box; third, dismantle and clean valve diaphragms, quick-release pads, steam Y-type filters, traps; fourth, check and tighten mechanical parts such as valve screws, handles, and water pump couplings.   According to the industry, the good working performance of purified water treatment equipment is not only related to the quality of the equipment produced by the supplier, but also the operation and maintenance of the equipment also plays a very important role. Therefore, it reminds companies that they need to do daily, monthly, and annual maintenance. The work plan is executed in strict accordance with relevant regulations, so as to continuously obtain high-quality purified water and ensure the healthy and stable operation of pharmaceutical production.  

Do you know the material requirements of stainless steel for Pharmaceutical Machinery in Pharma Process?   Recently, a pharmaceutical robot was asked whether the stainless steel pharmaceutical equipment used in the clean room can use 304 stainless steel? Is it necessary to use 316L for the parts that come into contact with drugs? 　　 In response to this question, industry professionals gave a variety of answers, which can be summarized as one point: 316L equipment is generally used, but there is no mandatory requirement, so 316L is not necessarily required, and the choice is mainly based on product characteristics. "The purpose determines the material. If it is a simple liquid preparation, the material can be tolerated. But if it is a direct reaction, 304 may not work. Secondly, you need to see the product quality standards, and what are the requirements for multiple metals." This is what the industry said. So, what is the difference between 316L and 304? According to the data, from the reference point of view, 304 is a common material in stainless steel with a density of 7.93 g/cm³, and 316L is a stainless steel material grade. For example, AISI 316L corresponds to the US label, and sus 316L corresponds to Japan. Label, our country’s unified digital code is S31603; from the content point of view, 304 maintains the inherent corrosion resistance of stainless steel, steel must contain more than 18% chromium and more than 8% nickel; 316L belongs to 18-8 type austenitic Derived steel grade of bulk stainless steel, with 2% to 3% Mo element added; In addition, from the point of view of application, 304 has good processability and weldability, and is used in building materials, chemistry, food industry, agriculture and other fields. , And the corrosion resistance of 316L is stronger than that of 304, and it is more resistant to corrosion in high temperature environments. Therefore, in high temperature environments, engineers generally choose 316L material components. According to the (revised edition in 2010), the document does not mandate that the parts of the drug production equipment in contact with the materials must be stainless steel 316L or 304, but it is only required that the production equipment should minimize cross-contamination and direct contact with drugs. It should have corrosion resistance and other conditions. Among them, “Article 71” emphasizes that “the design, selection, installation, modification and maintenance of equipment must conform to the intended use, and the risks of pollution, cross-contamination, confusion and errors should be reduced as much as possible, and it should be easy to operate, clean, maintain, and maintain. Clean or sterilize when necessary." In addition, Article 73 mentions that “production equipment must not have any adverse effects on the quality of drugs. The surface of production equipment directly in contact with drugs should be flat, smooth, easy to clean or disinfect, and corrosion-resistant, and must not chemically react or adsorb with drugs. Drugs or release substances into drugs." 　　 In addition to this specification, some people in the industry also mentioned that regarding the stainless-steel material, the ISPE Baseline Guide solid preparation has this description: Generally, the stainless steel that directly contacts the material is 316L or above. Stainless steel that does not directly contact the material should be 306 or above. 　　 In summary, the above-mentioned planning and ISPE do not have mandatory requirements for stainless steel materials. As far as pharmaceutical equipment companies are concerned, it mainly depends on the actual production conditions of pharmaceutical companies. 　　Pharmaceuticals are special products related to the health and safety of the human body. According to the industry, in order to ensure the quality and safety of medicines, it is better for qualified equipment manufacturers to follow high standards, high requirements, and select good materials to manufacture. However, if there are real difficulties, companies should also consider all possibilities when lowering their design standards. The risk, such as rust, etc., otherwise it may cause more than the gain. In the context of the continuous improvement of pharmaceutical industry standards and increasingly stringent supervision, pharmaceutical companies must strictly implement relevant regulations. As the upstream pharmaceutical equipment industry, they should also do their best to strictly control the quality of equipment to help the development of the pharmaceutical industry.

How to improve the production efficiency of the labeling machine and reduce the cost? Maintenance skills are essential   In the pharmaceutical industry, the labeling machine is a very common packaging equipment. Its main function is to label the products to meet the market's packaging requirements for pharmaceutical products. According to different adhesive coating methods, labeling machines can be divided into: self-adhesive labeling machine, paste labeling machine (adhesive labeling machine, glue labeling machine) and hot melt adhesive labeling machine; According to different types of products, it can be divided into: linear labeling machine, rotary labeling machine, etc.; according to the realization of different labeling functions, it can be divided into: flat labeling machine, side labeling machine and circumferential labeling machine; In addition, according to the degree of automation, it can be divided into: automatic, automatic, semi-automatic and manual labeling machines. The application range of different types of labeling machines is different. For example, the flat type labeling machine realizes the labeling and filming on the upper plane and the upper arc surface of the workpiece, such as boxes, books, plastic shells, etc.; round bottle labeling machines mainly Achieve labeling or filming on the circumferential surface of cylindrical and conical products, such as glass medicine bottles, plastic bottles, etc.; side labeling machines mainly realize labeling or filming on the side plane and side arc surface of the workpiece, such as cosmetic flat Bottles, square boxes, etc. 　　 Regardless of the labeling machine, the user spends a lot of money to purchase the purpose is to improve production efficiency, reduce costs, and reduce the error rate of manual labeling. However, in actual operation, users not only need to master the correct use method, but also need to understand the maintenance skills of the labeling machine in order to maintain the long-term stable operation of the equipment, make the equipment more effective, and delay the service life of the equipment. Two aspects were introduced by the manufacturer's technicians.   　　On the one hand, users must pay attention to cleaning when maintaining the labeling machine. Since the labeling machine is easy to inhale dust during operation, it is necessary to clean the dust on the labeling machine regularly. 　　 If the user is not using the labeling machine temporarily, he should unplug the power supply and cover it with a dust-proof cloth to prevent dust from falling on the labeling machine. In addition, the high temperature belt of the labeling machine also needs to be decontaminated regularly, so as to better ensure the high-quality operation of the labeling machine.   　　 For some labeling machines that are malfunctioning, the cleaning work needs to pay more attention to details. For example, when a user uses an automatic labeling machine, if the automatic labeling machine is not perpendicular to the desktop, it means that the coding effect is very poor. In addition, it is recommended to use the cleaning box to clean the machine when cleaning, to clean the ink in the pipe and the nozzle, otherwise the ink will block the nozzle; if there is a leakage phenomenon during the printing process, it is necessary to check whether the inkjet printer has an eye Damaged, and clean the sensor head, adjust the sensor’s sensitivity point, check the sensor’s installation and fixation conditions, adjust the sensor’s installation position, and eliminate the influence of the surface color of the object on the sensor’s induction.   　　 On the other hand, the labeling machine needs maintenance after working for a period of time, especially remember to apply lubricating oil. It is understood that there are many parts in the labeling machine, such as gears, bearings, and gearboxes. These parts are very easy to rust or wear after being used for a period of time. The lubricating oil can ensure the smoothness of all parts of the labeling machine. The technician pointed out that under normal circumstances, the labeling machine should be lubricated after working continuously for more than 48 hours. 　　 The life extension of any equipment is inseparable from careful maintenance. The labeling machine should be regularly maintained after it has been in operation for a certain period of time, so as to ensure that the labeling machine operates well, and at the same time, it can extend the life of the labeling machine and ensure that the labeling machine can operate normally.

The extraction efficiency of the traditional Chinese medicine extraction tank is not high, is there any way to improve it?   The function of the traditional Chinese medicine extraction tank is to extract the essence of traditional Chinese medicine. It has the characteristics of short extraction time, high utilization rate, and greatly improves the extraction rate of effective ingredients of traditional Chinese medicine. It can also automate many factors that were not easily controlled by humans in the past.   At present, traditional Chinese medicine extraction tanks are widely used in the medical field, which has played an important role in improving the quality of pharmaceutical products, promoting the automation of the production process and the standardization of product quality.     However, the author also understands that the existing extraction tanks on the market still have some shortcomings. For example, the extracted medicinal materials need to be taken out manually, which is very time-consuming, and there are problems such as high loss rate of volatile active ingredients during extraction, high labor intensity of workers, low degree of automation, and difficulty in controlling sanitary conditions. In addition, some users have reported that some extraction tanks have problems such as uneven heating, poor extraction effect and quality, and high energy consumption and high production costs due to the unsatisfactory cooling effect of steam in the circulation process.   In recent years, with the increase in labor costs and the continuous advancement of energy conservation and environmental protection policies, how to improve the extraction efficiency of traditional Chinese medicine extraction tanks to reduce energy consumption and costs has become a problem for many traditional Chinese medicine companies. So, is there a way to improve the efficiency of the Chinese medicine extraction tank?     Some manufacturers of traditional Chinese medicine extraction tanks said that improving the efficiency of traditional Chinese medicine extraction can be tried in several ways. First, for different solvents, the medicinal materials are crushed into different sizes, such as cutting into large particle size when using water, and crushing into 80-120 mesh size when using ethanol.   Second, within a certain period of time, the amount of extraction is proportional to the extraction time. Different extraction times can be set for different medicinal materials' firmness and difficulty of extraction, so as to improve the efficiency of extraction.   Third, control the extraction temperature. Too low temperature is not conducive to the dissolution and diffusion of substances. Too high temperature may damage the active ingredients and increase impurities. Therefore, the extraction temperature needs to be reasonably controlled.     Some manufacturers also pointed out that by optimizing and improving the structure of the equipment, the extraction efficiency of the traditional Chinese medicine extraction tank can also be further improved, saving costs for users.   It is reported that by improving the structure of the traditional Chinese medicine extraction tank, the manufacturer has made up for the shortcomings of the existing technology of small filter area, long heating time and unevenness, and achieved the effect of increasing heat transfer efficiency, shortening heating time and ensuring uniform heating. It has a filter area. Adjustable advantages.   In addition, it is worth mentioning that if the production process of the traditional Chinese medicine extraction equipment is not well matched with the equipment, problems such as unstable product quality and large consumption of raw materials will also occur in the production process. Therefore, a good combination of equipment and production technology, as well as the correct use of equipment by operators, are also important factors to improve quality and efficiency.     The industry believes that in the process of extracting traditional Chinese medicine, the quality of traditional Chinese medicine extraction equipment and the level of technical content directly affect the quality of traditional Chinese medicine extraction. Therefore, while the equipment achieves energy saving and high efficiency, the quality of the extracted products also needs to be guaranteed. In recent years, with the continuous advancement of favorable policies, my country's traditional Chinese medicine industry has continued to develop, and Chinese medicine extraction equipment will also usher in opportunities. In this context, while focusing on efficiency and quality, equipment manufacturers also need to continue to strengthen R&D investment, improve innovation capabilities, and thereby enhance market competitiveness.

LTPM CHINA takes you to understand the automatic electronic counting machine   The automatic electronic counting machine is mostly used in the pharmaceutical, hospital and other industries to count capsules, tablets, granules and other medicines. The machine is small in size, light in weight, accurate in counting and easy to operate. The contact surface of the counting items is made of stainless steel, which is an ideal equipment for counting bottled, bagged and canned products in various related industries.     The automatic electronic counting machine adopts internationally advanced vibrating multi-channel feeding, computer control, dynamic scanning counting, system self-checking, fault indication alarm, automatic shutdown and other advanced technologies. It is designed according to GMP standards and is integrated with light and motor. High-tech medicine counting and filling equipment. It can be widely used in the rapid counting and bottling of various shapes and sizes of tablets, capsules, pills, transparent soft capsules and other medicines. The counting and bottling accuracy has reached the advanced level of similar products at home and abroad.     The anti-high dust electronic counting technology adopted by our automatic electronic counting machine has the following characteristics:   1. Strong compatibility, high accuracy rate, wide application range, counting and bottling of tablets, capsules, and soft capsule pills; 2. It has strong applicability and can work stably even under high dust conditions; 3. Vibration type unloading, unique flap and sub-assembly mechanism does not damage medicines; 4. High degree of intelligence, with multiple detection and alarm control functions such as no bottles, no counts, fault self-checking, etc.; 5. Fully automatic operation, intelligent joint control with the upper and lower processes, good coordination, no need for special personnel to operate, saving labor; 6. Small footprint and low cost of use; 7. It is convenient to change varieties, can be automatically raised and lowered, and does not require any tools for disassembly and clearing, which is convenient and quick; 8. The control chip is *, the structure is exquisite, there are no expensive wearing parts, and the maintenance cost is low.     In daily operation, what safety precautions should be paid to the automatic electronic counting machine?   1. Pay attention to the voltage at the inlet of the electrical installation board in the chassis. 2. The equipment is confirmed to be installed smoothly. 3. When maintaining, clearing the site, or repairing the equipment, pull out the connectors. It is strictly forbidden to pull the wires. Grasp the plug head and pull it out slowly to avoid breaking the circuit. 4. The power supply must have a reliable grounding. The main power supply should be cut off when replacing, plugging in or unplugging the power plug. 5. The power supply must be cut off when the equipment is maintained, cleared, and cleaned. For example, when cleaning components such as the medicine bucket and vibrating plate, do not splash the cleaning liquid on the electrical components.     Solutions to 3 common problems of the automatic electronic counting machine:   1. Aiming at the problem that the unloading bin of the automatic electronic counting machine is affected by the gravity of the material. You can consider dividing the silos into constant heavy warehouses and non-constant heavy warehouses. In this way, the influence of the gravity of the material on the separation condition of the material in the vibrating plate can be effectively processed. Regarding the problem that the time for the material to fall from the memory baffle to the bottle is too long, it should be considered to add another level of memory baffle, which can deal with the following problems. It is necessary to be able to divide the material from the memory baffle down to the moment the bottle is divided into two points, the filling time of the bottle is shortened, and the memory baffle is closed when the bottle is loaded. The counter continues to work, so that two actions can be completed, the unloading and bottling of the previous bottle and the counting of the next bottle, and the production speed has been improved. Secondly, it can deal with the problem of electrostatic adsorption of materials.     2. Ways to avoid static electricity. You can add partitions or attach non-materials to the inner wall of the shattering shield to prevent electronic handling. Add a grounded power cord and equipment connection to the shattering shield to effectively discharge static electricity and avoid static electricity. Adjust the position of the memory baffle and the shattering shield so that the recall baffle can completely block the material, and the shattering shield can ensure that the medicine particles enter the packaging bottle smoothly. When the device adjusts the machine, the level of the vibrating plate is adjusted backward, so that when the vibrating plate stops vibrating, the material cannot naturally fall into the detection channel and cause false counting. The element of the material, the appropriate vibration frequency is set for the capsule, tablet and pill. Periodically use a vacuum cleaner to remove dust from tablets and capsules.     3. Ways to improve cylinder sensitivity. Strictly control the water content of compressed air. Especially the operating conditions of the air dryer should be kept stable. Strictly control the entry of non-cylinder grease into fulfillment components. Be sure to replace the original cylinder when repairing and replacing fulfillment components. When conditions permit, it is better to replace the performance components of all channels at once to ensure the consistency of the sensitivity of the performance components. Reasonably adjust the machine parameters, prepare the counting and counting speed to make the product achieve a good separation effect. Then improve the production speed and counting accuracy. For setting the separation speed, try to set the separation speed as close to or the same as the counting speed. According to experience, the separation speed should be 5-10% lower than the counting speed value.    

The effluent quality of pharmaceutical water treatment equipment has deteriorated. What should I do?   In the pharmaceutical industry, water is an indispensable factor, and the water quality in the pharmaceutical production process will have a direct impact on the types of drugs. Therefore, pharmaceutical water has high requirements for water quality, and its product quality is strictly supervised. With the development of science and technology, pharmaceutical equipment is constantly updated and upgraded. The existing pharmaceutical industry generally uses water treatment equipment to improve the production water environment.   Due to the adaptability and flexibility of the water treatment equipment, it can meet the industry's requirements for aseptic pure water, which brings convenience to the production and operation of the pharmaceutical factory, and is a guarantee for the safety of water supply in the pharmaceutical industry. However, there are various types of water treatment equipment on the market at present, and there are many manufacturers. For pharmaceutical companies, when purchasing equipment, both process design and material selection must be rigorous.     Recently, some users said that the quality of the water treatment equipment used by them is guaranteed, but after a period of time, the problem of water quality degradation still occurs. Is this situation normal and what should be done?   Our technicians said that the use effect and life span of water treatment equipment are not only related to its own quality, but also to the user’s usual operating specifications, regular maintenance and other aspects. Therefore, there is no need to be nervous when the water quality of water treatment equipment drops, and the equipment can be Check and troubleshoot.     So, how to deal with the deterioration of the effluent quality of the water treatment equipment? We have compiled some treatment methods for your reference. 1. Check whether the working environment of the equipment is qualified, because water treatment equipment has certain requirements for working conditions, such as water intake indicators, working environment, etc. If it does not meet its working requirements, it will directly affect the water production effect, thereby reducing water Water treatment equipment; 2. In the face of unreasonable filter material gradation, the type of filter material should be changed or the thickness of the filter material layer should be increased; 3. Strengthen the pre-treatment to reduce the content of organic matter in the influent; 4. Strengthen the coagulation treatment effect of the influent, and select and use more effective coagulants; 5. Shut down the tank to check and repair the backwash water distribution system; 6. Reduce the filtration rate; 7. Find the cause of the air lock and eliminate it; 8. Find the cause of the mud ball and eliminate it.   At the same time, we also recommend that users need to perform regular maintenance on water treatment equipment. For example, the internal filter element should be cleaned or replaced regularly, and the internal filter element should be cleaned or replaced regularly for ultra-water equipment. Because no matter what kind of material is used, the filter element will absorb a lot of impurities after a period of work, and it is easy to become a breeding ground for bacteria. In addition, in the life cycle of the filter element, the standard of regular replacement should be strictly implemented, and the post-maintenance service of the filter element should be standardized to ensure the water quality of the water treatment equipment.     In addition, users also need to clean the water treatment equipment regularly, which can effectively improve the service cycle and use effect of the equipment. As far as the cleaning method of water treatment equipment is concerned, the user can clean it by himself through the cleaning instructions provided by the manufacturer, or it can be cleaned by the manufacturer on his behalf. The correct cleaning method of water treatment equipment is very important and needs to be paid attention to by users. The cleaning steps adopted by general manufacturers are:   First configure cleaning fluid-input cleaning fluid at low flow-circulation-immersion-high flow pump circulation-flushing.   Regular cleaning can not only ensure the stable water production of the water treatment equipment, but also effectively extend the service life of the reverse osmosis membrane. Greatly save the cost of operation.

In the process of using the dry granulator,what is the matter of the large amount of dust produced?   The dry granulator is a kind of swinging action with a rotating drum, which can grind wet powder raw materials into granules through an iron wire screen. It is currently widely used in pharmaceutical and other industries.   　　 According to different uses, dry granulator can be divided into production type and experimental type. Among them, the experimental dry granulator is mainly used for the development and research of new dosage forms of the Institute of Pharmaceutical Research and the production of small-dose Chinese medicine preparations. At present, some equipment on the market can achieve clean and closed production from powder to granules, and the human-machine interface is safe. , Reliable, fast, with large amount of information, and high rate of finished products. At the same time, the design of the transparent working area makes observation more direct and convenient.         At present, some domestic dry granulator manufacturers have developed a new type of dry granulator based on imported models and combined with their national conditions. They are suitable for the production of a variety of materials, and the system provides a wide range of equipment, processes and operators. Level password management control, which is convenient for the safe operation of equipment, production management and product quality control, was widely favored by the audience at the previous pharmaceutical machinery exhibition.   　　 No matter what type of dry granulator, it is inevitable for the operator to face some common faults during use, find out the problem in time and deal with it accordingly.   　　 Among them, the large amount of dust is a problem that many users have deeply experienced. So why does this happen? Some technical manufacturers made a brief analysis on this.   　　 One is the problem of equipment structure design. It is understood that because many dry granulator manufacturers design their equipment relatively simply and do not consider the problem of dust particles, the equipment produces a large amount of dust, which has an impact on the production of users.   With the improvement of GMP requirements and the introduction of the concept of cGMP, dry granulator manufacturers also need to update the specifications and concepts of drug production, and the structure needs to be adjusted to fully consider the dust particles generated during drug production to ensure the production environment , In order to meet the requirements of high-quality development in the pharmaceutical industry. 　　The technical staff also reminded that there is another thing that needs attention with regard to the problem of dust production, which is the vibration of the equipment. "Vibration will increase the generation of dust particles and aggravate the diffusion of dust particles. Therefore, when manufacturing equipment, it is necessary to consider the overall structure and manufacturing accuracy to find the vibration source that causes the vibration to reduce the vibration generated by the equipment.   　　Secondly, the degassing effect is not good. It is understood that after the air in the particle gap is compressed, the pressure is suddenly released during the crushing and granulation process, and the air explosion causes a large amount of fine powder, so the amount of dust is relatively large.   　　 In addition to the problem of large dust production, roll wear is also one of the common faults. It is understood that there is cooling water inside the roll, and there are dynamic sealing devices on the rotating roll and the static cooling water pipeline. If it is used for a long time, it is prone to leakage or roll damage. At present, some manufacturers have improved the structure of the roll so that the cooling water flows directly to the surface of the pressure roller, which can effectively reduce the surface temperature of the roll and greatly reduce the possibility of leakage.   In addition, due to the material selection and processing technology, many rolls are used, due to the high pressure during granulation, after a period of use, the rolls will also wear out, so many manufacturers need to repurchase after a period of use. Roll.

Why does the centrifugal spray dryer appear to material stick to the drying chamber wall? The centrifugal spray dryer is an equipment that uses a centrifugal atomizer to dry some liquid materials. It has the characteristics of fast drying speed, simplified production process, suitable for continuous control of production, and improved product purity. It is widely used in food, chemical, pharmaceutical, and pharmaceutical industries, as well as Environmental protection and other industries. The working principle of centrifugal spray dryer is: air passes through the filter and heater, enters the air distributor on the top of the centrifugal spray dryer, and the hot air enters the spray dryer evenly in a spiral shape. The raw material liquid is pumped from the raw material liquid tank through the filter to the centrifugal atomizer on the top of the dryer, so that the material liquid is sprayed into very small droplets. It is dried into finished product instantly, and the finished product is discharged from the bottom of the drying tower and cyclone separator, and the exhaust air is discharged by the fan. It is understood that users can also select the heating method, dust collection and dust removal method according to the actual situation.   At present, the application of centrifuge spray dryers in the field of medicine has been very extensive. There are a wide variety of products on the market, which makes the drying efficiency of the pharmaceutical industry higher. In order to improve the uniformity, fluidity and solubility of the material products, some spray dryer equipment manufacturers It has also increased research and development efforts and continued to innovate processes to create a high-speed centrifugal spray dryer with faster drying speed, higher product purity, and more convenient operation and control to meet the new needs and requirements of material drying of pharmaceutical companies.   It is worth mentioning that in the process of using centrifugal spray dryers, many users often find that the nozzles of the equipment are malfunctioning. For example, during the production process of centrifugal spray drying equipment, the speed of the atomization nozzles is too low, the evaporation rate is too low, and the centrifugal nozzles are running. There are noises or vibrations from time to time, and even the equipment cannot work normally. Therefore, it is very important to understand the causes of nozzle failures and solve the problems.   　　 So, how should we deal with it? The industry believes that there are two aspects for reference. First, if you find noise or vibration during the operation of the centrifugal atomization nozzle, it may be caused by improper cleaning and maintenance of the nozzle of the spray drying equipment, resulting in residual substances in the nozzle or bending and deformation of the spindle; the second may also be Caused by poor dynamic balance of the centrifugal disc.   "If the nozzle speed is too low and the evaporation rate is too low, it may be that the centrifugal nozzle components are malfunctioning. You need to stop using the nozzle first and check the internal components of the nozzle. The reason may be: the air volume of the entire system is reduced; the inlet temperature of the hot air is low; There is air leakage in the equipment, and cold air enters the drying room." The above-mentioned person said.   　　It is very important to clean and maintain the nozzle of spray dryer regularly, otherwise it may cause subsequent failures from time to time. To solve the problems caused by this kind of reasons, the method is to check whether there are residual substances in the spray disk, and if there is any, it should be cleaned in time; if the spindle is found to be abnormal, it must be replaced. The dynamic balance of the centrifugal disk should be re-adjusted or replaced to solve the problem of nozzle failure. In addition, it is suggested in the industry to check whether the rotating speed of the centrifuge is normal; check whether the position of the spray drying equipment centrifuge regulating valve is correct; check whether the air filter and air heater pipes are blocked; check whether the grid voltage is normal; check whether the electric heater is normal Work; check whether the connection of each component of the spray drying equipment is sealed, etc., and do a good job of inspection to further troubleshoot and solve the problem, to ensure the stability of the equipment next time.

Extraction and Concentration Machine Effectively Removes Impurities in Medicinal Herbal and Improves the Stability of Preparations   Extraction and concentration is extremely important in the Natural Herbal medicine industry. With the steady improvement of extraction and concentration technology, the market for extraction and concentration machines has become larger and larger. Not only has the equipment type increased, but many new types of extraction and concentration machines have gradually emerged.     Specifically, during the extraction process of the Natural Herbal medicine extracting and concentrating machine, the hot solvent will continuously increase on the surface of the medicine, pass through the medicinal material layer at high speed from top to bottom, and then dissolve the solvent in the medicinal material. The solution content in the medicinal materials and the solution content in the solvent maintain a high gradient until it is completely dissolved. The extraction rate of effective ingredients is high, and the yield of concentration paste is high, and the content of effective ingredients in the ointment is also high.   According to some manufacturers, the extraction concentrator is suitable for atmospheric pressure, micro pressure, water decocting, warm soaking, heat reflux, penetration, extraction of aromatic oil components, and recovery of organic solvents in Natural Herbal medicine, plants, food, beverages, and chemical industries.     Because Natural Herbal medicine contains complex chemical components, there are usually sugars, amino acids, proteins, oils, waxes, enzymes, pigments, vitamins, organic acids, tannins, inorganic salts, volatile oils, alkaloids, glycosides, etc. These ingredients have both effective ingredients and ineffective impurities. If the impurities are not removed as much as possible, the quality and stability of the preparation will be affected. Therefore, the Natural Herbal medicine extraction concentration machine is very important.   The author has learned that the extraction and concentrator currently used in the production of Natural Herbal medicine not only has a small footprint, is exquisitely produced, and has complete supporting facilities, but is also very convenient to operate. It is more suitable for small batches and multi-variety production methods. The equipment has complete functions and is suitable for water extraction and alcohol extraction. It can carry out atmospheric and negative pressure extraction and can recover volatile oil.     In addition, the equipment is also equipped with a vacuum converter and a control box, which is easy to operate, and can achieve normal temperature extraction and low temperature concentration; normal temperature extraction and normal temperature concentration; low temperature extraction and low temperature concentration and other process requirements.   "The electric heating structure of the extraction and concentration machine is advanced, safe, fast heating and cooling, and even heating. The tank is equipped with a safety decompression device to ensure safe use." The manufacturer said that the reflux extraction process can be realized, reducing the extraction and concentration time and saving Solvent. The unique oil-water separator design integrates the vacuum conversion function to make the oil-water separation effect better. The equipment is made of glass for easy observation.   Experts remind that there are some things to pay attention to when using the Natural Herbal medicine extraction and concentrator. Take the heat recirculation unit as an example, 4 points need to be paid attention to when using the heat recirculation unit. To determine the amount of medicinal materials in each tank through verification, the principle of heat reflux extraction determines that the amount of material is larger than that of the multifunctional extraction tank.     Second, determine the time to start reflux according to the concentration of the chemical solution. If the reflux time is too early and the concentration of the extract is low, the effective extraction time will be prolonged. If the reflux time is too late, the saturation of the extract is not conducive to the extraction of active ingredients and wastes energy.   "One hour after the extraction (boiling), part of the liquid medicine should be put into the concentration tank, and the reflux and timing should be started. Note that the air in the tank should be removed when the extraction tank is boiling, otherwise pressure will be generated in the tank." Experts said.   Third, the temperature of the reflux liquid must be controlled and not too low. At the same time, it is necessary to control the temperature in the extraction tank and try to maintain a constant temperature. Cold extraction (below 90℃) has less impurities, good clarity, high heat extraction efficiency, and poor clarity.     The purpose of boiling is to enhance the diffusion and penetration of the solution. Boiling Ruiran can reduce the concentration difference of the solution in a short time, but it will dissolve many macromolecular impurities.   Fourth, determine the extraction and concentration time. Excessive extraction will increase the impurities in the extraction solution and make the later separation more difficult. If the time is too short, the extraction will be incomplete, and the raw materials will be wasted (the solution concentration needs to be checked during the extraction process).

Causes of asymmetry of V Blender and correct operation Due to the excellent performance of the V Blender and the relatively complex system parameters, if non-professionals do not understand it, it is easy to have some failures in early use, such as asymmetry when using the V Blender, then the mixing work What is the reason for the asymmetry of the V Blender? Then, how should we operate the V Blender? Below, I will briefly introduce you how to do the operation on V blender and maintenance on V Blender. Reasons for asymmetry of V Blender: The V Blender mixing barrel is two asymmetrical cylinders, made of δ3mm304 or SS316L high-quality stainless steel plate circle and formed by round and close welding. Facilitate the cleaning of the cylinder body after the material is mixed. The V Blender transmission system is composed of motor, reducer, sprocket, bearing, transmission shaft and other parts. The transmission shaft is fixedly welded on the cylinder wall and reinforced with δ5.0mm steel plate. There is no jitter, no eccentricity, and low noise during the working process. Convenient maintenance, long service life, stable operation and other characteristics. The frame of V Type Mixing Machine is made of channel steel welding, which is welded firmly, and the frame is made of 304 stainless steel, and the surface is flat and scratch-free. The two ends of the transmission frame are movable doors, which are convenient for maintenance and repair. Electrically controlled and sensitive. The mixing time is controlled by a digital display time relay. The mixing time of V blender is set according to the requirements of the actual production process of the mixing. The inching button is used to move the cylinder to the appropriate loading position or discharging position, and the material is in and out. . Reduce labor intensity and improve production efficiency.         Correct operation of V Blender:   In the case of conveying materials, open the feed port of V Mixing Machine, close the discharge port according to the technical control requirements, and put a certain amount of material into the V Blender loading hopper. At the end of the feed, in order to prevent the material from flowing out during mixing, the feed port must be closed and locked. During machine operation time, turn on the power button, turn the stop button to the left, start V Type Mixer reverse button, and adjust the motor speed within the speed range specified in the technical rules to mix the cargo at 3-12R/min. When the mixed materil reaches the technical rules, after the speed button of the conditioning motor stops, the discharge port of the mixer should face the ground, and the speed button of the adjustment motor should be adjusted to 0 position v agitator. Rotate the stop button to the right to block the power supply . On end of the V Blender is equipped with a motor and a reducer. The power of the motor is transmitted to the reducer through a belt, and then the reducer is transmitted to the V barrel through a coupling. The V-shaped barrels are operated one by one, and the materials in the moving barrel are mixed, down, left and right mixed in the barrel. The V-shaped mixer organizes the moving cylinder by decelerating the rotation, and uses the asymmetry formed by the unequal length of the two cylinders of the mixer for mixing. When the mixer moves, due to the difference in potential energy, the material changes from differentiation to combination. Due to the difference in potential energy, a lateral force is generated to promote the horizontal transfer of the material. When materials change from combination to differentiation, due to different material levels, lateral forces are generated to promote the horizontal transfer of materials.  

How to improve the extract Extract Paste collection rate of the Heat reflux herbal extraction and concentration System?   Compared with the traditional concentration process, the Heat reflux extraction and concentration process has strong adaptability, high Extract Paste yield, short extraction time, and lower temperature than the traditional concentration process, which saves solvent to a certain extent and has a high degree of automation, The required labor cost is small, and it is widely favored by the market.     According to the industry, in the work process of Heat reflux extraction and concentration, the work of collecting Extract Paste is a crucial link. The determination of the yield rate is very important for the extraction of medicines and new articles, and it is directly related to the selection of future dosage forms and the determination of preparation technology.   Among them, in the field of Medicinal Herbal Plant, the extracts paste yield is an important production management index in the pharmaceutical industry of Medicinal Herbal Plant, which is directly related to the quality and cost of the product. The higher the yield of Medicinal herbal plant, the more complete the extraction of the medicine, and the more pure the composition of the medicine to a certain extent. Therefore, Medicinal herbal plant medicin manufacturers and manufacturing companies attach great importance to the yield of medicines. So, for manufacturing companies, how can we increase the Extract Paste yield of the Heat reflux extraction and concentration process system?     According to experts, the yield of extracts paste is mainly calculated by dividing the amount of extracts produced by the amount of medicinal materials. It generally refers to the yield of dry extracts. In the measurement, you can absorb 25ml of the solution with a constant volume. After the solution is dried, put it into a weighing evaporating dish and perform vacuum drying treatment until it reaches a constant weight. The formula for calculating the concentrates yield: Cocentrates yield (%) = (Dried Extracts x dilution factor/medicinal material weight) x 100%. The main method to increase the yield of Extract Paste is to pay attention to the appropriate amount of solvent in the process of heat reflux shrinkage extraction, increase the extraction time within a certain range, and increase the number of extractions reasonably.   Pay attention to material selection   Technical personnel in the industry said that first of all, in order to increase the yield of Extract Paste, more attention must be paid to the selection of materials. The particle size of the material and the scale that can be carried by the heat reflux extraction and concentration equipment should be controlled.   In addition, some materials are difficult to concentrate and extract. For example, if some medicinal materials with less powder content are concentrated and extracted, no matter how the process is improved, the extracts yield cannot be improved.   Pay attention to the order of feeding   In the process of collecting Extract Paste, the order of feeding is very important, and it must be accurate to ensure the success of Extract Paste collection.   Reasonable planning and extraction of process parameters   The extraction process parameters affect the cocentrates effect and success rate of the medicine. The parameters include soaking time, heating time, holding time, intermediate stirring or circulation time, etc.       To sum up, to improve the rate of medicinal herbal plant concentration collection requires the selection of materials, to control the scale of the feeding and the particle size of the feeding medicinal materials, to ensure that the feeding sequence is accurate, and to plan the extraction process parameters reasonably. The industry reminds that if the Extract Paste collection rate has not been improved, it is necessary to consider converting the process or reformulating the formula.   It is reported that due to the late start of the research on the extraction and concentration process in our country, the experience in the extraction and concentration of animals, plants and other medicines is not mature enough, the heat reflux extraction and concentration process system is currently a relatively common method for extraction and concentration. As an important index in this system, the Extract Paste collection rate must be improved. At the same time, it is also necessary to pay attention to the principle of proper amount to control the Extract Paste collection rate within a reasonable range.  

What should I do if the effluent quality of the pharmaceutical Water Purification Machine has deteriorated?   In the pharmaceutical industry, purification water is an indispensable factor, and the quality of purification water in the production process of medicines will have a direct impact on the variety of medicines. Therefore, pharmaceutical water has high requirements for water quality, and the quality of its products is subject to strict supervision.   With the development of science and technology, pharmaceutical equipment is constantly updated and upgraded, and the existing pharmaceutical industry generally uses pure water equipment to improve the production water environment.     Due to the adaptability and flexibility of the Water Purification Machine, it can meet the industry's requirements for aseptic pure water, which brings convenience to the production and operation of the pharmaceutical factory, and is a guarantee for the safety of water supply in the pharmaceutical industry.   However, there are various types of pure water equipment on the market and there are many manufacturers. For pharmaceutical companies, when purchasing pharmaceutical purification water machine, both process design and material selection must be rigorous.     Recently, some users said that the quality of the water purification equipment used by them is guaranteed, but after a period of time, the water quality still appears to be degraded. Is this situation normal and what should be done?   Some factory technicians said that the use effect and life span of the water purification equipment is not only related to its own quality, but also related to whether the user’s usual operation is standardized and whether it is regularly maintained. Therefore, when the water quality of the water purification machine decreases, there is no need to worry about the equipment. Check and troubleshoot.     So, how to deal with the deterioration of the water quality of the water purification machine? Some treatment methods compiled by the above-mentioned persons are for reference in the industry.   1. Check whether the working environment of the water purification machine is qualified, because the pure water equipment has certain requirements for the working conditions. If the water inlet index and working environment do not meet the working requirements, it will directly affect the water production effect, thereby reducing the pure water equipment The quality of the water produced; 2. In the face of unreasonable filter material gradation, the type of filter material should be changed or the thickness of the filter material layer should be increased: 3. Strengthen the pre-treatment system to reduce the content of organic matter in the influent; 4. Strengthen the coagulation treatment effect of the influent, and select and use more effective coagulants; 5. Shut down the tank to overhaul the backwash water distribution system; 6. Reduce the filtration rate; 7. Find the cause of the air lock and eliminate it; 8. Find the cause of the mud ball and eliminate it.     At the same time, the person also suggested that users need to regularly maintain the water purification machine. For example, the internal filter element should be cleaned or replaced regularly, and the internal filter element should be cleaned or replaced regularly for ultra-water treatment equipment. Because no matter what kind of material is used, the filter element will absorb a lot of impurities after a period of work, and it is easy to become a breeding ground for bacteria.   In the life cycle of the filter element, the standard of regular replacement should be strictly implemented, and the post-maintenance service of the filter element should be standardized to ensure the water quality of the pure water equipment.     In addition, users also need to clean the water purification machine regularly, which can effectively improve the service cycle and use effect of the equipment. As far as the cleaning method of pure water equipment is concerned, users can clean themselves through the cleaning instructions provided by the manufacturer, or they can be cleaned by the manufacturer on their behalf.   The person said that the correct cleaning method of water purification machine is very important and needs to be paid attention to by users. The cleaning steps adopted by the general manufacturers are: first configure the cleaning fluid-input the cleaning fluid at a low flow rate-circulation-soak-high flow water pump cycle-flushing. Regular cleaning can not only ensure the stable water production of the purified water equipment, but also effectively extend it. The service life of the reverse osmosis membrane is improved, and the operating cost is greatly saved.

How to extend the service life of Rapid Mixing Granulator? Don't forget the equipment maintenance work!   The Rapid Mixing Granulator is suitable for medicine, chemical, food and other industries. It is a machine that can mix powder and powder and granulate powder and binder.   The whole process of the Rapid Mixing Granulator consists of two processes: mixing and granulating. The adhesive binder enters the material pot from the conical hopper. After the hopper is closed, under the stirring of the mixing paddle, the powder rotates in the container while the material changes along the direction of the conical wall to gradually form a liquid bridge. Under the action of the squeezing, friction and kneading of the material by the blades and the barrel wall, the material gradually transforms into a loose material. Then, the discharge door is opened, and the wet particles push the discharge hopper under the action of the centrifugal force of the blade.   The soft material of the agglomerate structure is not granulated by forced extrusion, but is cut by a granulating knife. The soft material is cut into small and uniform particles in a semi-fluid state, realizing the mutual transformation of materials.   The advanced Rapid Mixing Granulator is programmable by the whole machine, and the process is unified to ensure stable quality. It can also be manually operated to facilitate the exploration of process parameters and processes. Both the stirring blade and the cutting knife adopt frequency conversion speed regulation, which is easy to control the particle size.     In addition, the rotating shaft cavity of the Rapid Mixing Granulator is inflated and sealed, which eliminates the phenomenon of dust adhesion and has an automatic cleaning function. The conical chute makes the material roll evenly. The bottom of the barrel is an interlayer with a built-in water-cooling circulation system. The constant temperature performance is better than the general air-cooling system, which improves the quality of the particles.   The lid of the Rapid Mixing Granulator automatically opens and closes, the discharge port matches the drying equipment, and the large model comes with an escalator for easy operation. The lifting system with blades is more conducive to the cleaning of blades and pot body.     So, how to extend the service life of the Rapid Mixing Granulator? Taking the high-speed wet mixing granulator equipment as an example, the staff of LTPM CHINA stated that maintenance should be divided into daily, half-year and full-year maintenance.   In daily maintenance work, check whether the machine is clean before starting up. If there is dirt, clean it in time, and wipe the inner wall of the pot and the surface of the machine body with 75% alcohol. To check the compressed air pressure, the pressure should be 0.6Pa. If it is too high or too low, adjust the pressure valve in time.   The operator should check the rotation flexibility of the stirring knife of the Rapid Mixing Granulator, the flexibility of the cutting knife rotation, the button switch indicator, the air tightness of the pot cover sealing ring, the air tightness of the discharge port sealing ring, and the flexibility of the discharge piston. The flexibility and direction of rotation of the stirring paddle and the chopping knife, the accuracy of the stirring and cutting timer, etc. If the equipment is abnormal, it must be repaired or replaced in time.   During the half-year maintenance work of the Rapid Mixing Granulator, the operator should check the wear of the motor timing belt, replace the damaged timing belt, adjust the belt tensioning mechanism to make it appropriate; add lubricating oil and oil surface to the reducer It should not be lower than the center line of the oil dipstick.   In addition, check whether the connecting fixing screws in the chassis are loose, and add grease to the oil cup; check the distribution box, remove dust from it, tighten the wiring terminals, and check the operation of the inverter.     In terms of the annual maintenance of the Rapid Mixing Granulator, the operator must cut off the main power supply of the high-speed Rapid Mixing Granulator to thoroughly clean the inside of the main engine to remove oil and powder. The electrical components and instruments of the high-speed wet mixing granulator should be inspected and replaced if damaged.   What needs to be reminded is that it is necessary to check the connection of the high-speed wet-process mixing granulator, and deal with or replace it if it is loose or rusted. Check the effect of the anti-rotation block of the high-speed wet mixing granulator, and replace the poor performance.   Enterprises should install a high-speed wet-process mixing granulator to adjust the gaps between components, disassemble the main motor of the high-speed wet-process mixing granulator, and thoroughly clean the internal oil and powder. Regardless of whether it is daily, half a year, or throughout the year, the relevant maintenance records must be filled in in time.

Why is the reason of centrifugal spray dryer appear to stick to the spray drying chamber? How to solve the problem on Spray Drying Machine Powder sticking?   The centrifugal spray dryer is a device that uses a centrifugal atomizer to dry some liquid materials. Spray Dryer has the characteristics of fast drying speed, simplified production process, suitable for continuous control of production, and improved product purity. It is widely used in food, chemical, pharmaceutical, and pharmaceutical industries. Environmental protection and other industries.     The working principle of the centrifugal spray dryer is: the air passes through the filter and the heater, enters the air distributor on the top of the centrifugal spray dryer, and the hot air enters the spray drying machine chamber uniformly in a spiral shape. The material liquid is pumped from the material liquid tank through the filter to the centrifugal atomizer on the top of the spray drying machine chamber, so that the material liquid is sprayed into very small mist droplets. The material liquid contacts the hot air in parallel, and the water evaporates quickly. It is dried into finished product instantly, and the finished product is discharged from the bottom of the spray drying machine tower and cyclone separator, and the exhaust gas is discharged by the fan. It is understood that users can also select the heating method, dust collection and dust removal method according to the actual situation.   At present, the application of centrifugal spray dryers in the field of medicine has been very extensive. There are a wide variety of products on the market, which makes the drying efficiency of the pharmaceutical industry higher. In order to improve the uniformity, fluidity and solubility of the material products, some equipment manufacturers also Intensify research and development, continue to innovate the process, and create a high-speed centrifugal spray dryer with faster drying speed, higher product purity, and more convenient operation and control to meet the new needs and requirements of material drying of pharmaceutical companies.   It is worth mentioning that in the process of using centrifugal spray dryers, many users often find that the Atomization Nozzle of the equipment are malfunctioning. For example, during the production process of centrifugal spray dryers, the speed of the Atomization nozzles is too low, the evaporation rate is too low, and the centrifugal atomize nozzles are running. There are noises or vibrations from time to time, and even the equipment cannot work normally. Therefore, it is very important to understand the causes of spray nozzle failures and solve the problems.     So, how should we deal with it? The industry believes that there are two aspects for reference. First, if you find noise or vibration during the operation of the centrifugal nozzle in Spray Drying machine Chamber, it may be caused by improper cleaning and maintenance of the spray dryer nozzle, resulting in residual substances in the nozzle or bending and deformation of the spindle; the second may also be Caused by poor dynamic balance of the centrifugal disc.   "If the nozzle speed is too low and the spray drying evaporation rate is too low, it may be that the centrifugal nozzle components are malfunctioning. You need to stop using the nozzle first and check the internal components of the nozzle. The reason may be: the air volume of the entire system is reduced; the inlet temperature of the hot air is low; There is air leakage in the equipment, and cold air enters the drying room." The above-mentioned person said.     It is very important to clean and maintain the spray nozzle of the centrifugal spray dryer regularly, otherwise it may cause subsequent failures from time to time. To solve the problems caused by this kind of reasons, the method is to check whether there are residual substances in the spray disk, and if there is any, spray drying machine should be cleaned in time; if the spindle is found to be abnormal, it must be replaced. The dynamic balance of the centrifugal disk should be re-adjusted or replaced to solve the problem of nozzle failure.   In addition, it is suggested in the industry to check whether the rotation speed of the centrifuge is normal; check whether the position of the spray dryer centrifuge regulating valve is correct; check whether the air filter and air heater pipes are blocked; check whether the grid voltage is normal; check whether the electric heater is normal Work; check whether the connection of each component of the spray dryer is sealed, etc., and do a good job of inspection to further troubleshoot and solve the problem, to ensure the stability of the equipment next time.

The Development and Advantages of Dry Granulation (Roller Compactor) Technology   Dry granulation is a new granulation process developed following traditional wet granulation. People also call it Roller Compactor, or roller compacting technology. It is a granulation process that uses the crystal water of the material itself to directly compress, form, crush, and granulate the raw material powder through the extrusion of a dry granulator press roller.   The characteristics of the dry granulator: the raw material powder is directly formed and granulated continuously, and humidification and drying processes are omitted, and a large amount of electric energy is saved: the environmentally-friendly granulation process does not need to add a binder, which is economical and pollution-free. Dry granulator, Roller Compactor is an energy-saving and environmentally friendly equipment with low investment, high efficiency and saving manpower, material and financial resources. Roller Compactor is the best next generation for Granulation Process.   Overview of Dry Granulator (Roller Compactor)   The pharmaceutical industry involves the processing of various active pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)and one or more excipients. Most of these raw materials are fine powders, and these powders have different particle sizes, uneven densities, and poor fluidity. Easy to shape. Therefore, a key granulation process must be carried out before the next stage of tablet compression, capsule filling, or direct packaging of raw materials in granular form. At present, there are mainly 4 kinds of granulation processes:   1. Traditional wet granulation:     a. Z Type Through Mixer---Swaying Granulator(Oscillating Granulator) That is, the through mixer first mixes into a wet "soft material", and then granulates it by shaking the granulator. At present, this method is still used by some manufacturers, but this type of equipment has problems such as uneven mixing, unclean cleaning, poor sealing, and oil leakage.   b. Wet Method Rapid Mixing Granulator This is most popular technology nowadays for doing granulation, especially for tablet and capsule production. People call it RMG or high shear mixer Pour dry powder into mixing barrel and machine spray binder inside for granulation process. The inconvenience to use this machine is this process requires Drying process after granulation. Even during granulation, it requires binder solvent.     2. Fluid Bed Granulation (FBG):     This process is a comprehensive application of spray technology and fluidization technology, so that the traditional mixing, granulation, and drying process can be completed in the same airtight container at one time. Similarly, its equipment and process requires a large amount of adhesives, sewage treatment after cleaning, and the granulation time is too long. Fluid Bed Granulation process requires higher energy consumption and this is a batch type granulation which may cause risk of Different Granulation batches quality variable.   3. Dry granulation (Roller Compactor):     The technology of dry granulator can be completed by roller flat pressing granulator. A Chinese medicine extract with a certain relative density is spray-dried to obtain a dry extract powder. After adding certain auxiliary materials, it is pressed into thin slices by a dry extrusion granulator, and then crushed into granules. Dry granulator This method requires less auxiliary materials, which is beneficial to improve the stability, disintegration and dispersibility of the granules. Generally, add 0.5-1 times of auxiliary materials to dry extract powder. However, it should also be noted that the dry extract obtained by spray drying is highly hygroscopic. Therefore, the key to the application of this method is to find suitable auxiliary materials, which must have a certain degree of adhesion and are not easy to absorb moisture, such as lactose, pregelatinized starch, mannitol, water-soluble acrylic resin and cellulose derivatives Wait.   The purpose of dry granulation operation of dry granulator   1. Make the material into an ideal structure and shape; 2. In order to accurately quantify, dispense and manage; 3. Reduce fly dust pollution of powder; 4. Make a segregation-free mixture of different types of particle systems; 5. Improve product appearance; 6. Prevent agglomeration during the production of certain solid phases; 7. Improve the flow characteristics of separated raw materials; 8. Increase the volume and mass of the powder, which is convenient for storage and transportation; 9. Reduce the hazards in the handling of toxic and corrosive materials; 10. Control the dissolution rate of the product; 11. Adjust the porosity and specific surface area of ​​the finished product; 12. Improve heat transfer effect and help combustion; 13. Adapt to different biological processes.

Research on the Trend of Packaging Machinery Design   LTPM CHINA packaging machinery design is based on market research and market analysis, and strives to serve customers. With the development of science and technology and the intensification of market competition, customers have higher and higher requirements for mechanical performance, mainly in the following aspects:   1. High productivity to meet the requirements of delivery time and reduce the cost of process circulation; for some products, packaging machinery and production machinery are also required to be connected. 2. To meet the needs of product renewal, packaging machinery must have high flexibility and flexibility. 3. There are few equipment failures, and remote diagnosis services can be carried out if there is a failure. 4. Low environmental pollution, including noise, dust and waste pollution. 5. The investment in purchasing equipment should be as small as possible, and the price should be as low as possible.     LTPM CHINA has taken the following measures to meet the above customer requirements:   1. Improve the Degree of Automation of the Process   A few years ago, automation technology only accounted for 30% of packaging machinery design, now it accounts for more than 50%, and a large number of microcomputer design and mechatronics control are used. The purpose of increasing the degree of automation of packaging machinery is to increase productivity; the second is to improve the flexibility and flexibility of the equipment; the third is to improve the ability of packaging machinery to complete complex actions, that is, the use of robots to complete the packaging process. For example, the packaging of chocolate candies has realized the use of robots to replace the original manual.   The packaging machinery automation design has the following two main characteristics:   1. Each Manipulator is Controlled by A Separate Computer In order to complete a complex packaging action, a packaging machine needs to be completed by multiple manipulators. When the packaging action is completed, under the information and monitoring of the computer-controlled camera, the manipulator completes the required actions according to the instructions of the computer program to ensure the quality of the packaging.   2. With High Resolution of Material and Thickness In the packaging process, the thickness and material changes of packaging materials are not easily distinguished by human eyes. Therefore, computer-controlled cameras and detectors are often used to distinguish the thickness and material changes of packaging materials when designing packaging machinery. The camera has now been developed to be able to check and distinguish the photographed pictures on its own, and display it on the screen. At present, the speed of the machine cannot be changed during processing. In the future, the speed should be changed after distinguishing according to the change of the material, so as to control the work under the automatic state, complete the packaging process in the shortest time, and realize automatic cleaning, automatic disinfection and automatic clean.   2. Improve Productivity, Reduce Process Cost, and Meet Production Requirements to the Utmost Extent   LTPM CHINA packaging machinery has the characteristics of high speed, complete set, high degree of automation and good reliability. Its beverage filling speed is as high as 1200 bottles/hour. Increasing the machine speed is a complicated problem. The faster the speed, the lower the production cost per piece, but the area of ​​the plant will increase accordingly.   In addition, the motor speed is also limited, so you can't think as fast as you want. Generally speaking, a 15-20% increase in speed will bring about a series of complex problems.     In addition to increasing the speed, the productivity can also be solved through other channels:   1. Use Continuous Work or Multi-head Work There are intermittent and continuous working modes of packaging machinery. When designing, you should strive to be designed to work continuously, which increases productivity; there can also be multiple production lines in one equipment to produce the same product or several different products, but Reliability must be improved.   2. Reduce Scrap Rate and Provide Failure Analysis System The loss caused by waste products to production is huge, not only product loss, but also material loss. Therefore, we must try our best to reduce the scrap rate; when packaging machinery is sold, we should also provide a fault analysis system for maintenance services, that is, conduct modal analysis to find faults, or perform remote diagnosis through the network to maximize customer needs. In the future, the packaging machinery will be further intelligentized, that is, the equipment finds faults on its own, and solves the faults by itself, so as to reduce the rejection rate and failure rate, so that the normal productivity can be improved.   3. Integrate Product Production Machinery and Packaging Machinery Many products are then packaged when the production is completed, which is also beneficial to increase the productivity of the product. For example, the chocolate production equipment and packaging equipment produced in Germany are controlled by a system. The key to the integration of the two is to solve the problem of matching each other in productivity. Among them, packaging machinery often becomes the bottleneck of production, so it is necessary to provide equipment with different types of productivity.   3. Adapt to Product Changes and Design Equipment with Good Flexibility and Flexibility   In order to adapt to the fierce part of the market, many packaged products have shorter and shorter replacement cycles. For example, the production of cosmetics changes every three years or even every quarter, and the production volume is very large. Therefore, packaging machinery is required to have good flexibility and flexibility, so that the life of the packaging machinery is much longer than the life cycle of the product, so that it can be economical. Sexual requirements.     In order to make the packaging machinery have good flexibility and flexibility, and improve the degree of automation, it is necessary to adopt a large number of microcomputer technology, module technology and unit combination forms. In order to adapt to changes in packaging product varieties and packaging types, the flexibility and flexibility of packaging machinery and equipment are often manifested in the following three aspects:   1. Volume Flexibility It can not only pack a single product, but also adapt to the packaging of different batches of products.   2. Flexibility of Construction The whole equipment is composed of units, and one or several units can be used to adapt to product changes.   3. Flexibility of Supply Use unit combination to combine all units together for supply, such as a candy packaging machine. On a common basis, combine different units, three inlets, and four different folding packaging forms, so that one machine can be used at the same time Pack 8-10 different kinds of candies. Operated by multiple manipulators, under the supervision of a camera, command its actions, and pack different types of candies in different ways according to instructions. If the product is changed, just change the program in the camera, so that the device has good flexibility and flexibility.   4. Provide Complete Sets of Equipment   LTPMC CHINA’s packaging machinery design, based on user needs, provides production companies with a structural and economical complete system solution, and uses computer simulation technology to demonstrate the operation to users, and modify them after soliciting users’ opinions. When providing users with automatic production lines or production assembly line equipment, special attention is paid to the integrity of the complete set of equipment. Whether it is high-tech and high value-added equipment or relatively simple equipment, it is provided in accordance with the requirements of compatibility.   LTPM CHINA will also provide complete sets of equipment as its goal. For example, a beverage filling line has more than 200 microcomputers, many pipelines, display screens, and more than 100 software programs that control various packaging actions. In order to meet the productivity of 1200 bottles/hour, two lines must work together. Therefore, the production of the entire beverage filling line takes up half the area of ​​a football field, and all equipment is required to be in one factory.     5. Universal Use of Computer Simulation Design Technology   With the continuous acceleration of new product development, LTPM CHINA packaging machinery design generally adopts computer simulation technology, which means that various machine elements are stored in a computer in a database, and the drawings are digitized and input into the computer, and the computer can automatically synthesize a three-dimensional model. Then enter the actual production data and indicators, enter various possible failures, and the computer three-dimensional model can imitate the real work situation to operate, demonstrating how much productivity can be achieved, how many scraps are there, and the production line has five Whether a section can match the production and where is the bottleneck, so that customers can see at a glance according to the curve displayed on the screen, and can modify the model according to customers' opinions. The computer synthesis speed is very fast, so the modification work is quick and convenient, until the customer or the designer is satisfied. The use of computer simulation design technology greatly shortens the development and design cycle of packaging machinery.     Packaging machinery design should not only pay attention to its function and efficiency, but also to its economy. But economics is not entirely the cost of the machinery and equipment itself, more important is the operating cost, because equipment depreciation only accounts for 6-8% of the cost, and the rest is the operating cost.

Analysis On The Shortcomings Of The Design And Development Of Pharmaceutical Machinery And The Improvement Direction   Pharmaceuticals are special products related to human health and safety, and they need to undergo a series of certifications before they are circulated in the market. This also requires that pharmaceuticals must be strictly controlled in all aspects of production. Among them, in the equipment link, the quality of drugs produced by pharmaceutical companies depends on the technological level of pharmaceutical machinery and equipment. Therefore, the design and development of pharmaceutical machinery is particularly important.     In recent years, with the improvement of the development and design level of pharmaceutical machinery, it has strongly promoted the upgrading of my country's pharmaceutical industry and brought good news to people's lives and health. But at present, there are still some shortcomings in the design and development of domestic pharmaceutical machinery. This article mainly analyzes this briefly.   One is safety. The quality of pharmaceutical machinery and equipment is closely related to the safety of drugs. In the process of pharmaceutical production, if equipment failures or pollution problems occur, it will affect the normal operation of the equipment and even the life safety of patients taking drugs. In recent years, with the tightening of industry supervision, the safety of pharmaceutical production has been frequently exposed, which has aroused great concern in the industry.   For pharmaceutical machine designers, in the design and manufacture of pharmaceutical machinery, the safety of pharmaceutical production should be fully considered to ensure the efficient application of machinery and equipment.   The second aspect is to prevent cross-contamination. The design of some pharmaceutical machinery often has shortcomings in preventing cross-contamination and cleaning. For example, the cleaning machine designed by a pharmaceutical machine company, although the macro design meets the automatic process of online cleaning, online sterilization, online drying, automatic discharging and other functions, but its rotating parts are in the cleaning liquid. Middle friction is bound to cause pollution.     In this regard, in the design process, R&D personnel should pay attention to the problem of cross-contamination, have a deep understanding of the knowledge structure, strengthen communication with users, and avoid pollution.   Third, in terms of equipment installation and commissioning, many pharmaceutical machinery companies often make some small mistakes during commissioning and installation, causing rework design and other situations, affecting equipment research and development results, and delaying the production date of the equipment.   Therefore, pharmaceutical machinery companies need to improve the installation process of pharmaceutical equipment, which is of great significance for improving the efficiency of research and development of pharmaceutical machinery and equipment.   Fourth, in terms of private customized services, pharmaceutical companies can improve their profits and competitiveness by providing users with customized services, and at the same time create products that meet their own needs. However, in the actual operation process, due to the different needs of different customers and different equipment requirements, such a customized model will greatly reduce the production efficiency of pharmaceutical machinery design and development enterprises.     Regarding this issue, the industry believes that it is necessary for companies to strengthen communication with users, and while meeting customer needs, take a series of measures to improve corporate production efficiency, thereby enhancing the mutual benefits of both parties.   Fifth, in terms of intellectual property protection, intellectual property is the key for companies to ensure their core technology and rights. Since the pharmaceutical machinery industry is a technology-intensive industry, a large number of intellectual property issues are often involved in the design and development process, so companies are designing and developing At this stage, it is necessary to attach great importance to intellectual property issues. At this stage, the understanding of intellectual property rights of the pharmaceutical robots is still insufficient. Due to the low market threshold and the difficulty of supervision, many unscrupulous manufacturers exploit loopholes and steal the knowledge achievements of others, which seriously hinders the overall development of the industry.   In the context of the accelerated transformation and upgrading of the pharmaceutical industry and the growth of fixed asset investment, the pharmaceutical machinery industry is expected to usher in new opportunities and develop from the low-end to the high-end. In this context, pharmaceutical machinery companies should pay more attention to the protection of intellectual property rights of pharmaceutical machinery and equipment to safeguard their own interests.

Principle, characteristics, maintenance and repair of high speed mixing granulator   The high speed mixing granulator is a new type of granulator, which integrates crushing, mixing and granulating. Driven by a special impeller, the machine can rotate, propel and scatter the materials, and can achieve ideal mixing in a very short time. Then, under the action of binder, the fully wetted soft material is made, and then under the action of special granulating paddle, the uniform particles are quickly cut.   The high speed mixing granulator is supported by the fuselage, the pot is the material container, the stirring rotation and the cutting flying knife transmission are the power, the material is stirred by the stirring impeller, so that the material can be rolled and mixed evenly in a short time, and then the particles are made by the cutting flying knife, and then discharged from the discharge port, and the rotation speed of the stirring and cutting flying knife is changed, so as to obtain different sizes of particles. High speed mixing granulator is a kind of equipment which can mix different powdery materials in one process and make granules. It is widely used in pharmaceutical, food, chemical and other industries.     Principle of high speed mixing granulator:   The high speed mixing granulator uses the high-speed side slice and the bottom plane rotating blade to mix the powder of different particles under the condition of cross rotation. Because the bottom, middle and upper parts of the mixing tank are parallel, cylindrical and conical design, the powder raw materials are continuously brought to the center of the tank during the mixing process, and acted by the strong and powerful shear fracture force of the secondary shaft, The granulation effect of up-down and rotary flow will be formed in the tank.     Features of high speed mixing granulator:   1. Short granulating time and energy saving. 2. The whole operation has strict safety protection measures. 3. Compared with the traditional process, the adhesive is reduced by 25% and the drying time is shortened. 4. The machine adopts horizontal cylinder or conical structure, users can choose freely. 5. There is no dead angle in the inner surface of the equipment, and it works in a closed state, meeting the requirements of "GMP". 6. The prepared granules have uniform texture and good fluidity, providing ideal granular raw materials for tablet pressing process. 7. Each batch is only dry mixed for 2 minutes, granulation for 1-4 minutes, the efficiency is 4-5 times higher than the traditional process. 8. When the difference between the main drug and excipients is large, it can still achieve uniform combination without stratification.     Maintenance of high speed mixing granulator:   1. The extension time of the machine is 10 seconds from the closing of the last motor. Therefore, the extended time should be checked before using the machine, which can only be adjusted by professional personnel, and the interlocking time should not be changed arbitrarily. 2. The vent hole and observation hole on the material pot cover are equipped with protective strip, which can't be removed at will. 3. When changing the product or batch number, clean the seal (after cleaning the material pot). The cleaning and sealing steps are as follows: (1) Supination of the centrosome (left rotation); (2) Remove the pad and remove the mixing slurry with the slurry extractor; (3) Loosen and remove the screws before removing the seal assembly. Clean and check the components, which should be intact, or replace them; (4) Clean the sealing chamber with brush and water; (5) After the seal is dry or a new seal is replaced, apply lubrication to the flange on the shaft seal ring. 4. Check the V-belt once a week to ensure there is no serious wear and proper tension. Otherwise, replace the V-belt or adjust the tension with screws. The reducer uses 90 ° oil. After 1500 hours of operation, the oil in the reducer will be completely changed, and then the oil will be changed every six months. 5. The shredding part shall be disassembled and cleaned every month, and lubricating oil shall be added once. 6. Always observe the two water leakage holes on the rear lower plate of the equipment, which are connected with the drainage pipes of mixing seal and chopping seal. When the water leakage occurs in the water leakage hole, it indicates that the sealing rings of mixing and chopping are damaged and should be replaced in time.    

The reason and correct operation of V-type mixer asymmetry   Due to the excellent performance and relatively complex system parameters of V-type mixer, if non professionals do not understand, it is easy to have some fault problems in the early use, such as the asymmetry phenomenon when using V-type mixer. What is the reason for the asymmetry of V-type mixer in the mixing work? So, how do we operate the V-type mixer? Now, I'll give you a brief introduction.     The causes of V-type mixer asymmetry are as follows:   The mixing drum is two asymmetric cylinders, and the mixing drum is composed of two cylinders δ 3mm304 high quality stainless steel plate ring is formed by circular seal welding. Both ends of the V-type mixing cylinder are equipped with elliptical heads, and feed ports are installed on both heads, which is more conducive to the cleaning of the cylinder after the mixing of materials.     The transmission system is composed of motor, reducer, chain wheel, bearing, transmission shaft and other parts. The transmission shaft is fixed and welded on the cylinder wall, and has δ 5.0 mm steel plate reinforcement, no shaking, no eccentric phenomenon in the working process, low noise, easy maintenance, long service life, smooth operation and other characteristics.   The frame of the mixer is welded with channel steel, and the welding is firm. The frame is made of 304 stainless steel, with smooth surface and no scratch. The two ends of the transmission frame are movable doors, which are convenient for maintenance and repair.   The electrical control is sensitive. The control of mixing time is controlled by digital time relay. The mixing time is set according to the requirements of the actual production process of mixing. The inching button is used to move the cylinder to the appropriate loading position for feeding and discharging. It reduces the labor intensity and improves the production efficiency.     Correct operation of V-type mixer:   In the case of conveying materials, open the feed port of the mixer, close the discharge port according to the technical control requirements, and put a certain amount of materials into the V-shaped hopper. At the end of feeding, in order to avoid material flowing out during mixing, the feeding port must be closed and locked.     During the operation time of the machine, turn on the power button, turn the stop button to the left, start the reverse button of the mixer, and adjust the motor speed within the speed range specified in the technical rules to mix the goods at 600 R / min. When the mixture reaches the technical rules, after the speed button of the conditioning motor stops, the discharge port of the mixer should face the ground, the speed button of the regulating motor should be adjusted to 0 V mixer, and the stop button should be rotated to the right to block the power supply.   One end of the V-type mixer is equipped with a motor and a reducer. The power of the motor is transmitted to the reducer through the belt, and then the reducer is transmitted to the v-barrel through the coupling. The V-shaped barrel operates one by one, and the materials in the moving barrel are mixed, downward, left and right in the barrel.     The V-type mixer organizes the moving cylinder by decelerating rotation, and uses the asymmetry formed by the unequal length of the two cylinders of the mixer to mix. When the mixer moves, due to the difference of potential energy, the material changes from differentiation to combination. Due to the difference of potential energy, the transverse force is generated to promote the horizontal transfer of material. When materials from combination to differentiation, due to the different levels of materials, transverse force is generated to promote the horizontal transfer of materials.

What factors affect the granulated products of the high-speed mixing granulator?   High-speed mixing granulator is a kind of mixing and granulating equipment, which can be used to mix medicine ingredients. In terms of technology, the high-speed mixing granulator combines the two-step process of mixing and granulation, which not only saves time but also meets GMP requirements, reduces cross-contamination, and improves efficiency. The method is well received by users.   However, compared with the requirements of current formulation development, the traditional technology of high-speed mixing and granulation has obvious shortcomings. It is reported that the auxiliary materials used in traditional wet granulation are often limited to powdered sugar, starch, dextrin and so on. Among them, powdered sugar has obvious hygroscopicity; starch will gradually hydrolyze and lose its swelling effect when encountering acid, alkali, or under humid and heated conditions; dextrin interferes with the determination of the content of certain drugs, so the traditional wet granulation Has obvious limitations.     In addition, the traditional process often uses empirical judgments on the proportion of the extract and the consistency of the extract to determine the amount of excipients, which affects the quality control standards of the preparation. For hygroscopic drugs and excipients, if wet granulation technology is used to prepare granules, the granules will be squeezed together, causing adhesion, strip-like soft materials, sticky nets and other phenomena. The prepared granules are too hard and have poor solubility and poor quality. stable.   As the pharmaceutical industry has higher and higher requirements for pharmaceutical technology, wet granulation technology also needs to keep pace with the times. Only more energy-saving, more environmentally safe and safe granulation methods can be applied in the market. The researchers found that the combination of dynamic and static drying, that is, the two-step drying method used in the drying process of wet granulation, can shorten the drying cycle of the wet granules and increase the production efficiency.   It is understood that the granules produced by high-speed mixing and granulation have irregular shapes, uniform particle size distribution, and better structures than other traditional granulation processes, but their granulated products will be affected by many factors.     First, the speed of the stirring blade and the cutting knife. According to the industry, the size and distribution of the particle size is directly related to the speed of the stirring blade and the cutting knife. When the speed of the cutting blade is slow, the particle size becomes larger, and when the speed is fast, the particle size becomes smaller; when the speed of the stirring blade is slow, The particle size is small, and the faster the speed is, the larger the particle size is. The two functions are opposite.   Second, the influence of mixing and granulating procedures and time. During the operation of the high-speed mixing and granulating machine, the rotation of the stirring paddle causes the materials in the pot to roll to the space, so that the bottom materials are thrown up along the wall of the pot, and this action is successively soft. The soft material is pushed to the fast cutting knife and cut into particles of different sizes. As the particles roll over for a period of time, they are rounded and gradually become spherical. It can be seen that the speed and time of the stirring blade and the cutting knife affect the granulation granularity.     Third, the influence of material and concentration. In the production of wet mixed granulation, alcohol granulation or dextrin binder granulation is commonly used, but there are certain differences between the two types of granulation. Alcohol is commonly used for granulation. Because alcohol does not have viscosity and it has a loosening effect, this method is ideal for granulating traditional Chinese medicines with high viscosity. If dextrin is used for granulation, since dextrin is viscous and has a polymerization effect, the particles produced are large and coarse, and the drying is slow. This method is ideal for western medicine without viscosity.     In addition, whether it is used as a material after dilution of concentrated extract, or using dextrin or other binder materials, when producing smaller particles, the slurry concentration of the material can be thinner, and when larger particles are required, the material The slurry concentration can be slightly thicker.

A brief analysis of the development status and trend of domestic vacuum freeze dryers   Vacuum freeze-drying technology mainly realizes the removal of moisture by sublimating the moisture in the material. In the biomedicine industry, compared to traditional drying technology, vacuum freeze-drying technology retains its original technical advantages without affecting the appearance and shape of medicines, and preserves biological organisms to a greater extent. The activity is also more conducive to the preservation of biological products, realizing the extension of its preservation time, so it is widely used in the field of medicine. In recent years, with the continuous improvement of domestic biomedical technology and the rapid development of the pharmaceutical industry under the background of an aging population, the development of the vacuum freeze dryer industry has also received attention from the industry. This article mainly makes a brief analysis of the development status and trends of domestic vacuum freeze dryers, for reference only in the industry.     The development status of domestic vacuum freeze dryer   Compared with imported vacuum freeze-drying equipment, domestically-made equipment has obvious price advantages and convenient maintenance. At present, domestically-made vacuum freeze-drying machines can meet the basic drying needs of small and medium-sized enterprises in most fields such as pharmaceuticals and food, and the industry has huge room for development.   The data shows that the domestic vacuum freeze dryer market scale in 2018 is about 900 million yuan. With the development of domestic vacuum freeze-drying technology, and the rapid development of biomedicine, traditional Chinese medicine, food and other fields, the demand for such equipment increases, domestic vacuum freeze-drying machines still have great market potential. The industry predicts that by 2023, my country's vacuum freeze dryer market will exceed 1.74 billion yuan.     It is worth mentioning that compared with imported equipment, domestic vacuum freeze dryers still have a big gap in innovation and other aspects. On the one hand, domestic vacuum freeze dryers are mostly low-end products, and the innovation ability of enterprises is relatively low. It is very difficult to introduce new technologies and new products with independent intellectual property rights.   It is understood that this is mainly due to the late start of my country's vacuum freeze-drying technology, and most small and medium-sized enterprises mainly imitate foreign equipment and have weak autonomy. At present, most of the foreign countries mainly rely on continuous units, which can realize automatic control and simplify manual operation and management. However, domestic enterprises have a clear gap in this regard. Therefore, imported equipment still occupies most of the domestic market share, and domestic enterprises mainly focus on the low-end market, and the homogeneity of products is serious.     On the other hand, in recent years, R&D and innovation in the field of vacuum freeze-drying equipment have mainly relied on universities and research institutes, which are out of touch with vacuum freeze-drying enterprises. This also makes it difficult to effectively transform knowledge achievements into the actual productivity of enterprises. Therefore, it is necessary to continuously strengthen industry-university-research cooperation, go deep into the enterprise, and accelerate the transformation of knowledge achievements in order to promote the technological progress of domestic vacuum drying equipment and the breakthrough of new products.   Trend   From the perspective of the development trend of vacuum freeze-drying equipment, combined with recent changes in the policy environment and market demand, two signals are mainly released: environmental protection and intelligence.     In terms of environmental protection, with the development of society, the supervision of environmental protection in pharmaceutical and other industries has become more and more stringent. The state has also issued a series of policies to support green production enterprises. In this context, the concept of energy saving and environmental protection of vacuum freeze drying equipment has gradually Promote. Vacuum freeze-drying equipment manufacturers need to increase research on environmental protection, continuously reduce equipment energy consumption, and further realize green production, which will bring more benefits and value to society.   In terms of intelligence, domestic vacuum freeze dryers have a lot of room to replace imports. They need to transform from low-end to high-end, continuously strengthen R&D investment, improve independent innovation capabilities, upgrade equipment automation levels, and create more free hands for workers. The economical continuous equipment accelerates the pace of domestic substitution and helps my country’s pharmaceutical and other industries to develop better.

To ensure the safety and effectiveness of drugs, high-end pharmaceutical equipment is essential   With the rapid economic and social development of our country, the public is constantly putting forward higher requirements for the safety, effectiveness, and accessibility of drugs. In order to comply with market demand and bravely innovate and make breakthroughs, many pharmaceutical companies have invested heavily in R&D and production every year, starting to gradually Formed the current complete research and development system from laboratory research, pilot test to industrialization. It is worth mentioning that in this process, the assistance of pharmaceutical equipment is indispensable in every link.     Pharmaceutical equipment refers to the pharmaceutical equipment for chemical raw materials and pharmaceutical production equipment. It has always played an irreplaceable role in the transformation and upgrading of the pharmaceutical industry, as well as in enhancing the competitiveness of enterprises and ensuring the safety and effectiveness of drugs. Especially in recent years, as pharmaceutical equipment continues to become more complex, large-scale, continuous and automated, the impact of equipment on the quality of medicines is becoming more and more serious.   In order to better promote the development of my country's pharmaceutical industry, in recent years, many pharmaceutical equipment companies in my country have begun to comply with market demand, accelerate technological innovation, expand cooperation with foreign countries, and continue to develop toward more integrated, automated, and intelligent high-end equipment.     What is high-end pharmaceutical equipment? From the current point of view, high-end pharmaceutical equipment must first meet equipment standards, market demand, and industry trends; secondly, high-end pharmaceutical equipment has innovative technology, strong software and hardware strength, and high-quality design; in addition, high-end pharmaceutical equipment In addition to higher product quality and performance than ordinary equipment, after-sales service also needs to be no less good.   It is understood that under the active development of pharmaceutical policies and enterprises, many new pharmaceutical equipment have begun to gradually fill up the gaps in my country’s high-end pharmaceutical equipment, such as new preparation process equipment, large-scale bioreactors and auxiliary systems, efficient protein separation and Purification equipment, continuous solid preparation production equipment, advanced powder engineering equipment, etc. At the same time, in the modernization, high-end, and intelligent development of the industry, more and more companies have begun to develop and produce high-end pharmaceutical equipment.     For example, the relevant person in charge of a pharmaceutical equipment company once said that the company is leveraging intelligence and actively innovating equipment technology. "We connect the cartoning machine and the cartoning machine to form a corresponding production line. In addition, we also have a robot palletizer, which can form a complete packaging production line." At present, companies are still competing in the market. As a high-end product, the product has been used by many large companies, and the response has been good.   Other companies have started to build high-end pharmaceutical equipment industrialization projects in 2019. After the project is completed and put into production, the sales revenue is expected to reach 1.2 billion yuan and the annual profit is 180 million yuan. It is worth noting that the launch of the project not only means that the company’s technological innovation will be further upgraded, and will form a solid preparation-laboratory, customized, production-type, and closed-type production line of the entire industry chain, but also means that the company Began to become a complete solution provider that provides stable and reliable solid preparation equipment to domestic and foreign customers.     Of course, in addition to continuous innovation and research and development of higher-quality high-end pharmaceutical equipment, with the current stricter supervision of the pharmaceutical industry, the maintenance and management of pharmaceutical equipment is becoming more and more important. In recent years, drug safety accidents are not uncommon, part of which is due to the existing problems in the management and maintenance of pharmaceutical equipment, mainly including the lack of understanding of the management and maintenance of pharmaceutical equipment by employees, insufficient investment in information technology for pharmaceutical equipment management and maintenance, and the lack of an effective management system. And methods, etc. In response to the above situation, the industry proposes to improve the management and management of pharmaceutical equipment by strengthening the quality awareness of staff, strengthening the information construction of pharmaceutical equipment management and maintenance, implementing a post responsibility system, strengthening personnel functions, and establishing effective management work models. Maintain the level, reduce the incidence of drug safety accidents, and improve the safety of clinical medication.   In general, as industry competition intensifies and the public pays more attention to drug safety, pharmaceutical companies will put forward higher requirements for the safety, production efficiency, and stability of pharmaceutical equipment in the future. In this context, in addition to continuously improving the automation, digitization, and intelligence of equipment, pharmaceutical equipment companies also need to explore more new supporting technologies and applications based on actual conditions to better meet the needs of pharmaceutical companies for high-end equipment. Needs and requirements.

In the future, the coating machine will play an increasingly important role in the pharmaceutical field   The coating machine is a kind of coating equipment which can carry out organic film coating, water-soluble film coating, slow and controlled release coating on tablets, pills, candy, etc. In the pharmaceutical industry, the coating machine can coat and polish the chip evenly, and make it produce a complete consolidated coating; In addition to preventing the chip from oxidation, moisture or volatilization, it can also cover up the uncomfortable smell of the chip.     At present, with the continuous development of the pharmaceutical industry, the coating machine has begun to play an increasingly important role in many fields of the pharmaceutical industry. For example, in the field of traditional Chinese medicine, coated machine-made pills can crush, mix and make pills of all kinds of traditional Chinese medicine, especially precious traditional Chinese medicine. It is a method that patients and pharmaceutical departments are willing to accept. The method is that the powder is put in the pot of the coating machine, and the mother pill is made by spraying water and rotating the coating machine.   In fact, with the rapid development of pharmaceutical and food industries in recent years, the coating machine market has also ushered in a good development opportunity. But in the environment of increasing market demand and fierce market competition, coating machine enterprises are also facing more challenges.     It is understood that in order to enhance the competitiveness of the equipment and boost the development of the pharmaceutical industry, many coating machine manufacturers have begun to upgrade the equipment. For example, some coating equipment manufacturers have designed and developed a new type of automatic coating machine for coating process solutions of various tablets, pills and granules. According to reports, the new automatic coating machine in the front of the overall open design, can clean the interior at high speed, to achieve the effect of zero dead angle. At the same time, the open installation area and pot body can be more convenient for replacement and maintenance space, with a unique air bag sealing structure, fully sealed cavity.     In addition, with the development of domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry, as well as the impact of favorable environment and talent return, many domestic pharmaceutical equipment enterprises have been able to achieve better customized production, and have been put into better use by pharmaceutical enterprises. If there is a pharmaceutical equipment manufacturing enterprise, according to the requirements of customers, it has customized a laboratory coating machine with high-tech to ensure that it can produce various types of products; In addition, it also gives the equipment more flexibility for scale-up.   It is worth noting that some experts pointed out that with the development of intelligent technology, pharmaceutical enterprises and pharmaceutical equipment enterprises may use intelligent and automatic production equipment to achieve higher quality, flexible and customized production in the future. According to the author's understanding, the above experimental coating machine with holes can achieve high automation and easy operation and maintenance through intelligent technology. In addition, according to the introduction, the machine is also equipped with a complete automatic on-line cleaning system, and a cleaning nozzle and a cleaning ball are installed at the required cleaning position of the equipment. Once the side doors of the boiler body are opened, the equipment can be fully approached for quick and simple maintenance. With the above advantages, the device has been well received by customized users.     On the whole, there are various kinds of coating equipment in China, and with the development of technology and rapid progress, more and more products with different functions are also emerging one after another. In this context, the industry expects that in the future, with the development of the pharmaceutical industry, China's coating machine equipment will usher in more opportunities, and the market will continue to expand. However, it should be noted that under the background of the increasing concentration of coating machine equipment industry, coating machine manufacturers need to accelerate the upgrading and innovation of equipment, and pay more attention to the structure, material, flexibility and product quality.  

Opportunities, challenges and trends of pharmaceutical packaging machinery industry   According to their functions, the mechanical equipment of pharmaceutical packaging can be divided into two categories: the equipment for producing pharmaceutical packaging materials and the equipment for completing the pharmaceutical packaging process. In the pharmaceutical field, pharmaceutical packaging machinery is closely related to the quality of drugs, and plays a key role in the shelf life, sales and circulation, use and cost of drugs. In recent years, in the context of pharmaceutical innovation, the requirements of drug quality are constantly improving, and the demand and requirements for pharmaceutical packaging machinery are also increasing.   This paper mainly analyzes the equipment opportunities, challenges and trends in the pharmaceutical packaging machinery industry to complete the pharmaceutical packaging process.     Where are the industry opportunities?   In recent years, in the context of growing demand for medicine, the global pharmaceutical packaging market has broad prospects. According to the data, in 2018, the market size of the global pharmaceutical packaging industry reached US $94.1 billion, with an average annual compound growth rate of 5.6% from 2015 to 2018. According to the prediction of China Business Industry Research Institute, by 2021, the global pharmaceutical packaging market will reach 108.2 billion US dollars.   With the rapid development of the pharmaceutical market, the scale of pharmaceutical packaging industry is very large, which also brings great opportunities to the upstream pharmaceutical packaging machinery industry. It is understood that, especially in recent years, under the background of the innovation and upgrading of the pharmaceutical industry, high-end generic drugs and innovative drugs are born in the continuous research and development. At the same time, the requirements for pharmaceutical packaging will also continue to upgrade, and the demand for high-end pharmaceutical packaging machinery will usher in growth.     Existing challenges   At the same time, we need to see the shortcomings of domestic pharmaceutical packaging machinery. Especially compared with the imported medical packaging equipment, there is still a big gap in the innovation ability, operation stability, automatic control technology and processing accuracy of domestic equipment.   For example, in terms of automatic control technology, foreign pharmaceutical packaging machinery and equipment have basically achieved intelligent and humanized design, while China's pharmaceutical packaging machinery is relatively backward in PC control and interface control. The industry pointed out that in addition to the use of PC control technology, domestic pharmaceutical packaging machinery manufacturing enterprises must also make matching choices in all aspects of materials, design, etc., in order to achieve intelligent control.   The stability of pharmaceutical packaging machinery affects the output. For pharmaceutical production enterprises with large capacity and many kinds of products, equipment stability is the key requirement. However, the domestic pharmaceutical packaging machinery is mainly low-level production, and the stability is not high, which leads to the quality problems of the equipment and affects the whole packaging line. Under the background of higher and higher user requirements, low-level and low stability domestic pharmaceutical packaging machinery will be gradually eliminated. It is urgent for domestic pharmaceutical machinery enterprises to improve their technical level and create more stable products.     Future trends   After seeing the opportunities and challenges, domestic pharmaceutical packaging machinery and equipment enterprises should learn from each other's strong points to make up for their weaknesses. At the same time, they also need to have a keen sense of the market, keep abreast of the market development trend, keep pace with the times, actively improve the product structure, and create new products in line with modern packaging trends, policies and regulations, so as to better meet the market demand, And make the enterprise occupy a more favorable position in the market competition.   From the perspective of the development trend of pharmaceutical packaging machinery and equipment industry, the future mainly presents the trend of integration, high efficiency and intelligence. Domestic pharmaceutical packaging machinery and equipment enterprises should develop in the direction of functional diversification, high-precision structure and intelligent control through the continuous research and application of high-tech, strengthen the market competitiveness of domestic machinery, strengthen the overall level of the pharmaceutical industry, and be more conducive to participate in international competition and accelerate the import substitution speed of high-end pharmaceutical packaging machinery.

To improve the modernization level of pharmaceutical industry, we need to make a breakthrough in pharmaceutical equipment   Data show that in 2020, China's fixed asset investment will reach 51890.7 billion yuan, an increase of 2.9% over the previous year. The pharmaceutical industry has brought strong support to the manufacturing industry, and the investment growth rate of the pharmaceutical manufacturing industry will reach 28.4% in 2020. It is reported that during the 14th Five Year Plan period, China's pharmaceutical industry will achieve seven major goals. One of them is to improve the modernization level of the industrial chain supply chain, make up for the short plate and forging long plate, and solve a number of neck problems as soon as possible. The key tasks also mentioned that we should promote key enterprises to achieve breakthroughs in drug design, production technology, high-end excipients, pharmaceutical equipment and other aspects. As the "mother machine" of pharmaceutical production, pharmaceutical equipment plays an important role in pharmaceutical manufacturing. At present, under the background of investment growth of pharmaceutical manufacturing industry and favorable policies supporting industrial modernization development, pharmaceutical equipment industry is facing both opportunities and challenges. Equipment demand growth The industry is ushering in a new round of boom   According to the data, in 2020, the pharmaceutical special equipment manufacturing industry will achieve a total revenue of 19.787 billion yuan, with a year-on-year growth of 14.57% and a profit margin of 6.44%. This set of data means that in 2015, due to the decrease of equipment demand after the GMP certification peak, the situation of the industry's income and profit decline has changed, and the industry's recovery trend is obvious.   In addition, with the growth of investment in pharmaceutical manufacturing industry in 2020, the demand of pharmaceutical enterprises for the process and equipment required for R & D and industrialization in the industrial chain will continue to expand. In this context, the demand for pharmaceutical equipment is expected to grow, and the industry believes that the industry is ushering in a new round of boom.   In fact, from the data of listed pharmaceutical machinery enterprises that have disclosed the annual data of 2020 and the first quarterly report of 2021, we can also explore the prosperity of the industry. Despite the impact of the epidemic in the first quarter of 2020, after entering the second quarter, the performance of most enterprises improved and still achieved a certain growth in the whole year. In addition, the net profit growth of pharmaceutical machinery enterprises such as Dong Fulong doubled. In 2021, many pharmaceutical machinery enterprises have shown that they have sufficient orders and their performance is in the release period. Promote the modernization of pharmaceutical industry There are still several bottlenecks to be solved in the pharmaceutical machinery industry   At present, there are many kinds of products in China's pharmaceutical equipment market with complete specifications and large output, which can basically meet the needs of domestic pharmaceutical enterprises. However, there are still several bottlenecks to be overcome in promoting the modernization of the pharmaceutical industry.   First, technical bottleneck. After years of development, the domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry has made some progress in process technology. However, some pharmaceutical machinery products such as centrifuges mainly rely on imported parts and technology, which is limited by people. Therefore, to promote the modernization of pharmaceutical industry, we need to break the bottleneck of traditional technology, innovate technology and process products, and realize the high-end development of pharmaceutical machinery industry.   Second, the level of innovation. Due to the small scale and weak capital of most enterprises, there are obvious shortcomings in innovation, which leads to the low-level repeated production of domestic pharmaceutical machinery, and the phenomenon of product homogenization is serious, even among large pharmaceutical machinery enterprises. Under the background of the continuous improvement of pharmaceutical product quality requirements and industry standards, it is necessary to improve the innovation level of pharmaceutical equipment. For pharmaceutical machinery enterprises, with the increasingly fierce market competition in pharmaceutical machinery industry, strengthening investment in product innovation and R & D and actively seeking the road of innovation and transformation are also means to enhance the competitiveness of enterprises. Epilogue   2021 is the first year of China's 14th five year plan. It is the general trend of various industries, including pharmaceutical equipment industry, to promote industrial upgrading by scientific and technological innovation and to promote sustained and high-quality economic development. Facing the new year, pharmaceutical equipment industry enterprises still need to make up for the shortcomings, overcome the "hard bone", realize the innovation and upgrading of domestic pharmaceutical equipment, help to improve the modernization level of pharmaceutical manufacturing industry, and promote the high-quality development of the industry.

The demand of pharmaceutical freeze dryer is expanding, but these problems are worthy of attention   Freeze drying technology is a new type of processing technology, which has the advantages of low temperature drying, less destruction of effective components, loose and easy to dissolve and absorb, drying and sterilization at the same time. Compared with the ordinary drying technology, it is dried at low temperature, and the loss of some volatile components in the material is very small. It can maintain the original properties, so that the dried product can be preserved for a long time without deterioration.     In recent years, with the rapid development of the pharmaceutical industry, the demand for pharmaceutical freeze dryer is also expanding. It is pointed out in the industry that the demand of vacuum freeze dryer equipment with larger specifications and functional combination (such as granulation drying, drying filtration) is increasing. In the face of the new market demand and new requirements, domestic freeze dryer enterprises are also speeding up the research of vacuum drying technology, creating more new type of refrigerator equipment, meeting the requirements of users to reduce energy consumption, reduce pollution, reduce enterprise costs, and bring more benefits and value to the society.   It is worth noting that although the technology of freeze dryer has made continuous progress, in order to ensure the stable operation of the equipment and prolong its service life, users need to pay attention to the operation, maintenance and other issues related to the freezing equipment in the process of operating the equipment.     For example, before using the freeze dryer equipment, users need to understand the precautions during the production of the equipment, including ensuring that the freeze dryer operates in a stable environment to avoid the equipment in a dangerous or unbalanced environment; strictly follow the steps to operate the freeze dryer; avoid contacting with corrosive substances to prevent the mechanical performance of the freeze-drying mechanism from being damaged, thus leading to machine failure; in addition, the operator should Also need to pay attention to prevent limb frostbite, in the operation to do the corresponding protective measures, to achieve safe production.   Maintenance is also the key work to ensure the long-term stable operation of the freeze dryer. For example, for the maintenance of the equipment in operation, it is necessary to check whether there is leakage of water, oil and gas; whether the cooling tower cooling effect is good; clean the cleanable parts of the machine before the shift handover; record the suction, exhaust and pressure of each level regularly, and fill in the record according to the content of the record sheet; check the air inlet temperature of the cold dryer; check the automatic blowdown Whether the manual blowdown is normal, whether the operation of the cold dryer is normal, if any blockage is found, it needs to be removed and cleaned in time; check whether the water pressure flow of the cooling water system is sufficient; clean the condenser every month.     In addition, the wearing parts should be replaced according to their service life: under normal circumstances, the replacement principle is: the service life of all levels of filters (3 μ m, 1 μ m, 0.01 μ m) is 6000 hours for imported ones and 4000 hours for domestic ones. It is worth noting that if the equipment is shut down for a long time, attention should be paid to the sewage discharge to drain all the water. And need to arrange personnel to do maintenance records, including time, personnel, maintenance or fault content, replacement parts list and other elements.   At the same time, it is also necessary for operators to understand the common fault causes and solutions of the equipment, so as to avoid being helpless when the equipment fails. For example, the vacuum degree of vacuum freeze dryer is often low, which may be caused by too high pump temperature, pump oil problem, air leakage of pump itself, blockage of air inlet filter screen, etc. the solutions include reassembly after repair; refueling; oil changing; checking the oil inlet of oil circuit and oil valve; replacing sealing ring or valve piece according to specific conditions; removing and cleaning, etc.  

API industry enters a new stage - Opportunities and challenges coexist in pharmaceutical machinery enterprises -   Raw material medicine, also known as active drug ingredients, is made by chemical synthesis, plant extraction or biotechnology, but patients can not directly take the material, generally need to add excipients, processing, can be made into direct use of drugs. At present, China has become one of the main API markets in the world. With the acceleration of China's medical policy reform in recent years, the number of new DMF registrations in China has been increasing every year, and the export scale of API has also begun to grow rapidly.     According to the data of the National Bureau of statistics, in 2019, the output of chemical raw drugs in China will reach 2.769 million tons, a year-on-year increase of 20.2%; in 2020, the output of chemical raw drugs in China will reach 2.734 million tons, a year-on-year increase of 2.7%. In addition, the report on in-depth investigation and investment prospect prediction of China's API industry from 2020 to 2024 also shows that in 2019, the market scale of China's API has reached 257.929 billion yuan, with a year-on-year growth of 6.4%.   Industry analysis shows that in the medium and long term, with the gradual transfer of API production capacity to the Asia Pacific region and the growth of API demand under centralized procurement, China's API market will continue to expand. However, under the background of the small scattered chaos in the domestic API industry, as well as the low price competition among enterprises, serious waste of resources, overcapacity and other problems, the industry expects that the domestic API industry will go through a transformation period and enter a new stage of development. At this stage, the industry believes that the whole API industry will also put forward higher and more requirements for the standardized development and cost control ability of API enterprises.     In this context, the industry believes that in the future, environmental protection and green process API will be the key development direction of national industry. Affected by this, it is expected that the API pharmaceutical equipment industry will also usher in more development opportunities. In particular, low-cost, high-efficiency, energy-saving and environmental protection pharmaceutical equipment may lead the new trend of API production.   It is understood that, in fact, many domestic API equipment enterprises have started to make continuous efforts in the field of environmental protection and energy saving. For example. With drying equipment manufacturers, through continuous strengthening of R & D investment, to create environment-friendly and energy-saving API production equipment. The company has set up a special environmental protection company and supporting engineering experimental center, and also established the core elements of energy saving and environmental protection product design to actively develop and produce green equipment. At present, it has gradually achieved good economic and social benefits.   Many other enterprises are integrating new technologies into the R & D and production of API equipment. For example, some enterprises have developed a liquid nitrogen freeze-drying machine that uses liquid nitrogen as a cold source to refrigerate the system; a new sterilization process that can transport gaseous water to the freeze-drying machine pipeline under the action of the existing vacuum system for hydrogen peroxide sterilization and disinfection; a fully automatic solid-liquid separation solution that reduces energy consumption, water consumption, labor demand and wastewater treatment costs, and improves product recovery And so on. In addition, some enterprises have set up an experienced technical team specialized in heat exchange equipment, aiming at energy saving and consumption reduction, and are committed to providing customers with effective solutions for cost reduction and efficiency improvement.     In general, these new technologies, new equipment and new solutions of current pharmaceutical equipment enterprises are further providing strong process support for high-quality production of API enterprises. As the API industry enters the business cycle, it is expected that the API equipment market will also grow. However, it is worth noting that opportunities often coexist with challenges. Therefore, while seizing the opportunity, API equipment enterprises also need to constantly adapt to the new demands and requirements of the market, innovate equipment and technology, and improve the equipment structure, so as to help the API industry develop with higher quality and provide users with more and better services.

Analysis of common faults and Countermeasures of film coating machine   Film coating machine is a kind of equipment which integrates strong current, weak current, hydraulic and pneumatic. In the pharmaceutical industry, it is often used in sugar coating, film coating and other coating processes of Chinese and Western medicine. The film coating has bright color after polishing, and the complete consolidated coating produced by the crystallization of sugar on the surface can not only prevent the chip from oxidation, deterioration, moisture or volatilization, but also cover up the uncomfortable smell of the chip. In recent years, with the continuous development of China's pharmaceutical industry, the market demand of film coating machine is also considerable.   In terms of structure, the film coating machine is mainly composed of main engine (original sugar coating machine), controllable room temperature hot air system, automatic spray system for supplying liquid and gas. The main motor can be variable-frequency speed regulation, which can spray coating excipients onto the tablet surface with high atomization spray gun. At the same time, the tablet makes continuous and complex trajectory movement in the coating pot, so that the coating liquid is evenly wrapped on the tablet core. There is controlled room temperature hot air in the pot to dry the tablet at the same time, so that the tablet surface can quickly form a solid, fine, complete and smooth surface film.   Nowadays, the film coating machine has been widely used in the pharmaceutical industry, but with the coating powder quality unchanged, many users occasionally encounter some failures in the coating operation, such as sticking, frosting, bridging and so on. In this regard, some factory technicians said that these are common problems, as long as you master the corresponding solutions, you can no longer be troubled by them. The author lists 8 common faults and Countermeasures of film coating machine, which is only for reference in the industry.   Adhesive sheet The main reason for sticking is that the amount of spray is too fast, which violates the principle of solvent evaporation balance and makes the sheets adhere to each other. In this case, the spraying amount of coating liquid should be reduced, the hot air temperature should be increased, and the speed of the boiler should be increased.   Spray frost If there is "spray frost" on the surface of clothing film, it is not necessary to make a mess. This phenomenon is caused by high humidity of hot air, long spray distance and poor atomization effect. At this time, we only need to reduce the temperature properly, shorten the spray range and improve the atomization effect.   Orange peel film appeared If the dried fruit is not properly dried, the spray pressure of the coating solution is low, and the droplets will be heated and concentrated in different degree. In this case, evaporation rate should be controlled immediately and spray pressure increased.   Color spots appear The color spot is caused by uneven mixing or insufficient fineness of solid when preparing coating solution. This also reminds users to mix the coating solution well.   There are cracks on the surface of the tablet If the coating liquid-solid content is not properly selected, the film coating machine speed is too fast, and the spray volume is too small, the performance of the tablets will appear cracks, cracking, peeling or tablet edge wear. In order to avoid this situation, the user should choose the appropriate coating liquid-solid content, and adjust the rotation speed and spray amount properly. However, if the hardness of the core is too poor, the formulation and process of the core should be improved.   There are pinholes on the surface of the film If pinholes are found on the surface of coating film, this situation is caused by too much air involved in the preparation of coating solution. Users should avoid getting involved in too much air when mixing liquid.   There is a color difference between the tablets The color difference is caused by the uneven fan, the excessive liquid-solid content and the slow speed of the coating machine. At this time, the spray angle of the spray gun should be adjusted, the solid content of the coating liquid should be reduced, and the rotation speed of the film coating machine should be appropriately increased.

How to solve the filter element problem of purified water equipment?   The purified water equipment can meet the high quality water requirements of pharmaceutical factories and hospitals, such as purified water preparation, large infusion preparation and so on. It is widely used in medicine, biochemistry, chemical industry, hospital and other industries. In recent years, China's pharmaceutical industry has developed rapidly. Some data predict that by the end of 2020, the market scale of China's pharmaceutical industry will reach 1.79 trillion yuan, which also brings opportunities to the purified water equipment industry. At the same time, with the increasingly strict supervision of the pharmaceutical industry, pharmaceutical enterprises also put forward higher requirements for the water quality of purified water equipment.   Filter element is the heart of water purification equipment, which plays a decisive role in the quality of effluent, so it is necessary to effectively protect all levels of filter elements. It is understood that a purified water equipment is usually composed of PPC, activated carbon, RO membrane and other filter elements. All levels of filter elements have different functions. For example, the first level of pretreatment can remove large particles, residual chlorine, calcium ions and magnesium ions in water to achieve better pretreatment effect; the second level of reverse osmosis can filter most pollutants including inorganic ions; the third level of ion exchange can remove ionic substances.   In order to ensure the quality of produced water, the filter element problem of purified water equipment should be solved in time. On the one hand, it needs to be installed correctly, otherwise it may not be able to ensure the stable operation of pharmaceutical purified water equipment, causing water pollution. Before installation, it is necessary to pay attention to whether the installation site is flat, whether the environment is clean and whether the installation position is safe; during installation, all pipelines, valves, instruments and large parts shall be assembled according to the specifications and standards, and relevant signs shall be pasted.   On the other hand, if the filter element is used for a long time, it will absorb a lot of impurities, which may cause blockage and greatly weaken the ability of purifying water quality. Therefore, it is necessary to replace the filter element regularly to avoid secondary pollution to water.   The author learned that due to the high cost and price of the filter element, many users will want to take out the filter element and clean it, and then install it back. So is this scientific?   In this regard, some technicians pointed out that this approach is not desirable. The reason is that the structure of the filter element is complex. After absorbing too many impurities, the filter element will change color. Simple flushing can not remove the residual impurities in the filter element, and can not guarantee the filtering effect. Therefore, in order to improve the water purification capacity of purified water equipment, it is necessary to replace the filter element regularly.   So, how often does the filter element of purified water equipment need to be replaced? The technician said that according to the different filter element, the replacement time cycle is not the same. Under normal circumstances, the replacement cycle of ultrafiltration material filter element is 12-24 months, that of activated carbon filter element is 6-18 months, and that of reverse osmosis membrane filter element is 18-36 months.   In addition to the need to pay attention to the protection of the filter element, the quality of the filter element is also very critical, which also reminds manufacturers to consider not only the price factor, but also the product quality when choosing the filter element, so as to avoid bringing hidden dangers to subsequent production and causing economic losses.

To ensure drug safety, the selection and maintenance of Coating machine cannot be ignored   The coating machine is a kind of organic film coating, water-soluble film coating, slow and controlled release coating for tablets, pills, candy, etc. It is an energy-saving, safe and clean mechatronics equipment, suitable for pharmaceuticals , Chemical, food and other industries. Among them, in the pharmaceutical industry, the main purpose of coating is to improve the appearance of the tablet, prevent moisture, avoid light, cover up bitterness or bad odor, and control the release location and release rate of the drug.   In recent years, with the rapid development of the pharmaceutical industry, the coating machine market has also ushered in good development opportunities. It is worth noting that while welcoming opportunities, fierce market competition has also followed, and coating machine companies have begun to face more challenges and new requirements. It is understood that in order to better ensure the stability of drugs, many coating machine manufacturers have begun to improve and upgrade their equipment.     For example, companies with coating machine have developed small coating machines based on user requirements. This kind of coating machine occupies a small space and can save space and cost for enterprises. According to reports, the working principle of the small coating machine is similar to that of the coating machine. The coated tablet core is controlled by the programmable control system in the drum of the coating machine to make it continuous, continuous and repetitive. Make complex trajectory movements. At present, small coating machines are widely used in pharmaceutical, chemical, food and other industries, for sugar coating of tablets and pills, rolling food and chemical products.   There is also a coating machine manufacturer that specifically designed and developed a new type of automatic coating machine for the coating process solutions of various tablets, pills, and granules. According to reports, the new automatic coating machine has an overall open front design that can clean the interior at a high speed to achieve the effect of zero dead ends. At the same time, the open installation area and pot body are convenient for replacement and maintenance space, with a unique airbag sealing structure and a fully sealed cavity.     On the whole, there are various types of domestic coating machine, and with the development and rapid progress of technology, more and more products with different functions are still emerging one after another. However, it should be noted that at the same time, pharmaceutical companies have also made difficulties when choosing equipment. In this regard, industry insiders suggest that when choosing coating machine, pharmaceutical companies should consider the properties of the product, the size of the plain tablet, the fragility, the hardness, and the characteristics of the drug according to actual needs, so as to choose the one that suits them. Production equipment.   In addition, industry insiders also pointed out that the key to coating operation is to grasp the relationship between temperature, spray volume, and speed. Enterprises also need to pay attention to the daily maintenance and maintenance of coating machines. Take the daily maintenance of small coating machines as an example. , It mainly includes the following four points: 1. The lubricating oil in the reduction box and the lubricating grease in the rolling bearing cavity and the oil-proof seal ring at the end of the worm shaft should be replaced regularly. Second, if the coating pan is not used for a long time, it should be scrubbed clean and the surface should be coated with oil. Third, the spray gun should be flushed with clean water and pressurized after each shift to prevent the mouth from being blocked. If clogging occurs, the operator should refer to the instructions for cleaning. Fourth, in order to ensure that the worm gear in the reduction box meets the lubrication conditions of the transmission, the temperature rise of the box body during operation should not exceed 50°C.     In general, as the demand for pharmaceutical machinery and equipment by pharmaceutical companies is increasing and the requirements are getting higher and higher, coating machine, as an indispensable equipment in the pharmaceutical process, will continue to be enriched in types. Technically, it will continue to improve. In addition, more and more styles and high-quality coating machine will continue to emerge. In this context, companies need to pay more attention to the selection and maintenance of coating machine.

The purified water equipment is unable to produce water. What's the matter?   In the process of pharmaceutical production, special purified water equipment is often needed to produce water. Purified water equipment can effectively remove impurities and desalination. It has the characteristics of stable and reliable water production, easy operation, low operation and maintenance costs, and environmental protection. It can meet the needs of medical testing water, biopharmaceutical water, and medical supplies in the pharmaceutical industry. In recent years, with the rapid development of the pharmaceutical industry and the improvement of GMP requirements, the demand for purified water equipment for water treatment has gradually expanded, and the development prospects are broad. At present, the purified water equipment products on the market cover a wide range, and major companies have seized the opportunity to continue to make efforts to create more purified water equipment that can meet the high-standard water demand in the fields of pharmaceutical production, and escort the high-quality development of the pharmaceutical industry. .     It is worth mentioning that the use of purified water equipment is often accompanied by some problems, such as performance deterioration, excessive water supply, sharp rise in pressure difference, reduction in salt removal rate, drop in water quality, and even inability to produce water. Circumstances have hindered the water production process of pharmaceutical companies.   Recently, some users said that their purified water equipment could not produce water. What happened? A manufacturer of purified water equipment replied that the equipment cannot produce water and needs to be analyzed in two situations, one of which is for the normal operation of the high-pressure pump, and the other is the failure of the high-pressure pump.   Among them, for the situation where the high-pressure pump can work normally but there is a water production failure, it is necessary to carefully check whether the high-pressure pump of the equipment has a pressure loss failure and whether there is a problem with the water treatment accessories and consumables. If there is a fault that requires further treatment to meet the requirements of normal water production; if the user finds that neither waste water nor pure water is discharged or only a small amount of waste water is discharged during inspection, it may be that the pre-filter is clogged and needs to be corrected. The pre-filter is dredged. However, if only waste water is discharged but no pure water is discharged, this situation is generally caused by the blockage of the check valve.     In addition to the above-mentioned exclusion methods, if the solenoid valve fails and cannot be started effectively, there will also be a situation where water cannot be produced. Therefore, the user needs to check the solenoid valve and deal with it in time after finding the problem.     The industry pointed out that although the breakdown of purified water equipment is very common, if users do not pay attention to maintenance during normal use, it is difficult to ensure the continuous and stable operation of the equipment, let alone improve the water quality of the equipment, so this also reminds users that they need to strengthen Equipment maintenance work.     Then, how to maintain the purified water display? On the one hand, it is necessary to arrange relevant staff with professional capabilities to clean the purified water equipment regularly to remove dust, oil stains, dirt and other substances on the surface of the equipment. At the same time, the equipment should be checked regularly, regularly and at fixed points to ensure that the various devices of the water system are in good condition. , This can also detect potential faults in advance and deal with them in time.     On the other hand, timely replacement of consumable materials is also very important. Some factory technicians said that the filter element and other consumables can be replaced regularly according to the condition of the raw water and the replacement cycle preset by the system. "According to the use of the equipment, some parts should be disassembled, cleaned, repaired or replaced to ensure that the various components of the water system are in good operating condition and improve the quality of the produced water. For example, the filter element of the security filter usually takes 1 to 3 months. Disassembly and washing. If the treatment effect is still poor after disassembly and washing, it is recommended to replace it."  

To ensure pharmaceutical safety, it is important to update production equipment in the pharmaceutical workshop   With the increasing demand in the pharmaceutical market, the domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry has begun to grow in recent years and has gradually developed into a major pharmaceutical equipment production country. Moreover, with the rapid development of modern science and technology, the product quality and performance of domestic pharmaceutical equipment have begun to improve. Many new products are increasingly making up for the gaps in my country’s high-end pharmaceutical equipment, such as new preparation process equipment and large-scale bioreactors. And ancillary systems, flexible sterile preparation production lines, continuous solid preparation production equipment, etc.     But it is worth noting that in the pharmaceutical workshop, no matter what type of pharmaceutical equipment, it has a certain service life. When it reaches the designed service life, it needs to be scrapped and replaced in time to ensure production safety. Take cooling tower packing as an example. It is a key component of the cooling tower's heat exchange. Its quality and function largely determine the cooling capacity of the cooling tower. When the filler is used for a period of time, due to wind and sun, and long-term algae erosion, it is very easy to weather, rot and block the cooling tower filler. At this time, it is necessary to replace the filler in time according to the situation. Or equipment update.     In addition to the replacement of equipment due to equipment problems or expiration of service life, the author also learned that some pharmaceutical companies will also actively update equipment in the process of upgrading and transformation. It is understood that some pharmaceutical companies have previously announced that the company needs to carry out technical transformation of the freeze-dried powder injection production line in the preparation workshop, so it plans to stop production for about one month. It is understood that after the completion of this transformation, the company's preparation production line will have the conditions to produce a variety of specifications of freeze-dried powder injection products, providing support for the pilot test of new products and the restoration of production of some approved products.     In fact, many pharmaceutical companies currently have plans for equipment transformation and renewal in their production lines. In this regard, industry insiders analyzed that this is mainly to facilitate the production of pharmaceutical companies and improve product quality. In recent years, with the stricter supervision of the pharmaceutical industry, the production and management level of modern pharmaceutical companies has gradually improved, and more and more attention has been paid to the safety of pharmaceutical equipment. Therefore, renewal is also becoming the new normal in the industry. It is expected that in the future, in order to continuously meet the market demand for drugs and the continuous improvement of drug quality and safety, more companies will increase production efficiency and better ensure pharmaceutical safety by renewing and upgrading the equipment produced in the pharmaceutical workshop.   The industry believes that as the manufacturing industry, including the pharmaceutical industry, will accelerate the upgrading and transformation with innovation as the core, the renewal and upgrading of production equipment in the pharmaceutical workshops of pharmaceutical companies will further accelerate. The reason for this conclusion is that many pharmaceutical companies are currently transforming from standardized mass production to personalized customized production, and users are paying more and more attention to personalized products or services.     Secondly, in recent years, as the labor cost of pharmaceutical companies has continued to rise and the pressure on production capacity has increased, their demand for high-intelligence equipment updates has also expanded, and they have become more fully automated and intelligent production models. The link will also need more automated and intelligent pharmaceutical equipment that can help it reduce costs and increase efficiency.   Judging from the current status of the domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry, the industry is indeed moving towards a high-quality, automated, and intelligent trend. However, it is worth noting that domestic equipment also has bottleneck problems including weak technology, weak stability, quality to be improved, hidden safety hazards, and easy pollution to the environment. In the future, if my country wants to develop from a big country in pharmaceutical equipment to a strong country in pharmaceutical equipment, relevant equipment companies also need to pay attention to and increase investment in equipment renewal and equipment technological transformation, and continue to help pharmaceutical companies improve product quality and production capacity, and increase labor productivity. Reduce the labor intensity of workers and reduce production costs.     In general, in the context of the country's continuous advancement and regulation of the development of the pharmaceutical industry, and the need for the conversion of new and old kinetic energy under the high pressure of environmental protection, production line transformation and equipment renewal will become issues that all pharmaceutical companies have to consider in their development. It will become more common in the industry in the future.

To ensure pharmaceutical safety, it is important to update production equipment in the pharmaceutical workshop   With the increasing demand in the pharmaceutical market, the domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry has begun to grow in recent years and has gradually developed into a major pharmaceutical equipment production country. Moreover, with the rapid development of modern science and technology, the product quality and performance of domestic pharmaceutical equipment have begun to improve. Many new products are increasingly making up for the gaps in my country’s high-end pharmaceutical equipment, such as new preparation process equipment and large-scale bioreactors. And ancillary systems, flexible sterile preparation production lines, continuous solid preparation production equipment, etc.     But it is worth noting that in the pharmaceutical workshop, no matter what type of pharmaceutical equipment, it has a certain service life. When it reaches the designed service life, it needs to be scrapped and replaced in time to ensure production safety. Take cooling tower packing as an example. It is a key component of the cooling tower's heat exchange. Its quality and function largely determine the cooling capacity of the cooling tower. When the filler is used for a period of time, due to wind and sun, and long-term algae erosion, it is very easy to weather, rot and block the cooling tower filler. At this time, it is necessary to replace the filler in time according to the situation. Or equipment update.     In addition to the replacement of equipment due to equipment problems or expiration of service life, the author also learned that some pharmaceutical companies will also actively update equipment in the process of upgrading and transformation. It is understood that some pharmaceutical companies have previously announced that the company needs to carry out technical transformation of the freeze-dried powder injection production line in the preparation workshop, so it plans to stop production for about one month. It is understood that after the completion of this transformation, the company's preparation production line will have the conditions to produce a variety of specifications of freeze-dried powder injection products, providing support for the pilot test of new products and the restoration of production of some approved products.     In fact, many pharmaceutical companies currently have plans for equipment transformation and renewal in their production lines. In this regard, industry insiders analyzed that this is mainly to facilitate the production of pharmaceutical companies and improve product quality. In recent years, with the stricter supervision of the pharmaceutical industry, the production and management level of modern pharmaceutical companies has gradually improved, and more and more attention has been paid to the safety of pharmaceutical equipment. Therefore, renewal is also becoming the new normal in the industry. It is expected that in the future, in order to continuously meet the market demand for drugs and the continuous improvement of drug quality and safety, more companies will increase production efficiency and better ensure pharmaceutical safety by renewing and upgrading the equipment produced in the pharmaceutical workshop.   The industry believes that as the manufacturing industry, including the pharmaceutical industry, will accelerate the upgrading and transformation with innovation as the core, the renewal and upgrading of production equipment in the pharmaceutical workshops of pharmaceutical companies will further accelerate. The reason for this conclusion is that many pharmaceutical companies are currently transforming from standardized mass production to personalized customized production, and users are paying more and more attention to personalized products or services.     Secondly, in recent years, as the labor cost of pharmaceutical companies has continued to rise and the pressure on production capacity has increased, their demand for high-intelligence equipment updates has also expanded, and they have become more fully automated and intelligent production models. The link will also need more automated and intelligent pharmaceutical equipment that can help it reduce costs and increase efficiency.   Judging from the current status of the domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry, the industry is indeed moving towards a high-quality, automated, and intelligent trend. However, it is worth noting that domestic equipment also has bottleneck problems including weak technology, weak stability, quality to be improved, hidden safety hazards, and easy pollution to the environment. In the future, if my country wants to develop from a big country in pharmaceutical equipment to a strong country in pharmaceutical equipment, relevant equipment companies also need to pay attention to and increase investment in equipment renewal and equipment technological transformation, and continue to help pharmaceutical companies improve product quality and production capacity, and increase labor productivity. Reduce the labor intensity of workers and reduce production costs.     In general, in the context of the country's continuous advancement and regulation of the development of the pharmaceutical industry, and the need for the conversion of new and old kinetic energy under the high pressure of environmental protection, production line transformation and equipment renewal will become issues that all pharmaceutical companies have to consider in their development. It will become more common in the industry in the future.

Hot air circulation oven processing effect is not ideal? Take this maintenance strategy   Hot air circulation oven is a very common oven equipment in the pharmaceutical industry. It uses steam or electricity as the heat source, and uses the axial fan to heat the heat exchanger by convection. When the hot air laminar flows through the drying plate and the material for heat transfer, the fresh air can come in from the air inlet, and the waste hot and humid air is discharged from the wet outlet, and the whole system is constantly replenished through this The relative humidity in the oven is maintained by filling fresh air and continuously discharging hot and humid air.   At present, with the promotion of energy-saving and environmental protection policies and the continuous development of energy-saving technology, the thermal efficiency of hot air circulation oven on the market can generally reach 70% or more, which has the advantages of uniform drying, energy saving, temperature control, low noise, long service life and so on.     In order to ensure the processing effect of materials, the correct use of hot air circulation oven is very important. For example, when using electricity, operators should not touch the electrical parts on the left side of the box by hand, or wipe them with wet cloth or wash them with water; do not place the items in the box too crowded, and leave enough space to allow the moist air to escape on the top of the wind. The use of the equipment must be in the charge of a special person, and the external power supply should be cut off at the end of the use of the equipment to avoid accidents.   In addition, there is a lot of maintenance work, which requires equipment operators to master maintenance knowledge. The technicians of some manufacturers listed the following maintenance strategies, and the author made a brief carding.     Daily maintenance strategy   Equipment maintenance can be divided into daily maintenance and monthly maintenance. The necessary work is indispensable and needs to be taken seriously by the operators.   Among them, in terms of daily maintenance, the operator should clean the inner tank in time after each processing to ensure the hygiene of the oven. Technicians remind that some oven workrooms are fixed welding shelves and laminates. At this time, it is necessary to pay attention to avoid being scratched by metal quick opening.   When the high temperature oven in the laboratory is in the cold state, check whether the value of the temperature controller is close to the room temperature. If the difference is obvious, repair the temperature controller in time.   In case of sudden power failure, the operator should first turn off the heating switch and open the box door to prevent automatic start-up in case of power call.   In addition, before each start-up, the operator should check whether the fan operates normally and whether there is any abnormal sound. If there is any abnormality, the oven should be shut down immediately and the maintenance worker should be informed for maintenance.     Monthly maintenance strategy   Technicians said that the general hot air circulation oven can be maintained once a month, the main steps are the following 6 points.   1. during maintenance, the operator needs to check whether the air outlet of the oven is blocked and clean up the dust in time. At the same time, check whether the air exchange rate of air inlet and air outlet is suitable.   2. check whether the fan operates normally, whether the fan can start normally and whether there is abnormal sound. If there is any fault, stop the machine immediately and repair it before putting it into use.   3. after checking the fan, check whether there is too much dust on the electrical components. If there is too much dust, it will affect the heat dissipation of the electrical components and cause faults. Therefore, it is necessary to clean up the dust in time.   4. remove motor dust, technical personnel said that if the motor's poor heat dissipation, or lead to motor failure.   5. check whether the temperature controller is accurate. If not, correct it in time. In addition, it is worth noting that the operator should replace the sensor in time after long-term use to prevent it from oxidation in high temperature environment for a long time and reduce the accuracy.   6. the operator also needs to check whether the heating rate of the high temperature oven in the laboratory slows down, whether the heating pipe is damaged, and whether the circuit is aging.

The way of label breakage of labeling machine   In the process of the rapid development of the pharmaceutical market, labeling machine also plays an increasingly important role in the pharmaceutical packaging industry. At present, the common labeling machines on the market include dry adhesive labeling machine, sleeve labeling machine, round bottle labeling machine, hot melt adhesive self-adhesive labeling machine, etc. These labeling machines can paste labels on flat surface, single or multiple sides of packaging, cylindrical pasting, partially or completely covered cylindrical pasting, concave and corner pasting, etc.   No matter what type of labeling machine, understand the structure, principle and correct operation mode of the equipment, in order to play the role of the labeling machine, but in the actual production process, the labeling machine will also encounter some small problems, so in order to better ensure the normal and stable operation of the work, users also need to know the common problems and solutions of the labeling machine. In this paper, the label on the labeling machine is damaged and broken, and the relevant reasons and solutions are analyzed.   First, the label edge of the bottom paper cracking phenomenon. This is a common phenomenon of label fracture. In the process of label transportation and processing, it is easy to make the bottom paper of the label edge crack and cause small cracks, and there is a certain tension in the labeling machine, so the bottom of the label is easy to crack. In addition, improper adjustment of the roller on the labeling machine may also cause the bottom paper of the roller at the edge of the label to break and the label to break. In view of the above situation, the user needs to check carefully when loading the label paper roll, and select the label paper without cracks.     Secondly, the label is rolled too tightly, which leads to adhesive leakage and label fracture. If the finished label is rewound too tightly, and the labeling machine has a certain tension in the labeling process, when the label roll with leaking glue is used for automatic labeling, the bottom paper will be affected by the tension, and the label will break. The industry pointed out that this situation is due to the tension of the backing paper and irregular fracture, so the user must carefully check when rolling up the label.   Third, the peeling layer is damaged. If the peeling layer (usually silicon oil layer) of the label backing paper is damaged, the label will also be broken. The main reasons for the damage of the release layer are the defects in the production and coating of raw materials, and the improper technology in the inspection and replenishment process of the printing factory. This also reminds users that in the process of purchasing the labeling machine, they should pay attention to choose reliable and quality guaranteed manufacturers.     Understanding the common problems and solutions of the labeling machine is conducive to the timely maintenance of the equipment. However, in the process of using the labeling machine, regular maintenance of the equipment is also very important, which is the key to ensure the longevity and stability of the labeling machine equipment. It is understood that in general, after using the equipment, attention should be paid to keep clean, and the mechanism of the labeling machine equipment, such as friction roller, electrical box, should be cleaned to ensure the cleanliness of the next use and prevent pollution.     At the same time, users also need to do regular inspection and maintenance, in order to maintain the normal operation of the machine, including but not limited to: clean up the waste paper and debris; remove the oil residue from the roller and the edge; use a soft brush or cloth to clean the sensor lens; regularly replace the fuse, the equipment uses AC power supply, to use the fuse to prevent overload; rust, use anti-corrosion Spray all stainless steel and iron parts with rust oil and wipe them with soft cloth.  

High quality purified water equipment will help the pharmaceutical industry to continuously meet the standards of pharmaceutical water   In recent years, with the rapid development of the pharmaceutical industry, the quality requirements of pharmaceutical production also began to improve. Affected by this, the pharmaceutical industry's requirements for pharmaceutical equipment for its production are also increasing. Taking the pharmaceutical water equipment as an example, the preparation of pharmaceutical water needs to meet the requirements of pharmaceutical production quality management specification from the aspects of system design, material selection, preparation process, storage, distribution and use.   In pharmaceutical production, the water preparation system is one of the indispensable equipment. It is understood that a set of purified water system usually includes pretreatment, reverse osmosis, EDI, control, disinfection and other units. In order to ensure the quality of produced water, the design, installation, operation and maintenance of purified water system should follow the principle of safety, and each component needs to go through strict process control.     So, while the pharmaceutical industry drives the continuous rise of purified water equipment, what aspects of purified water equipment should better guarantee the safety of equipment to meet the increasing demand of the industry?   Industry insiders pointed out that the purified water equipment used in the pharmaceutical industry should be suitable for its purpose, and the safety of the process and technology of the purified water equipment must meet the requirements of relevant regulations and standards, such as GMP, FDA and other certification requirements, which is also the basic condition to ensure the stability and reliability of the system.   In order to make pharmaceutical purified water equipment more safe, it requires the safety of its components, including multi-media filter, softener, activated carbon filter, RO system, EDI system and other processing units, as well as water pumps, valves, pipes and other parts. In general, whether in the parts or the whole machine function, it should have enough safety and stability.     In addition, in terms of operation, the purified water system usually needs to set three levels of management authority to prevent unauthorized access to the system operation and affect the stable operation of the system. At the same time, the equipment and system also need to have overload, high voltage and low voltage protection, and the control line adopts the safe voltage of 24 V, so as to avoid the operation problems caused by the voltage instability of the system.   At present, as a whole, China's pharmaceutical and water equipment technology has been increasingly refined, the system is becoming more and more perfect, at the same time, the safety is also improving. However, it is worth mentioning that with the continuous development of the pharmaceutical industry, relevant enterprises are still increasing innovation, improving equipment quality and technology, and further ensuring safety and compliance. It is reported that an enterprise has said that the core technology of the company's pharmaceutical purified water equipment adopts single-stage or two-stage reverse osmosis, EDI and other new processes, and has designed a complete set of high-quality pure water treatment processes, which can meet the requirements for the preparation of purified water or distilled water for pharmaceutical factories, hospitals and laboratories. In addition, the whole system of the product is made of SUS304L or SUS316L stainless steel, and must be equipped with ultraviolet and ozone sterilization devices before the water point, and pasteurization can also be used.     In fact, in order to develop and market a high-quality equipment, enterprises need to keep pace with the times, always grasp the development trend of the industry and the new needs of users. Therefore, through years of technology accumulation focusing on R & D and production of pure water system in laboratory, some enterprises have continuously studied the new requirements of various industries for pure water system, and developed dozens of models from the beginning of the plant to hundreds of models so far. Up to now, it has not only become a well-known brand in the industry, but also widely recognized by users. At the same time, its market share in domestic purified water equipment is also increasing.   On the whole, in recent years, the domestic market demand for purified water equipment is expanding, and its application scope in the pharmaceutical field has become more and more broad. At present, it has been widely used in medical devices, pharmaceutical preparations, in vitro diagnostic reagents, pharmaceutical water, large infusion, biochemical products water, medical sterile water and other fields. But it is worth noting that at the same time, the competition between equipment enterprises is becoming more and more fierce.   In this context, the relevant purified water equipment manufacturers also need to accelerate the transformation from a single purified water equipment manufacturer to a solution provider, and improve the design of purified water equipment, optimize the equipment structure, so as to enhance their competitiveness and help users to produce more stably and safely.

Application and development prospect of vacuum technology in pharmaceutical machinery industry   According to the definition, vacuum technology refers to the establishment of a physical environment lower than atmospheric pressure, as well as the technology required for process manufacturing, physical measurement and scientific experiments in this environment. At present, vacuum technology is widely used in pharmaceutical, chemical, food, electronics and other fields. The author mainly analyzes the application and development prospect of vacuum technology in pharmaceutical machinery industry.     Application of vacuum technology in pharmaceutical machinery industry   Vacuum technology mainly includes vacuum acquisition, vacuum measurement, vacuum leak detection and vacuum application. In the pharmaceutical machinery industry, vacuum technology is also widely used. Common products in the market, such as vacuum microwave drying equipment, belt vacuum drying equipment, vacuum concentration equipment, vacuum leak detection equipment, are familiar and widely used equipment in the pharmaceutical industry.   The birth of these devices has brought quality, improved efficiency and reduced costs to pharmaceutical production. Taking the vacuum microwave drying equipment as an example, the equipment is reformed on the basis of the original production process, with higher efficiency, lower energy consumption and small floor area, which is widely used in the production of traditional Chinese medicine.   "This kind of equipment has obvious advantages in drug production, including fast heating speed, high efficiency, and can greatly improve the material recovery rate. It has been widely used in the traditional Chinese medicine industry." There are vacuum microwave drying equipment manufacturers, such as the introduction.     A brief analysis of the development prospect   As far as the development prospect of vacuum technology in pharmaceutical machinery industry is concerned, with the aggravation of aging and the continuous upgrading of consumption, the market demand of drugs including traditional Chinese medicine products continues to expand, which will further bring development space to pharmaceutical machinery and equipment. However, in the application process of vacuum technology, it also needs to comply with the new market demand and new user requirements, including the following two directions.   1. pay attention to innovation and reform.   In the field of traditional Chinese medicine, how to extract the effective components of traditional Chinese medicine more efficiently and reduce the investment of human resources is a major development direction of traditional Chinese medicine industry. With the reform of traditional Chinese medicine technology, traditional Chinese medicine boiling method obviously can not adapt to the production of modern Chinese medicine. In this regard, we need to innovate microwave vacuum extraction equipment, improve extraction efficiency and purity, so as to help improve the quality of traditional Chinese medicine, save production costs, and better promote the development of modern Chinese medicine production enterprises.   At present, the microwave belt vacuum drying equipment is also widely used in the production of traditional Chinese medicine. However, the equipment adopts the periodic production mode when it is running, and the output is low, which can not meet the needs of modern traditional Chinese medicine production. In this regard, we should also pay attention to the reform of microwave belt vacuum drying equipment, such as the development of microwave vacuum drying equipment in the form of continuous feeding and continuous discharging.     Taking vacuum leak detection equipment as an example, the equipment plays an important role in the process of drug production and packaging, which is conducive to ensuring product quality. However, the equipment is mainly imported and expensive. Therefore, we need to pay attention to the innovation and development of vacuum leak detection equipment, create high-quality domestic vacuum leak detection equipment with independent intellectual property rights, and help the development of China's pharmaceutical industry, Improve the development level of pharmaceutical industry.   2. form a complete set of vacuum pharmaceutical production line.   Compared with the single equipment, the complete set of vacuum pharmaceutical production line integrates all production processes, which is more conducive to improving the production efficiency of enterprises and reducing production costs. In this regard, the industry suggests that the production line should be designed according to the production process of traditional Chinese medicine production enterprises, so that the equipment can achieve good results in use and meet the actual needs of enterprises. In recent years, a number of enterprises transforming from single equipment to equipment technology solution providers have emerged in the pharmaceutical machinery market, which can further help pharmaceutical enterprises solve related problems and boost the high-quality development of the pharmaceutical industry.  

TABLE OF CONTENT 1. What Is a Tablet Press Machine? 2. Tablet Making Process 3. Basic Components of Tablet Press Machine 4. Types of Tablet Press Machine 5. Tablet Press Machine Tooling 6. What Is a Single Station Tablet Press? 7. Who Is the Single Punch Tablet Press Machine Suitable For? 8. Operation of The Single Station Tablet Press Machine 9. Basic Parts of a Single Station Tablet Press 10. How does a single station tablet press machine work? 11. Maintenance Knowledge of Single Station Tablet Machine 12. What Is a Multiple Station Tablet Press Machine / a Rotary Tablet Press Machine? 13. Regulating Mechanism of Automatic Rotary Tablet Press Machine 14. Main Features For a Rotary Tablet Press 15. How Do Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Choose Tablet Press Machines? 16. Maintenance Instructions For Rotary Tablet Press 17. How Much Does a Tablet Press Machine Cost? 18. Does LTPM Offer a Tablet Production Line? 19. What Is the Features of ZP-Series Tablet Press Machine? 20. What Is the Features of GZPK-Series Tablet Press Machine? 21. What Is the Difference Between ZP-Series Tablet Press Machine and GZPK-Series Tablet Press Machine? 22. What service will you get from LTPM?         1. What Is a Tablet Press Machine? A tablet press machine is used to compress pharmaceutical powder formulations into tablet form, creating tablets of uniform size, shape and weight. The tablet press may also be used for the manufacture of products in the form of tablets for other sectors such cosmetics, cleaning products and catalysts for the petrochemical industry. A tablet press machine is also known as: Tablet Compressing Machine Tablet Compression Machine Tableting Machine Pill Press Machine Pill Making Machine Tablet Making Machine Tablet Punching Machine Tablet Press Machines 2. Tablet Making Process The tablet making process starts with the formulation of powder. It is usually a mixture of several components. For pharmaceutical products, these include the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) and drugs, and various inactive but essential excipents, which include diluents, lubricants and binders. The powder may undergo a process of granulation to achieve the required particle size distribution before it is fed to a tablet press machine. The powder is fed into a hopper on the tablet press machine from where it is metered into a cavity formed by a die and two punches (an upper and lower punch). The dies and punches, usually known as the tablet press tools, are what define the size and shape of the finished tablets. Force is applied to the punches which press on the powder to fuse materials together and create a solid tablet form. 3. Basic Components of Tablet Press Machine Hopper - it holds the materials that are to be compressed. Die - it is the cavity that defines or moulds the size and shape of the powder Punches - the punches compress the materials within the die Cam track - this helps or guides the movement of the punches Feeding mechanism - it moves the materials from the hopper to the die. 4. Types of Tablet Press Machine Single Station Single station tablet press is also known as a single punch or eccentric tablet press. Single punch tablet press machine is the simplest one of all types of tablet making machines. The machine uses a single tooling station that has a die and a pair of upper and lower punches. It can be operated by hand or by an electric motor. The compression force is exerted by the upper punch only - the lower punch is stationary during the compression step. Multiple Station Multiple station tablet press machines are also know as rotary tablet press, or rotary tablet press machines. The distinguishing features of the rotary press are the die table, the turrets that hold the punches, and the cams, the cam tracks that control the punches, and the tablet ejection process. In the rotary tablet press machine, many dies are located near the edge of the large circular die table that is able to rotate horizontally. The upper and lower punches that correspond to each of the dies are located on turrets above and below the die table. As the die table rotates, the cams above the upper turret and below the lower turret cause the punches to move up or down appropriately in such a way that The lower punch is stationary for the compressive step when the upper punch forces down on the powder which compresses it into a tablet. Once the tablet is formed, the upper punch withdraws upwards. And at the same time the lower punch also rises so as to eject the newly formed tablet from the die. As the head of the machine rotates, the fixed cam tracks controls the filling, compression, and the ejection process. 5. Tablet Press Machine Tooling Details can be found in this article, let’s get started: A Brief Introduction To The Punch Of Tablet Press The size, shape and the identification marks of the tablet are determined by the compression machine tooling, i.e., the punches and dies. The tooling must meet the specific requirements to satisfy the needs of dosage uniformity, production efficiency and aesthetic appearance. Internationally there are two recognized standards for tablet compression tooling: the TSM standard and the EU standard. TSM is acronym for the ‘Tablet Specification Manual’, widely recognized and exclusively used in the United States. But the EU or ‘European Standard’ is probably more widely used than the TSM standard. Based on the TSM and EU standards, tablet tooling is mainly classified as B tooling and D tooling. The B tooling punches and dies can be further classified as BB, B, and D tooling can also be used on B tooling machine that is also called as DB. 6. What Is a Single Station Tablet Press? In the pharmaceutical industry, the single station tablet machine can be said to be an indispensable processing equipment, usually used to compress various Chinese medicine tablets, western medicine tablets, etc. A single station tablet press, also known as single punch tablet press machine is a simple mechanical machine that can be used to compress powder into tablets that are uniform in size, shape and weight. A single station tablet press machine uses a single tooling station that has a die and a pair of upper and lower punches. And It can be operated by hand or by an electric motor. The machine is used for low-volume production of tablets for a wide range of applications from cosmetics and pharmaceuticals to cleaning products. 7. Who Is the Single Punch Tablet Press Machine Suitable For? Unlike larger industrial machines, a single station table press is useful for production of relatively low-volumes of basic shaped tablets. It is therefore well suited for R&D departments that need to produce small batches of new materials, or compounding pharmacists that need to test new formulations, or suppliers of nutraceuticals, supplements or herbal remedies that require a low-cost method of producing relatively small batches of products. This type of tablet press is used for a wide variety of applications on account of the low cost and versatility. Single station tablet press machines are also used, for example, in the production of industrial catalysts for the petrochemical industries. Using Range of a Single Station Tablet Press Machine 8. Operation of The Single Station Tablet Press Machine In this type of single station tablet press machine, tablets are made by compressing powders in a single die, with a punch or stamp. The formulation of powder is entirely depended on the intended application. Pharmaceuticals, for example, employ a mixture of ingredients for the powder - the active pharmaceutical ingredient (API), one or more inert excipients, lubricants and disintegrators. The single punch tablet press machine can be hand operated or it can be motorised. In the former case, tablets are made one at a time. In the latter case, tablets can be made at in small production which runs typically at a rate of 5000 tablets per hour. 9. Basic Parts of a Single Station Tablet Press A typical single station tablet press commonly features the following basic components: Hopper: It holds the granules and powder that need to be compressed. Powder and granule material falls by gravity from the hopper into the die. Die: It provides a mold that makes the compressed material in the form of the desired shape. The base of the die is formed by the lower punch and it is the upper punch that descends onto the loose powder and compresses it. Upper and lower punches: The upper punch provides the compressive force to bind the powder granules into a tablet. The lower punch acts as a base for the die and is raised at the end of the compression phase to eject the tablet from the die. Cam track: It is the mechanical gear that guides the movements of the two punches. Capacity regulator: It regulates the depth of loose powder in the die by adjusting the depth of the lower punch. Ejection regulator: It regulates the lower punch so that when it is raised at the end of the compression, the punch is level with the surface of the die, enabling the finished tablet to be swept aside into the collecting vessel. Driving wheel: It guides the movement of the upper and lower punches and the hopper. Basic Parts of a Single Station Tablet Press Machine Note that in a single station tablet press machine, there is only one upper and lower punch and die set. Force for compressing the tablet is exerted only through the upper punch, while the lower punch is stationary for the period of compression. The powder material compacted by the pressure exerted between the moving upper punch and the lower stationary punch. The shape of the tablet is depended on the shape of the die cavity. 10. How does a single station tablet press machine work? A single station tablet press produces tablets through a number of steps that can be described as follows: Filling: the upper cam withdraws the upper punch from the die, and the lower punch is low inside the die cavity so that the powder falls from the hopper and fills the cavity that made by the die and bottom punch. The lower punch is then adjusted to the required weight of material and, as it lifts, excess powder is ejected from the die. Compression: the lower punch remains stationary and the upper punch lowers into the die to compress the powder into a tablet. Ejection: the upper punch is then withdrawn while the lower punch pushes upwards lifting the formed tablet from the die. The tablet is then removed from the die surface by the surface plate. Then, the cycle is repeated for the next batch.   The single station tablet press is adjusted to suit the type of tablet, the material, compression and capacity of material required for each tablet. Adjustments are usually made by operating the machine manually so that a check can be made on the appearance, size and mechanical robustness of the formed tablets. Once the operator is satisfied with the quality of the tablet, the mechanical adjustments are locked into place, and the machine is ready for automatic production. It is important that settings are checked regularly especially if large quantities of tablets are made, to maintain the quality and standard of the product. 11. Maintenance Knowledge of Single Station Tablet Machine In addition to mastering the use matters, single station tablet press machine maintenance is also a "learning". It looks simple, but the actual operation is not easy. According to the industry, there are the following maintenance techniques for single punch tablet press machines. First, the user must manually test and press a few tablets before and after the equipment is working, and then turn on the electric press after there is no problem. Second, the issue of cleanliness needs attention. After using, the user should take out the remaining powder and wipe all parts of the machine. If the single station tablet press machine is out of service for a long time, the die must be removed, the working surface of the equipment must be wiped clean, coated with anti-rust oil, and dust-proof clothing. The die should be cleaned and immersed in oil for storage. Third, the lubrication of the friction surfaces of the moving parts is an important step to ensure the normal operation of the machine and prolong the service life. The industry pointed out that, especially the main moving parts, if single station tablet press machines are running under the condition of lack of oil, they may quickly be damaged. Therefore, before using the single punch tablet press, all oil cups, oil holes and friction surfaces must be lubricated and cleared. When a single station tablet press is running, each friction surface is covered with oil film before it can be put into use. In addition, it is necessary to add oil on time, but you should not add too much oil each time, so as not to overflow and affect cleaning and contaminate the tablets. Fourth, check the parts regularly. Before each work, check whether the screws are loose or not, and always pay attention to checking during the work. If screws are loose, they should be tightened immediately to avoid malfunction. Fifth, in the process of tablet pressing, the operator must frequently check the quality of the punching die. If there are missing edges, cracks, deformation, etc., they should be replaced in time to avoid malfunction, damage to the machine, and affecting the quality of the tablet. 12. What Is a Multiple Station Tablet Press Machine / a Rotary Tablet Press Machine? It is a type of tablet press machine with numerous tooling stations in constant rotation to make different types of tablets. Rotary tablet press is a kind of automatic rotation, continuous tablet press miniaturization machine, equipped with overload protection device, when the pressure overload can automatically stop. The rotary tablet press improves the uniformity of the tablet density and reduces the phenomenon of crack loosening. You can refer to it as an automatic rotary tablet press machine. Multiple Station Tablet Press Machine (Rotary Tablet Press Machine) 13. Regulating Mechanism of Automatic Rotary Tablet Press Machine Filling Regulating Mechanism The filling dose adjustment on the rotary tablet press is mainly based on the filling rail. By rotating the dial regulating plate, the shaft can be driven to rotate, and the worm shaft connected with it also rotates. When the worm wheel rotates, the internal threaded hole causes the lifting rod to move in an axial direction, and the filling rail which is firmly connected with the lifting rod also moves up and down accordingly. That is to adjust the position of the downward punch in the middle die hole, so as to meet the requirements of adjusting the filling quantity. Basic Parts of Rotary Tablet Press Rotating Disk There are three commonly used hopper feeding methods for rotary tablet presses: Open forced feeding, Closed forced feeding, and Gravity feeding. Up and Down Running Guide Device The axial movement of up and down is controlled by the guide rail of up and down. The up-moving guide rail can be splice together into a rotary guide plate, which is expanded as, indicating that the machine is double-chip, and there is still the same guide rail. The guide plate is fastened to the upper part of the non-rotating mandrel, and the tail of the up-stroke is in contact with the curved flange of the up-stroke guide. The cross section shape of the flange of the up-stroke guide rail will be consistent with the cross section of the up-stroke shrinkage diameter. When the up-stroke rotates with the working wheel, it will be subject to the control of the guide rail and produce axial motion. The downstroke guide rail is relatively simple, which is inlaid on the frame body, and the downstroke depends on the weight and pressure of the upstroke on the downstroke guide rail surface. According to the force of the object in the die, the up-rushing downward guide rail is designed according to the cosine curve, so that the acceleration of the up-rushing is zero, in order to reduce the impact and increase the service life of the dies. As the upstroke moves along the upstroke rail, the upstroke slowly rises from low to high, gradually exits through the middle die hole, and reaches the highest point. As the upstroke begins to walk in parallel tracks, the downstroke rises on the upstroke, gradually reaching the highest point, and ejecting the tablets. When the upper charge stays at the highest point in the downward rail, the lower charge starts to fall, and then the lower charge runs on the filling rail. During this period, the middle die hole is completely exposed to the covering area of the feeder, completing the feeding process. When the upper punch reaches the control area of the downward rail, the upper punch gradually descends into the middle die hole for the tablet pressing process. At this time, the lower punch is at the lowest point but does not leave the middle die hole, so the bottom of the hole is always sealed. Pressure regulating mechanism The actual application of pressure to a drug on a rotary tablet press does not depend on the running rail. The upper and lower rushing are placed on a pair of upper and lower rollers on the rack during the pressurization stage (at this time, the upper rushing tail is separated from the upper rushing rail). The eccentric regulating pressure mechanism is an eccentric regulating pressure mechanism. The upper pressing wheel is mounted on an eccentric shaft. By adjusting the nut, the pressure of the compression spring is changed, and the swing Angle of the rocker arm is changed at the same time, so as to change the eccentric bearing of the eccentric shaft, and to reach the lowest point position of adjusting the upper press wheel, and thus change the lowest point position of the upper thrust. When the pressure of the die is too high, the buffer spring will bear too much force, which will make the micro switch move and stop the machine, thus achieving the function of overload protection. Another kind of pressing wheel eccentric adjusting mechanism, when loosening the setting screw, using the plum handle to rotate the worm shaft, rotating the worm wheel, can also change the eccentric axis eccentric azimuth, in order to achieve the purpose of changing the highest position of pressing wheel, so as to adjust the highest position of pressing plate at the moment. The upper and lower pressure wheels are mounted on the upper and lower pressure wheels respectively. One end of the diamond pressure wheel stand is connected with the regulating mechanism respectively, and the other end is connected with the fixed bracket. Adjusting the handwheel can change the upper and lower position of the upper press wheel frame, so as to adjust the depth of the upper punch into the middle die hole. Adjust the thickness of the tablet by adjusting the handle so that the roller can move up and down to adjust the thickness and hardness of the tablet. The pressure is controlled by the pressure cylinder. This kind of pressure and pressure regulating mechanism can ensure the pressure increase stably, and can maintain a certain time at the maximum pressure. It has a certain effect on the compression of granular materials and the discharge of air, so it is suitable for high-speed rotary tablet press. 14. Main Features For a Rotary Tablet Press Multi-station tablet press machine has numerous stations for producing tablets. The output of the rotary tablet press is higher than that of the single-punch tablet machine, and the speed of the rotary tablet press is faster. Production of a variety of discs and shaped pieces. The doors and windows equipped with transparent glass can clearly observe the state of lamination and prevent pollution. The side panel can be fully opened for easy internal cleaning and maintenance. The parts in contact with drugs are made of stainless steel by precision machining, which can maintain the surface luster and prevent cross contamination, and meet the GMP requirements. The support frame is made of aluminum alloy, which can be disassembled independently for transportation. The layout of all controllers and operating parts is reasonable. Frequency conversion speed regulation device is used for electrical speed regulation, which is convenient to operate, stable to rotate, safe and accurate. Implement mechatronics. 15. How Do Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Choose Tablet Press Machines? Details can be found in this article, let’s get started: Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Should Consider The Following Factors In Selecting Tablet Press Pharmaceutical manufacturers should consider the following factors in selecting tablet press： The Variety, Grade and Added Value Level of the Products Produced If tablet makers produce better products and higher added value, they can choose high-end equipment. After all, this kind of equipment has good performance and high degree of automation, which can ensure the product quality. The Size of the Shift Output When selecting equipment, it is not necessary to blindly pursue the output of a single machine, but to determine the output of a single machine according to the actual shift output demand. Workshop Area If the layout area of the workshop is relatively large, the medium and low speed tablet press can be used. The number of equipment of tablet press manufacturers can be increased appropriately, so as to reduce the equipment investment. If the equipment layout in the workshop is very compact, the sub high speed or high speed tablet press can be selected. Although the investment is relatively high, the difficulty of equipment layout is avoided. However, no matter the size of the area, the tablet maker thinks that at least two tablet presses should be arranged under normal conditions. In this way, the production line can be prevented from stopping when the tablet press fails. 16. Maintenance Instructions For Rotary Tablet Press Regularly check the parts of rotary tablet press machine once or twice a month. The inspection items are whether the worm gear, worm, bearing, pressing wheel, crankshaft, upper and lower guide rail and other moving parts rotate flexibly and wear. If any defect is found, it should be repaired and used in time. After one use or shutdown, take out the residual powder and brush off the residual powder of the machine. If the machine is out of service for a long time, remove all the dies and wipe the machine clean. The smooth surface of the machine shall be coated with anti rust oil and covered with cloth awning. The maintenance of the die should be placed in the iron box with cover, so that the die is completely immersed in the oil and kept clean, so as not to rust and bruise. The customized iron box can be packed in one box with each specification, which can avoid wrong installation and help to master the damage situation. The place of use should be cleaned frequently, especially for the manufacture of medicine and edible tablets. 17. How Much Does a Tablet Press Machine Cost? The price of the tablet press machine varies depending on the type of tablet press. Generally speaking, the price of a simple single-punch tablet press machine ranges from 1,000 US dollars to 3,000 US dollars. The higher the speed and output of the tablet press, the higher the price. The price of small and medium-sized rotary tablet presses on the market ranges from 3,000 US dollars to 100,000 US dollars. And the price of high-speed and high-volume tablet presses will be higher. LeadTop Pharmaceutical Machinery China (LTPM CHINA) also provides single station tablet press machine. If you are interested in a single punch tablet press machine, you can go to the LTPM to find a single punch tablet press machine you like. LeadTop Pharmaceutical Machinery China (LTPM CHINA) provides multiple station tablet press machine (rotary tablet press), too. 18. Does LTPM Offer a Tablet Production Line? Yes, LTPM offers a whole production line for tablets from powder making and granulation, tablet press, to packing. LTPM is a professional company specializing in pharmaceutical industry since 1996. LTPM has extensive experience in oral solid dosage preparations (osd). The solution capability of LTPM is at the leading level in the industry. In LTPM, you can choose any model for tablet press with various capacity and applications. Here are some popular models you will get from LTPM: TDP-series Single Punch Tablet Pressing Machine ZP-series Rotary Tablet Press Machine ZPT-series Rotary Tablet Press Machine GZPK-seires Rotary Tablet Press Machine GZPK-Series High Speed Tablet Press Machine 19. What Is the Features of ZP-Series Tablet Press Machine? The ZP-series tablet press machine adopts Germany, Japan and Denmark brand electronics for PLC, touch screen, inverter, Relays and contactors. So it is Stable working with simple maintenance. The material of the ZP-series tablet press machine is made of stainless steel with totally closed, the surface of turntable deal with polished and prevent cross pollution which meet the GMP standard. ZP-series tablet press machine is equipped with Organic-glass perspective window for tablet producing observation. Each perspective window could be fully opened and easy for cleaning and maintenance. ZP-series tablet press machine is adopts the import Frequency Timing with Electromagnetism Clutch. Driving system is equipped with oil box and running under oil, easy for heat dissipation and wear-resistance. ZP-series tablet press machine is equipped with Dust Collector as well, which avoids the dust emission, and recycle to save dust. 20. What Is the Features of GZPK-Series Tablet Press Machine? Double-sided discharge chutes, high productivity. No handwheel with machine, automatic drive by synchronous motor, it can complete realize automatic production. Separate control cabinet to operate machine, separated production area from operation area to ensure the safety for operator and sanitation for production. Adopts encoder to count, measure and display control is accurate. Main pressure system, pre-pressure system, filling system, feeding system adopt modular design. Simple structure. These modular parts can be freely adjusted or removed. Non-interference between maintenance are easy. The main pressure and pre-pressure are the same structure which can be interchanged each other. Both main pressure and pre-pressure are all 100kn which make it easier for forming tablets. Tri-wheeled double layer feeding system. The upper impeller can increase powder flow and balance powder density. The lower impellers are used for feeding and dosing to ensure the uniformity of feeding. Use servo motor to adjust dosing cam track which an control filling depth to ensure accurate dosing. Force-feeding device controls the flow of powder and ensures the accuracy of feeding. Feed is easy to be disassembled and platform is easy to be regulated. No dead area in press chamber and easy to be observed and cleaned.   21. What Is the Difference Between ZP-Series Tablet Press Machine and GZPK-Series Tablet Press Machine? The rotation speed of turret is different, which reaches 25 rpm for ZP tablet press machine, but 80 rpm at max for GZPK tablet press machine. So GZPK-series tablet press machine is a typical high speed tablet press. The capacity is different. The capacity of ZP tablet press machine is 150,000 tablets per hour in maximum. The capacity of GZPK tablet press machine is 470,000 tablets per hour in maximum. 22. What service will you get from LTPM? LTPM has seven technicians who gets passport ready to travel all over world to offer service to you. LTPM provides 24 hours hot line for Technical Support. LTPM gets 18 hours internet line for technical support. Video camera in workshop to help you adjust and solve machine problem in working situation. LTPM Nasdaq Screen Display If you have questions, please CONTACT US NOW!                              

Hot air circulation oven several major maintenance precautions, quickly write down   Hot air circulation oven is a common equipment in the pharmaceutical industry. In the process of use and maintenance, we must follow the relevant principles and grasp the relevant precautions, so as to ensure the stable operation of the equipment and the smooth drying production process.     In the process of operating the equipment, it should be noted that when the equipment is powered on, the operator should not touch the part of the electric appliance on the left side of the box by hand, or wipe it with wet cloth and wash it with water; do not place the goods in the box too crowded, and leave enough space for the moist air to escape on the top of the wind. Special person should be responsible for the use of the equipment, and the external power supply should be cut off at the end of the equipment operation to avoid the occurrence of accidents.   The maintenance of equipment is an important condition to extend the service life of equipment. It is understood that in the past, many people did not pay attention to the maintenance of hot air circulation oven, which was in a state of barbaric production and lacked the plan of maintenance equipment.     It's very common that people think of repairing the equipment after it breaks down, there is no maintenance at all, they don't pay attention to the preventive maintenance of the equipment, they are reluctant to pay for the equipment, they almost always repair it afterwards, they spend a lot of money on it, and so on. In recent years, with the increasing cost pressure of pharmaceutical enterprises, the maintenance of equipment has begun to pay more attention.   At present, due to a lot of domestic maintenance and operation personnel training is not in place, as well as limited professional and technical ability, the level of equipment maintenance is low. Therefore, pharmaceutical enterprises need to strengthen the training intensity and professionalism, improve the level of maintenance equipment, in order to make the equipment to maintain a longer run.     The operation and maintenance personnel should receive professional safety technical training, master the basic structure and operation rules of the box, and learn maintenance knowledge. Some factory technicians said that the maintenance of hot air circulation oven also needs to pay attention to the following matters.   First, the equipment should be placed in a well ventilated and dark environment, do not fully contact with the wall, and do not place other objects around.   Second, when the equipment is used for the first time, it may produce slight smoke and smell due to heating of the antirust coating. After two times of use, it will return to normal, which does not affect the use. You can slightly open the window for ventilation.   Third, the box power socket should be consistent with the regulated voltage and have reliable grounding to ensure safe operation.   Fourthly, if the door of the box is opened to replace or the goods are put in for a long time, the temperature setting should be lowered or the power switch should be closed for about 5-10 minutes to reduce the temperature surge phenomenon and avoid unnecessary losses.     Fifthly, in order to maintain the beauty of the equipment, do not use acid or alkali and other corrosive articles to wipe the surface. The box can be cleaned regularly with dry cloth.   Sixth, when the temperature is high, attention should be paid to the box temperature to prevent scalding.   Seventh, do not put flammable and explosive materials.   Eighth, pay attention to turn off the power switch after the equipment is used up.   Ninth, there is a fuse in the control box of the equipment. If the equipment is not powered on, you should first check whether there is a problem with the fuse tube. When checking and replacing the fuse tube, you need to cut off the power supply and replace the standard fuse tube of the same model.     In general, the maintenance of hot air circulation oven seems to be simple. In actual operation, operators need to master relevant skills to achieve the expected maintenance effect and ensure the stable operation of production.

Be a good "Guardian" of pharmaceutical workshop equipment to ensure product quality and safety   The rapid development of modern science and technology has not only brought high efficiency to pharmaceutical production, but also greatly improved the quality of drugs. But stable pharmaceutical production needs to be established in the good operation of the equipment. Therefore, it is of great significance to carry out scientific and professional maintenance and management of pharmaceutical equipment faults, as well as regular maintenance of the equipment.   Pharmaceutical enterprises need to improve the awareness of equipment maintenance and management     It is understood that some equipment introduced by pharmaceutical workshops of many enterprises in earlier years will increase unstable factors if the service life is too long, which will bring hidden dangers to pharmaceutical production. For example, in some injection workshop code line scanning station, the phenomenon of false culling occasionally occurs, some machines do not have time to scan will cause false culling, affecting production efficiency. Therefore, it is very important to repair the aged equipment in time to solve the problems.   "But in fact, many pharmaceutical companies have no plan to maintain their equipment. Once the equipment is broken, they just want to repair it. They have no awareness of maintenance at ordinary times." Some enterprise personnel reported that it is the case of many pharmaceutical enterprises to carry out post maintenance of equipment. In addition, as most enterprises are mainly small and medium-sized, the expensive maintenance cost of equipment also makes many enterprises "very difficult".   In recent years, with the increasingly strict supervision of the pharmaceutical industry, the production and management level of modern pharmaceutical enterprises has been gradually improved, and more attention has been paid to the maintenance and management of pharmaceutical equipment. However, due to the complex structure of pharmaceutical equipment, and the lack of professional talents in the pharmaceutical machinery industry, many who understand pharmaceutical technology do not understand equipment maintenance and operation, so pharmaceutical enterprises need to recruit professional talents in equipment maintenance and management, and carry out effective personnel training to ensure the scientific and smooth operation of production equipment.   How to improve the quality and level of equipment maintenance management?     The industry believes that pharmaceutical enterprises should establish a maintenance management mechanism in line with the development of enterprises, improve the quality and level of equipment maintenance management, so as to ensure the quality and safety of pharmaceutical.   First, special personnel can be arranged to adhere to the equipment inspection and inspection system. The inspection contents include: the process of equipment operation, whether the operation is standardized, and the operation status of the equipment. For the equipment with problems, it is necessary to report to the relevant person in charge in time, so as to arrange personnel for professional maintenance and scientific management, so as to ensure the good operation of the follow-up equipment.   Second, strengthen the management of equipment before application. Before the application of the equipment, it is necessary to check the environment of the equipment, the water and electricity requirements of the equipment foundation, and cooperate with the equipment manufacturer to complete the early installation of the equipment through effective acceptance, installation, commissioning and other work. In addition, after a detailed understanding of the structural characteristics and working principle of the equipment, it is also beneficial for the enterprise personnel to have a foundation for the subsequent maintenance management of the equipment.   Third, the stable operation of the equipment is inseparable from scientific and professional maintenance. Enterprise equipment maintenance management personnel should formulate a scientific and strict maintenance system. For example, some pharmaceutical companies have established four levels of equipment maintenance system to ensure the good operation of equipment. Among them, the first level maintenance is mainly to clean the surface of the equipment; the second level maintenance is to remove the rust and dust inside the equipment; the third level maintenance is mainly to replace some seriously worn mechanical parts such as electronic components scientifically; the fourth level maintenance is mainly to evaluate the quality and performance of the equipment comprehensively, and to clean and repair the equipment comprehensively Check the parts, and effectively solve the negligence of the above three maintenance methods.     In addition, in the view of the industry, equipment maintenance personnel also need to improve the awareness of risk management and control, should have the ability to detect problems earlier and quickly solve problems, so as to further protect the production of drugs, reduce the management cost of enterprises, and improve the economic and social benefits of enterprises.

The knowledge of rotary tablet press is worthy of attention   Rotary tablet press is a kind of automatic rotation, continuous tablet press miniaturization machine, equipped with overload protection device, when the pressure overload can automatically stop. The rotary tablet press improves the uniformity of the tablet density and reduces the phenomenon of crack loosening.     Main features: 1. Production of a variety of discs and shaped pieces. 2. The doors and windows equipped with transparent glass can clearly observe the state of lamination and prevent pollution. The side panel can be fully opened for easy internal cleaning and maintenance. The parts in contact with drugs are made of stainless steel by precision machining, which can maintain the surface luster and prevent cross contamination, and meet the GMP requirements. The support frame is made of aluminum alloy, which can be disassembled independently for transportation. 3. The layout of all controllers and operating parts is reasonable. 4. Frequency conversion speed regulation device is used for electrical speed regulation, which is convenient to operate, stable to rotate, safe and accurate. 5. Implement mechatronics.     The rotary tablet press adopts frequency conversion technology to replace the mechanical speed regulation of stepless speed regulation motor. The advantage of frequency control is energy saving and consumption reduction, reliable control, stable operation and low noise. The frequency converter has many protection functions, such as over-voltage, low voltage and over-current. The output parameters can monitor the actuator in real time. In case of any abnormality, the protection function acts. The frequency converter controls the main motor to stop running, and displays the fault code to indicate the cause of the fault, which further ensures the safe and reliable operation of the motor.     Maintenance instructions for rotary tablet press: 1. Regularly check the parts of rotary tablet press once or twice a month. The inspection items are whether the worm gear, worm, bearing, pressing wheel, crankshaft, upper and lower guide rail and other moving parts rotate flexibly and wear. If any defect is found, it should be repaired and used in time. 2. After one use or shutdown, take out the residual powder and brush off the residual powder of the machine. If the machine is out of service for a long time, remove all the dies and wipe the machine clean. The smooth surface of the machine shall be coated with anti rust oil and covered with cloth awning. 3. The maintenance of the die should be placed in the iron box with cover, so that the die is completely immersed in the oil and kept clean, so as not to rust and bruise. The customized iron box can be packed in one box with each specification, which can avoid wrong installation and help to master the damage situation. 4. The place of use should be cleaned frequently, especially for the manufacture of medicine and edible tablets.     The rotary tablet press has concentrated the good technical features of most tablet presses, and has made great improvements in machine structure and operation control. The structure of the machine adopts universal base body, universal shape and replaceable punching plate body, so as to realize the exchange of one machine.   That's what LTPM CHINA rotary tablet press brings to you. I hope you like it.

A brief introduction to the punch of tablet press   The tablet press punching die is also the most commonly used tablet equipment tablet press on an indispensable accessory. It is also a very important work to choose the appropriate punching die correctly after the purchase of the tablet press. In many tablet pharmaceutical factories, the tablet press purchased can not be used normally because of the improper selection of the punching die. .     According to the use of different equipment, there are single-blank press die, rotary press die, flower basket press die and press die;   There are alloy steel stamping die, cemented carbide stamping die, ceramic stamping die, chrome plating, titanium plating punching die, the most common alloy steel materials for domestic stamping die are: GCr15,Crl2MoV,CrWuMn,9Mn2V,9CrSi; the most common materials for imported stamping die are: A2、O1、S1、S7、PHG.S、PHG-P.   There are ZP standard (GB12253.90) punching die, IPT international standard punching die, EU standard punching die and all kinds of non-standard special sheet press punching die and battery ring punching die ;(high speed sheet press punching die standard JB/T20080.1-2006(T series) recently passed the examination)   Because of its different standard and machine style, single punching die and rotary tablet press die are divided. The die of single punch and rotary tablet press can be divided into circular die and special-shaped die according to the specifications, diameter and shape of tablet.   Circular punch: shallow arc punch, deep arc punch, oblique flat round punch, pure flat round punch: geometry other than circular shape, such as ellipse, bond shape (capsule shape), triangle and other specific needs of the punch, can be customized according to the requirements of the demand side.     Material for punching   GrCr15 bearing steel;   Generally, most of the bearing steel is a low speed sheet press at the end of 70-80 years. This kind of sheet press is mainly precision, rotation speed is not fast, die size accuracy is not high, easy to process. At present, the use of such equipment in the domestic volume is still large, mainly pressure Chinese medicine, because Chinese medicine has different degrees of corrosion to the mold, mold often need to be replaced, in Chongming County, Shanghai has a special production of low-speed mold manufacturers, About 10, the price is also very cheap 30-35 per pair. Because the price can not buy, the mold processing method is also very rough slot. In addition to Shanghai to receive such mold orders, other mold manufacturers are basically not responsible for such mold.   6CrW2Si materials;   6CrW2Si materials are widely used in domestic high-speed rotary sheet press die ,6CrW2Si are formed by adding a certain amount of tungsten on the basis of chromium silicon steel. Tungsten is added to many materials, mainly because tungsten is very wear-resistant and has high hardness. Tungsten is added to the machined NC tool. I've seen it before. Scenic spot merchants sell kitchen knives for deduction and use kitchen knives to cut iron, a wire is cut off, and the knife has no trace. This is to add tungsten to the kitchen knife material.   The general use of 6 CrW2Si of material mold, are high-speed tablet press, because low-speed tablet press use 6 CrW2Si cost is too high, and the effect of Chinese medicine press is limited. At present, the price of high-speed tablet press mold is very stable, has not increased for 10 years, not only did not rise, fierce competition of individual manufacturers also reduced prices. Domestic several mainstream mold suppliers quality is basically the same, do well in the details can be seen. In general, the pharmaceutical factory received the mold will not be tested each, so the mold tolerance is critical. If each go according to the original factory drawings, it is estimated that there will be a lot of defective products.   S7 imported materials;   When it comes to imported materials, we must think that imported sheet press uses imported materials.   At present, the imported sheet press includes the whole machine assembled in China, such as Shandong Xinma (formerly Italy Ima- kilian), Fette, Manesty, GEA Courtoy, Kikusui, Korsch and so on.   This imported material is manufactured by Fent Coke Company in the United States, which means that only materials imported from the United States can be called S7, No other country can S7, Because each country has its own steel brand, then the problem arises. Domestic mainstream sheet press mold suppliers, as long as you say imported sheet press, and you are using imported materials S7, Can they provide relevant information and import documents from Fent Coke Company, I don't think so. Now many domestic pharmaceutical companies on FDA project, FDA all contact with the sheet to provide material proof. So how to identify S7 materials, of course, S7 material and 6 CrW2Si material obvious price is not the same, mold at least double. So the manufacturers who buy imported tablet press do not care about the price of the mold, in fact, the quality of the mold has not really improved much.     Imported mould materials;   The so-called imported mold materials, is the mold directly imported from abroad to China, then foreign mold suppliers, what materials. Foreign use of materials more changes, mainly according to the characteristics of the sheet selection of different materials, materials such as S7,H13,O1,D2,S440.   Why are foreign S7 materials good if foreign mold suppliers and domestic mold suppliers also use S7 materials, because the process of steelmaking is very different, followed by heat treatment. If steel and heat treatment control is not good, mold polishing is useless, domestic pharmaceutical factory engineers intuitive impression is that the mold polishing is very good, very bright. In fact, the mold can be polished to a certain extent, there is no need to polish the body and mirror, the longer the polishing time is affected by the steel skin.   We often see imported molds abroad, the finish is not as bright as the polishing of domestic molds, we think that the imported molds are only the same, we do not think of the cost of labor in Europe and the United States how expensive.   Look at the quality of a mold, just like a car tire, if you don't look at the tire brand, you ca n' t see it on the same car, you have to run for a while to see it, and the mold is the same. You have to keep pressing to see good and bad.  

What are the common failures of using semi-automatic capsule filling machines?   The common faults of semi-automatic capsule filling machine are described below. The vibration of capsule filling machine is not ideal and the voltage is adjusted. Reed screw loose, tighten screw. The capsule shell is arranged in the workbench plate, the mouth is high or low, and the dislocation plate and guide rail are adjusted. The capsule shell has too many inverted heads (more than 3%), the vibrator is not adjusted properly, because the appropriate voltage or the size of the capsule shell is not up to standard, the qualified capsule shell is selected. Capsule shell stuck on the plate can not fall, replace capsule shell or adjust the position of dislocation plate and plate hole.   Mold can not be reset in the track, guide rail back-end pressure spring stuck or capsule variant stuck. Reinstall the spring or top rod and push the stuck capsule down. The wear of the guide plate in the mould affects the low rate of capsule sleeve, the replacement of the new mould of the capsule filling machine or the loosening of the positioning on both sides, the fastening of the positioning nail, the modification or humidity of the capsule, and the replacement of the capsule shell.   LTPM CHINA Semi-automatic capsule filling machine is suitable for filling of 000#- capsule cap, body and powder. It is suitable for small and medium-sized pharmaceutical factory, health product factory, hospital, veterinary medicine factory, research institute, laboratory, pesticide factory and small and medium-sized batch production of pharmacy with more patients. Using hole plug filling, intermittent operation, frequency conversion speed regulation, suitable for powder rotation or pellet capsule tablets to automatically complete the seeding, sub-capsule, filling (waste capsule removal), lock capsule, finished product output and so on. All parts of contact with drugs are made of stainless steel precision, with dust cleaning device to meet the "GMP" standard requirements.

Focusing on the production of solid pharmaceutical preparations, granulation is an important process   There are many kinds of drugs, which can be divided into solid, semi-solid, liquid and gas dosage forms. Among them, solid preparation accounts for about 70% of all drugs, which is the main dosage form of drugs. It has the advantages of good physical and chemical stability, low production cost, easy to take and carry, so it is welcomed by patients.     Drug solid preparation is based on drug powder as the starting material. In order to ensure the product quality and smooth production process of solid preparation, it is often necessary to process and treat drugs, such as crushing, grading, mixing, granulation, drying, tablet pressing, etc. In the production process of solid pharmaceutical preparations, granulation is a very important process.   According to the understanding of the traditional granulation process, it is easy to use the mixing drying oven to affect the product quality. In order to strengthen the supervision and management of drug production and drug quality, and ensure the safety of patients, China has implemented the GMP certification system. Under this system, the design of plant and equipment configuration, water, ventilation and air conditioning system, warehouse conditions, production management and quality management file system, organization and other aspects are facing more stringent requirements It also includes the requirement to prevent cross contamination.     In this context, the traditional granulation process obviously can not meet the requirements of certification enterprises, and gradually become unpopular, and a new "efficient wet granulation boiling drying" production process was born, its obvious characteristics are: high production efficiency, short cycle, and in line with GMP requirements, at present this new granulation process is widely recognized and applied by pharmaceutical enterprises.   The production process of "high efficiency wet granulation boiling drying" includes two parts: high efficiency wet granulation and boiling drying. The high efficiency wet granulation refers to the granulation process of mixing humidifying stirring high speed cutting granulation in the same equipment container, which is characterized by avoiding cross pollution, convenient operation, reducing labor intensity and meeting the GMP requirements. The boiling drying is the best process The dried granular material is in boiling state in the clean hot air flow. Through the heat exchange between the hot air and the material, the rapid drying of the material is realized.   It is worth mentioning that although the advantages of the new pelletizing process are prominent, the key to the normal use of the new process equipment is the success of debugging. Many users report that the quality problems such as "too many material heads" often appear in the commissioning process of the wet granulation and boiling drying equipment, which seriously affect the granulation effect.     In order to solve the quality problem of "too many material heads" in the trial production and commissioning, some domestic manufacturers also start from the working principle of wet granulation and boiling drying, combined with the traditional granulation process, test and analyze the boiling drying, discuss the commissioning work of new wet granulation and boiling drying equipment, and improve the problems in the commissioning of the equipment.   For example, a granulator manufacturer found that the key to debugging the equipment is to make the material flow fully by discussing the problems existing in the production and debugging of the equipment. Therefore, after the efficient wet granulation, the manufacturer added a wet granulation procedure to enhance the fluidity of the material. At the same time, the manufacturer also improved the operation procedure, so that after the fan started, the material was heated first and then fed, which reduced the phenomenon of material re aggregation after entering the dryer chamber.   Some companies have designed the wet granulation boiling drying line unit by widely absorbing and combining with the production process characteristics of solid preparations at home and abroad. It is a new type of machine which combines the wet granulation machine, wet granulation machine, boiling dryer, dry granulation machine, material conveying, mixer, etc. effectively, and combines with the actual domestic production demand. It has reasonable structure, stable performance and high reliability It avoids the problem of "too many material heads", and is suitable for the production of tablets, capsules and granules.   In general, under the background of aging and consumption upgrading, the market demand for solid pharmaceutical preparations will continue to grow. At the same time, as the industry supervision becomes stricter and the quality requirements continue to improve, the production process and equipment related to solid pharmaceutical preparations also need to keep pace with the times and constantly upgrade to meet the production requirements of higher quality products.

Bottle washing machine cleaning effect is not ideal? What is the solution?   In the process of pharmaceutical production, bottle washing machine is also an indispensable part, and the technology of domestic bottle washing machine has reached a very mature level. However, there are often feedback from users that the washing effect of bottle washing machine is not ideal after using for a period of time, which can not meet the requirements of production. So, what's going on? What are the reasons? How to solve this problem?     In this regard, the technical personnel of the manufacturer analyzed that there are many reasons for the poor cleaning of the bottle washing machine. For example, the low temperature of the cleaning fluid will affect the cleaning effect. In this case, the temperature of the cleaning fluid should be adjusted in time.   If the nozzle of the equipment is blocked, the cleaning effect will also be affected. In this case, the user should dredge the nozzle in time and insist on cleaning and dredging regularly.   In addition, if users choose too many bubbles from cleaning equipment, they will also affect the cleaning effect. It is suggested that the cleaning agent should be improved.   The above situation is mainly due to external factors. In fact, the selection of equipment is also very important. At present, the bottle washing machines on the market are uneven, and the quality is good or bad. Users should recognize the reputation and reputation of the manufacturer when purchasing the equipment, and only by comparing the products with three manufacturers can they select the equipment with reliable quality and help the production.     Of course, in addition to the unsatisfactory cleaning effect of the bottle washing machine, heating up, insufficient spray pressure, and serious damage of utensils are also common failures. Users are required to understand the causes and solutions of these problems.   For the problem of slow temperature rise of the bottle washing machine, the technical personnel said that if the washing liquid temperature rises slowly during normal operation of the bottle washing machine, it may be caused by the following two reasons: the condensate water of the heater is not discharged smoothly, in this case, the bypass valve of the steam trap can be opened to drain it; the scale of the heater is accumulated, and the thermal conductivity is affected, so it should be removed regularly Dirt. If the spray pressure is insufficient when the bottle washing machine is running, the cleaning effect may be affected by the following three reasons: 1. The cleaning fluid is insufficient and the liquid level is low, so the cleaning fluid should be added to raise the liquid level; The water pump should not run normally as soon as possible; 3. The filter debris is accumulating continuously, and it is not cleaned in time, and the resistance is large. It is recommended to clean the filter as soon as possible to remove the debris.   In addition, if there are more broken bottles in the bottle washing machine after cleaning, it may be caused by the following three reasons: 1. If the quality of glassware itself is poor, the qualified glassware should be replaced in time; 2. In case of some failure of the instrument, the technical engineer shall comprehensively check the instrument, find out the cause and solve it in time; 3. The bottle temperature is too low when entering the bottle, and the temperature changes suddenly, which can increase the temperature of the bottle.   Generally speaking, in order to achieve the ideal bottle washing effect, the bottle washing machine needs good quality, correct and scientific operation, and maintenance and inspection work in advance, such as cleaning filter debris, heater scale, and checking whether the instrument can operate normally. In this regard, it is also recommended that users do their homework before using the bottle washing machine, so as to ensure the smooth operation of the cleaning work, and ensure that the bottles after cleaning are intact and achieve satisfactory results.

Annual inventory: four key words of pharmaceutical equipment industry in 2020   2020 is coming to an end. For the coming year 2021, I believe that many pharmaceutical machinery people are full of expectations and are fully prepared. Looking back on the development trend of pharmaceutical equipment industry in 2020, the author thinks that four key words can be used to define the concept, which are internationalization, high-end, customized and intelligent.   Internationalization   The data shows that the average growth rate of the annual export value of China's pharmaceutical equipment industry has reached 23.075%. With the continuous development of domestic pharmaceutical equipment industry, as well as the continuous technological breakthrough of some powerful enterprises, more and more pharmaceutical machinery enterprises are on the road of international development while meeting the domestic market demand.   For example, pharmaceutical machinery enterprises have been gaining new markets overseas. At present, they have successfully entered western Europe, North America and other high-level markets, and some high-level production lines such as anti-tumor have also entered the European and American markets. Especially in the European market, compared with the previous five years, there has been a significant increase.   From the perspective of low-cost pharmaceutical equipment, we need to speed up the pace of internationalization of pharmaceutical equipment, but we need to improve the overall competitiveness of pharmaceutical equipment from low-cost to high-level.   High end   With the advantages of low price and convenient maintenance, the domestic medicine machine has basically realized the import substitution in the low-end field, but it still needs to continue to make efforts in the middle and high-end market. In recent years, the industry has also generally recognized that China's pharmaceutical equipment industry is lack of high-end equipment, lack of high-tech high-end pharmaceutical equipment manufacturers and other issues.   Since the beginning of this year, some innovative enterprises have begun to make efforts in the high-end field, and have made some progress. For example, the high-end pharmaceutical equipment industrialization project of Xinma pharmaceutical is expected to be officially put into operation by the end of this year. The start of the project marks the further upgrading of technological innovation of Xinma pharmaceutical. At the same time, the company will form a whole industry chain of solid preparation laboratory, customized, production-oriented and closed production lines, and become a complete solution provider providing stable and reliable solid preparation equipment for domestic and foreign customers.   With the promotion of consistency evaluation, normalization of procurement with volume, and continuous upgrading of domestic pharmaceutical industry, upstream pharmaceutical equipment has also begun to pursue high-end technology and equipment. In addition, a series of policies support the development of high-end pharmaceutical equipment. The industry expects that the market demand of medium and high-end pharmaceutical machinery in China will break out in the future.   customization   With the innovation and diversification of users' demands, customized services launched by pharmaceutical machinery enterprises are becoming more and more popular in the market.   Since this year, more and more small and medium-sized pharmaceutical machinery enterprises, on the basis of doing their own products well, have launched personalized customized services as a breakthrough point, docking their products and increasing the added value of their products.   Among them, many pharmaceutical machinery enterprises launch different sizes, different types and different structures of equipment for different application occasions or different enterprise scales. For example, in May this year, a pharmaceutical company purchased a pharmaceutical equipment company and found the sales personnel of a pharmaceutical equipment enterprise. After inquiring about the basic parameters and prices of the electrothermal constant temperature blast drying oven, they gave their own specifications and parameters. After the two sides reached a cooperation agreement, the enterprise customized a batch of electrothermal constant temperature blast drying boxes for customers, which were recognized by customers.   Under the background of fierce competition in the pharmaceutical machinery industry, personalized customized service provided by pharmaceutical machinery enterprises is often more conducive to further winning the market initiative. It is worth mentioning that most of the domestic pharmaceutical equipment enterprises are small and medium-sized, which have shortcomings in technical innovation and experience, and need to deal with the tests in technology, talents and capital.   Intellectualization   With the change of the demand and requirement of downstream pharmaceutical enterprises, intelligence will become an important development trend of pharmaceutical equipment industry. Especially since this year, affected by the special period, the relevant pharmaceutical enterprises are facing the challenges of capacity expansion. In this context, there is a strong demand for transformation and upgrading of pharmaceutical equipment, especially traditional Chinese medicine pharmaceutical equipment. Intelligent production equipment of traditional Chinese medicine, such as intelligent decocting machine of traditional Chinese medicine and intelligent dispensing machine of Chinese medicine formula granules, have been widely used, and the industry has accelerated the transformation from "manufacturing" to "intelligent manufacturing".   In an interview with pharma.com, a pharmacist said that it is not only necessary to provide customers with automatic equipment, but also to realize intelligent equipment and informatization in the future. It is reported that the company has been able to provide the entire intelligent equipment from the provision of automation equipment in the past few years. At the same time, it is also making efforts in informatization to further guarantee the normal production of customers.   The industry pointed out that it is of great significance for pharmaceutical equipment industry to enter the intelligent era. On the one hand, it can help the efficient and high-quality production of drugs and reduce the occurrence of quality and safety accidents; on the other hand, it can also help the regulatory authorities to achieve more digital and transparent monitoring.

In winter, what are the anti freezing measures for pharmaceutical machines?   In winter, the temperature is greatly reduced, people often put on thick coats and hats to keep warm, in order to prevent sick cold. In fact, as people are afraid of cold, in the low temperature season, pharmaceutical machines also need to do a good job in heat preservation and antifreeze measures to ensure the stable operation of the equipment. So, what are the anti freezing measures for pharmaceutical machines?   First, in terms of temperature, it is necessary to ensure that the working environment temperature is above zero, and improve the laboratory heating; when heating the laboratory with radiators, it should be noted that the sealed barrel should not be close to the heat source, so as to avoid excessive thermal expansion and softening deformation caused by high temperature. In addition, although the impact of temperature on the pharmaceutical machine is not particularly large, but if the machine is equipped with a gearbox, the temperature should not be too low.   "For example, the winter in the north is very cold, and the temperature in the working room will be very low. In this case, the transmission oil may become viscous and the liquidity will become poor, resulting in the situation that the rotation is not smooth. So at this time, we need to ensure that the temperature in the workshop reaches the standard low temperature Some equipment manufacturers said so.     Second, wipe the lubricating oil. In the low temperature season, the exposed metal parts of pharmaceutical machines should be properly wiped with lubricating oil. In addition, some pharmaceutical machines need to use liquid. After completion, the water should be drained and the water stains should be wiped off. If it is not used for a long time, the lubricating oil should also be wiped.   Third, flexible use of thermal insulation materials, that is, use insulation materials to wrap the parts of the instrument that are easy to freeze or afraid of freezing. When winter comes, timely inspection and frequent sewage discharge should be carried out to prevent the damage of insulation materials of packaging, which will hinder the thermal insulation work of pharmaceutical machinery.     Fourth, heat tracing measures. Steam heat tracing measures are to use pipe steam heating for heat preservation. It is suggested in the industry that the steam insulation pipeline should be checked for smoothness or blockage before heat preservation and steam delivery in winter.   In addition to steam tracing, electric heating belt is also a kind of heat preservation method. It is understood that the electric heat tracing insulation technology is a new type of heating technology that directly transforms electric energy into heat energy. Install thermal insulation cable, wind the heat tracing belt on the instrument or stick it inside the instrument cabinet. However, it should be noted that the length of the tracing Belt should be economical and moderate.   Fifth, pay attention to maintenance. Any long-term operation of equipment requires regular maintenance. So in winter, what are the maintenance measures for pharmaceutical machinery?   The technical personnel of ltpm China pointed out four aspects 1. For installation measures, the appropriate installation site should be selected reasonably, such as the dry place without rain and snow dripping; 2. Spot inspection measures: if possible, special personnel shall be assigned to confirm whether the insulation material is damaged and whether the steam pipeline is blocked; 3. Alarm measures: if conditions permit, sound and light alarm devices with steam leakage or power-off status can be installed to facilitate the detection and timely treatment of hidden dangers of thermal insulation and anti freezing measures; 4. Inspection measures: the person in charge of regional instrument maintenance shall conduct regular inspection according to the scheduled inspection route. During the inspection, it is necessary to check whether the insulation pipeline valve is normal, whether the insulation box is normal, whether the drainage device is normal, whether the insulation material package is in good condition, whether the electric tracing power supply components are normal, etc.   In general, it is very important to understand the antifreeze measures of pharmaceutical machinery. Only when users do a good job in relevant work can they ensure that the equipment will not "catch a cold" in winter and maintain normal and stable operation.

Operation Specification And Maintenance Method Of Automatic Capsule Filling Machine   Regarding the fully automatic capsule filling machine, what operating specifications and maintenance methods we usually need to pay attention to, the following editor will take you to learn more.   1. When the automatic capsule filling machine works for a long time, the parts and components that are in direct contact with the powder should be cleaned regularly. When the drug type is to be changed or the machine is out of use for a long time, it should be cleaned.     2. The transmission parts of the lower part of the automatic capsule filling machine should be cleaned frequently to make the observation of the operation more clear.   3. The filter of the vacuum system should be opened regularly to remove the clogged dirt.   4. Lubrication of the automatic capsule filling machine.   5. The working surface of the cam roller shall be coated with grease every week.   6. The joint bearing of the next connecting rod of the automatic capsule filling machine must be lubricated with dripping oil every month;   7. Various bearings should be cleaned regularly or according to operating conditions, and grease should be added. Sealed bearings can be lubricated by dripping oil;   8. The transmission chain should be checked for tightness once a week and coated with lubricating oil or grease;     9. The oil quantity of the main drive reducer and the feed reducer shall be checked once a month, and the oil shall be added in time when insufficient, and the lubricating oil shall be replaced every six months;     10. Clean every shift so that the automatic capsule filling machine is dry and normal    

In the next five years, continuous production mode may become the development direction of solid preparation industry   Solid preparation is a kind of dosage form which is widely used and has many varieties, and occupies an important share in pharmaceutical preparations. In recent years, the rapid development of the domestic pharmaceutical industry has led to the growth of the total output value of the domestic pharmaceutical industry. At the same time, it also brings opportunities to the domestic solid preparation equipment enterprises with advantages. However, with the continuous promotion of the medical reform policy and the rising cost, the solid preparation production enterprises are under greater pressure, and the solid preparation production equipment enterprises need to develop in a more efficient, more economical and more flexible direction.     Not long ago, the relevant person in charge of a pharmaceutical machinery enterprise said in an interview that the continuous production mode is the development mode that the company has been exploring and practicing now and in the future. "In the next five years or so, this model may become a development direction that the industry needs to study, such as solid preparations and injections   It is understood that continuous production is the process of product manufacturing, which needs to be closely connected before and after. That is, from the raw materials into production to the finished products, according to the process requirements, each process keeps continuous. The author understands that in order to help the solid preparation enterprises realize continuous production and promote the innovation and development of the industry, at present, the solid preparation equipment enterprises represented by large enterprises are starting to develop and layout new technologies.     For example, solid preparation equipment manufacturing enterprises provide innovative solutions for the continuous production of solid pharmaceutical, paving the way for more efficient drug production. "From powders to tablets and capsules, our focus is on technology and services, allowing customers the flexibility to develop, produce and package their products," said the company's relevant person in charge. Our bright spot is that we can make products from batch production to continuous production. "   Some enterprises have also invested in the construction of intelligent solid preparation equipment for traditional Chinese medicine, which is used for the production of capsule, tablet, granule, soft capsule and pill. It is reported that the project can produce 6 billion 500 million capsules per year, 1 billion 300 million capsules of soft capsules, 3 billion 300 million tablets of Chinese medicine tablets, 2400 tons of granules, 273 tons of pills, 1 billion tablets of chemical tablets, 110 million capsules of chemical drugs, 220 million adhesive patches and 50 million 50 million gels. At the same time, raw materials, packaging materials storage and transportation, preparation production, finished products warehousing and other links will achieve process, continuous, automatic, standardized operation.     Since this year, with the continuous promotion of procurement policy with volume, solid preparation enterprises, especially those winning the bid, are facing great challenges in cost control and how to ensure production capacity and quality. Continuous production mode may become a new research and development direction.   At the recent inter enterprise intelligent manufacturing exchange meeting, 4 + 7 pharmaceutical companies with volume procurement made continuous manufacturing experience sharing and discussed the continuous production mode of solid preparation. It is reported that the pharmaceutical company has accumulated rich experience in the field of continuous manufacturing and intelligent manufacturing, and is continuously exploring to build a large-scale and green lean factory. It will reduce the cost investment through scale effect and lean production, so as to ensure the stability of product quality, price and supply.

How to debug the tablet press? Three simple tutorials are worth reference   The tablet press is a kind of machine which puts the particles or powder materials in the mold hole and presses them into tablets by punch. It is especially suitable for small batch production. It is characterized by adjustable speed, filling depth of materials, sheet shape thickness and mechanical buffer installed on the machine, which can avoid dust generated during operation, prevent sticking and blocking, and recycle raw materials for reuse. At present, with the promotion of a series of pharmaceutical reform policies and the continuous development of China's pharmaceutical industry, the demand and requirements for tablet press equipment are also increasing, tablet press equipment enterprises usher in a good opportunity.   It is understood that in addition to the traditional single tablet press, the rotary tablet press is favored by the market for its good tablet pressing effect and high uniformity of tablet density, which can automatically identify and eliminate quality problems such as missing corners and loose pieces, and effectively reduce the cracking phenomenon. Besides, the machine has low vibration, low noise, low energy consumption, high efficiency and accurate tablet weight, so it is favored by the market Health products, food and other industries are widely used.     The industry pointed out that in order to meet the requirements of storage, transportation, preservation and disintegration time limit, there are corresponding requirements for the pressure of a certain dose during tablet compression, otherwise the actual thickness and appearance of the tablets will be affected. Therefore, the pressure regulation is essential. Users in the use of tablet press, generally need to debug the equipment, there are three specific tutorials.   1. Adjustment of film output   In this method, first turn the hand wheel to make the lower punch surface rise to the position, and observe whether the lower punch surface is in line with the middle die plane. If not, loosen the butterfly screw, loosen the gear pressure plate and transfer the upper adjusting gear to make the lower punch surface and the middle die plane in line, and then press the pressure plate up and tighten the butterfly screw.   After completion, the user can manually shake the hand wheel and run for more than ten revolutions without load. If the tablet press runs normally, it can add material for pressure test and make the next adjustment.     2. Adjustment of filling depth   According to the industry, the adjustment of filling depth is the adjustment of tablet weight. The method is: first, loosen the butterfly screw and loosen the gear pressure plate. When the lower adjusting gear is turned to the left to make the lower core punch rise, the filling depth will be reduced (the weight of tablets will be reduced). After adjustment, press the gear pressing plate on and tighten the butterfly screw.   3. Pressure adjustment   The adjustment of pressure is the adjustment of tablet hardness. First, loosen the locking nut of the connecting rod and rotate the upper core punch rod. Turning to the left makes the upper punch rod move downward, the pressure increases and the hardness of the pressed tablet increases; on the contrary, turning to the right reduces the pressure and reduces the hardness of the tablet. After adjustment, use a wrench to clamp the hexagon at the lower part of the upper punch core rod, and then lock the connecting rod lock nut.     After the adjustment of the die is basically completed, the tablet press is started to test the weight, hardness and surface finish of more than ten tablets. If the quality is qualified, the material can be put into production. In the production process, it is still necessary to check the quality of tablets at any time and adjust them in time.   In addition, in order to make the tablet press better and stable operation, users also need to pay attention to the maintenance of the tablet press. For example, pay attention to the lubrication of the friction surfaces of moving parts. Before use, all oil cups, oil holes and friction surfaces must be added with lubricating oil, and then they can be put into use after running empty so that all friction surfaces are covered with oil film; regularly check whether the screws are loose, and also pay attention to the inspection during the working process, if there is looseness, tighten it immediately to avoid failure.  

What happens when the spray dryer does not dry or not heat up?   In medicine, chemical industry, food and other fields, spray dryer is a common material drying equipment, playing a major role. Data show that in 2017, the total market size of the global spray dryer was US $1 billion 68 million, and the market scale increased steadily in recent years. It is estimated that the market will reach US $1 billion 611 million by the end of 2025.     But many users reflect that in the process of using spray dryer, the equipment often appears not dry, not warming or drying effect is not good, how is this one thing? How to solve this problem?   A factory technician said that when the spray dryer appeared in the above situation, do not worry first, you can check it yourself first. If you can solve it yourself, you can solve it yourself.   "For example, if it is caused by heating element failure or thermal overload cut-off, it can be solved by itself." The technician said that the reason for the general non drying is that there is no proper air flow in the spray dryer, and only by improving the airflow condition can it solve the problem.     If the problem is not caused by air flow, you can refer to the following methods:   1. check whether the hose of the spray dryer is clogged or bent, because clogging or bending will affect the air flow outflow machine, resulting in bad air circulation, hindering the normal temperature rise of the dryer, and thus affecting the drying effect.   2. if the hose is not blocked or bent, it is necessary to check whether the material is overloaded. Once the material is overloaded, it will cause blockage of the spray dryer and make the air unable to achieve free circulation.   3. once the spray dryer overheat, it will not only affect the performance of the machine, but also easily damage the machine. If the thermal overload has been cut off, a simple reset can be made; if the spray dryer is seriously damaged, it is necessary to find professional maintenance personnel to deal with it.     In the industry view, in fact, these failures in spray dryer are normal, because the equipment is just like a car, good products are easy to wear and wear for a long time, and have a certain impact on the performance. "Like a car needs maintenance, spray dryer usually should also pay attention to maintenance, in order to make the machine better maintain stable operation state, so as to better serve the production."   For example, in the maintenance of spray dryer, attention should be paid to cleaning and keeping equipment clean. If dirt is present, clean up in time. When cleaning the spray dryer, special attention should be paid to dehumidifiers, gas scavenging devices and fans, so as to prevent the flow of water into these devices during cleaning. At the same time, regular inspection is also a task that can not be neglected. Users need to check and adjust parts of spray dryer regularly, add lubricating oil to lubrication parts and parts in time.   Menace from the rear buyer should be able to recognize the products of the qualified manufacturers, ensure the quality of products and ensure customer service, so that buyers can avoid worries. Therefore, buyers should choose carefully and sell goods at three times.

Relevant measures for energy saving of centrifugal spray dryer   High speed centrifugal spray dryer is one of the most popular equipment in drying equipment. It is suitable for special drying methods of emulsification, suspension, paste, liquid and other equipment. The centrifugal spray dryer has ideal effect and high efficiency. The size of the dust particles does not need to increase the grinding process. At present, high-speed centrifugal spray dryer is widely used in chemical industry, light industry, food industry and so on.     Observing the production process of centrifugal spray dryer, it is easy to see the crux of the problem of energy consumption. From the source, we can gradually solve the problem of optimization so as to fundamentally solve the problem, such as using heat exchangers to contact the tail gas with higher temperature and the low temperature air intake, so as to increase the intake temperature. This can make full use of the heat in the tail gas, thus reducing the use of heat transfer oil and reducing the production cost. This is also one of the feasible ways.     Here are three ways to save energy and reduce consumption for spray dryer.   1. Increase the inlet temperature of hot air: Under the condition of constant temperature at the outlet of the spray dryer, the higher the inlet temperature of the hot air is, the higher the total heat will be brought into the unit. The more the heat of the unit mass passes to the droplet, the more water evaporated by the unit hot air. When the production capacity of the spray dryer is constant, the required hot air volume is reduced (that is, the heat taken away from the tower when the hot air is removed), which reduces the heat consumption of the centrifugal spray drying mechanism powder, and improves the utilization ratio and the thermal efficiency of the hot air. However, the temperature of hot air entering the tower should not be too high (no more than 600 ℃), if the temperature is too high, the top air distributor will be burned out.     2. Reduce the temperature of hot air out of the tower: Under the condition of certain hot air temperature in the inlet of the spray dryer, the lower the temperature of the hot air tower, the greater the temperature difference between the inlet and outlet. The greater the heat transferred to the mud for drying, the higher the utilization rate of hot air. However, the exhaust temperature should not be too low. When the temperature is lower than 75 ℃, it will affect the normal drying because the powder is too wet.   3. Recycling of hot air (waste gas) out of Tower: After the spray dryer is pulverizing, if the hot air from the tower is directly discharged into the atmosphere, this part of the heat loss will be very considerable (about 10% to 20% of the energy consumption of the pulverizing process). Therefore, this part of the waste heat should be fully utilized. For example, the hot air from the tower can be recycled to the preheating and drying process. In addition to the direct recycling of the hot air from the tower, the heat exchanger can also be used to store or exchange this part of the waste heat for reuse.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers should consider the following factors in selecting tablet press   Pharmaceutical manufacturers should consider the following factors in selecting tablet press：   (1) The variety, grade and added value level of the products produced. If tablet makers produce better products and higher added value, they can choose high-end equipment. After all, this kind of equipment has good performance and high degree of automation, which can ensure the product quality.   (2) The size of the shift output. When selecting equipment, it is not necessary to blindly pursue the output of a single machine, but to determine the output of a single machine according to the actual shift output demand.     (3) Workshop area. If the layout area of the workshop is relatively large, the medium and low speed tablet press can be used. The number of equipment of tablet press manufacturers can be increased appropriately, so as to reduce the equipment investment. If the equipment layout in the workshop is very compact, the sub high speed or high speed tablet press can be selected. Although the investment is relatively high, the difficulty of equipment layout is avoided. However, no matter the size of the area, the tablet maker thinks that at least two tablet presses should be arranged under normal conditions. In this way, the production line can be prevented from stopping when the tablet press fails.   The tablet press manufacturer will analyze from six aspects when selecting the model:   (1) The output is high. For presses with the same tablet diameter and similar die number, the output of high-speed rotary press is 4-5 times higher than that of low-speed rotary press. In other words, in order to complete the same output at the same time, it is the quantitative relationship between high-speed rotary tablet press and 4-5 low-speed rotary tablet presses.     (2) The yield of the product is high. We know that the material loss in the process of tablet production is mainly concentrated in two stages: initial parameter setting and adjustment, test compression and load shedding protection before shutdown. In the normal production of high-speed rotary tablet press, the batch utilization rate is more than 99%. Although the low-speed rotary tablet press is difficult to achieve this target, especially in the case of multiple equipment selection, it will be lower and there are many opportunities to waste materials. Doubled or tripled.   (3) The direct cost of the equipment is basically the same. The price of high-speed rotary tablet press may be 4-5 sets of low-speed rotary tablet press, but the low-speed rotary tablet press must be equipped with multiple sets of auxiliary equipment, and the comprehensive calculation results are almost the same.     (4) Significant energy saving and consumption reduction. The high-speed rotary tablet press needs about 20 square meters of clean room, while the low-speed rotary tablet press needs a total of 40-60 square meters. Due to the increase of purification area, the amount of purified air required in the production process also increases proportionally. For example, the indoor height is 3.5m, the daily air volume required by high-speed rotary tablet press and low-speed rotary tablet press is 8400m3 and 16800-25200m3, respectively, when the indoor height is 3.5m, the daily production time is 8h, and the ventilation rate is 15 times per hour. Cost differences should not be underestimated over time. In addition, in addition to the main machine of the tablet press, each host machine also needs to be equipped with auxiliary equipment, such as lifting feeder, vacuum cleaner, screening machine and metal detector. So, like the purification system, the total energy consumption is an amazing number.   (5) The labor cost is greatly reduced. Pharmaceutical companies usually assign 1-2 operators to each tablet press.   (6) The cost of equipment management has been greatly reduced. The daily cleaning and maintenance of tablet press is essential. In addition to the labor cost, a large number of consumables are needed, including purified drinking water, cleaning agent, disinfectant and antirust oil for die protection. Obviously, the advantages of one set of equipment and multiple sets of equipment are self-evident.     Of course, the choice of high-speed rotary tablet press is still a bit of a fly in the ointment - facing the risk of production schedule. In case of sudden failure and shutdown, the production will be greatly affected, while the risk of low-speed machine with relatively low output is much less.   Therefore, when choosing the tablet press model, the manufacturer must proceed from the actual needs of the pharmaceutical factory, and should also focus on the functional perfection, operation stability, safety and reliability of the high-speed tablet press, the convenience of operation, cleaning and maintenance of the laboratory tablet press, and the timeliness of service.

How to ensure the quality of solid preparations? Preparation technology and equipment give the answer   In pharmaceutical products, solid preparation is a kind of dosage form with wide application and variety, accounting for about 70% to 80%. Since the starting material of solid preparation is powder, in order to ensure the product quality and smooth production process of solid preparation, it is often necessary to process and treat the drug, including crushing, grading, mixing, granulation, drying, tablet pressing, etc., and the application of powder technology is permeated in each unit operation.     It is pointed out in the industry that solid preparation technology and pharmaceutical equipment are the guarantee for the smooth operation of powder and the important tools to ensure the quality of solid preparation products. Therefore, it is very important to select suitable excipients and adopt appropriate preparation technology and equipment.   Taking the preparation process of tablet as an example, it is a kind of tablet solid preparation made by mixing and pressing the drug and suitable excipients evenly. The preparation process of tablet can be divided into three steps: filling, compressing and pushing. In order to ensure the quality of tablets, in the formulation design and excipients screening, the influence of powder properties of tablet materials on tablet formability should be considered, including the analysis of fluidity, compressibility and quantifiable of tablet materials.   With the development of new excipients and efficient tablet pressing equipment, tablet production has entered an era of high efficiency, energy saving and high quality. According to the different properties of the powder, the pelletizing and pressing method or direct pressing method are generally used in tablet pressing. Among them, granulation and tablet pressing methods can be divided into wet granulation and dry granulation.   Specifically, the wet granulation and tablet pressing method has low requirements on the powder properties of raw materials or excipients, which can solve the problem of insufficient powder properties of raw materials and excipients, obtain particles with good fluidity, and significantly improve the compression formability of drugs. However, the disadvantage of wet granulation is that it is not suitable for the drugs with unstable heat and humidity, which may lead to stick impact and top crack in the process of tablet compression.     The dry granulation method is a method of crushing and granulating the mixture of raw and auxiliary materials into thin or large pieces. The fluidity and compressibility can also be significantly improved after granulation, which is an effective method for granulation of drugs with unstable damp heat. However, this method has higher requirements on the properties of excipients powder. Excipients should have good plastic deformation, good compression formability or have the function of dry adhesive. Otherwise, it is easy to break into powder when crushing and granulating after tablet pressing, and the yield of particles is not high.     In recent years, with the continuous development of modern science and technology, as well as the promotion of GMP standardization and QBD concept, powder treatment methods continue to penetrate into the preparation process of solid preparations. At the same time, as the solid preparation technology and pharmaceutical equipment directly affect the product quality of solid preparation, it is a trend to upgrade the solid preparation technology and improve the pharmaceutical equipment under the background of the increasingly high requirements of the current pharmaceutical industry for solid preparation products.   From the perspective of the trend, the industry believes that the continuous production mode is the development mode explored and practiced by many solid preparation enterprises at present, that is, from the production of raw materials to the production of products, each process is carried out in sequence according to the process requirements. It is expected that this model will become a development direction of the industry in the next five years or so.   In this context, some manufacturers, such as LTPM CHINA, have actively launched their layout in recent years. For example, some enterprises said that in 2020, the company will focus on the "overall solution supplier of solid preparation intelligent factory" and the strategic layout of big health industry, continue to deeply cultivate the pharmaceutical equipment market and intelligent logistics industry, strive to become the global solution supplier of intelligent pharmaceutical equipment factory, and continue to promote in-depth to the big health industry.   Some enterprises, through years of layout, have promoted the strategy of "one vertical, one horizontal and one platform", constantly enrich their product lines, enhance their competitive advantages in the field of solid preparations, create competitive overall solutions for solid preparations and build pharmaceutical intelligent factories.